From 9e55e38997ed4d6998af9e113e215a926c24988e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: June McEnroe Date: Tue, 22 Dec 2020 17:37:23 -0500 Subject: Squashed 'bin/dash/' content from commit a45870f git-subtree-dir: bin/dash git-subtree-split: a45870f71f42be6bf3c8eada04debd1008f9dc3e --- .gitignore | 42 + COPYING | 56 ++ ChangeLog | 806 ++++++++++++++++++ ChangeLog.O | 1023 ++++++++++++++++++++++ Makefile.am | 1 + autogen.sh | 6 + configure.ac | 191 +++++ src/.gitignore | 13 + src/Makefile.am | 70 ++ src/TOUR | 343 ++++++++ src/alias.c | 227 +++++ src/alias.h | 52 ++ src/arith_yacc.c | 304 +++++++ src/arith_yacc.h | 89 ++ src/arith_yylex.c | 240 ++++++ src/bltin/bltin.h | 89 ++ src/bltin/echo.1 | 109 +++ src/bltin/printf.1 | 354 ++++++++ src/bltin/printf.c | 478 +++++++++++ src/bltin/test.1 | 309 +++++++ src/bltin/test.c | 700 +++++++++++++++ src/bltin/times.c | 42 + src/builtins.def.in | 94 ++ src/cd.c | 332 ++++++++ src/cd.h | 35 + src/dash.1 | 2357 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ src/error.c | 238 ++++++ src/error.h | 129 +++ src/eval.c | 1147 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ src/eval.h | 65 ++ src/exec.c | 908 ++++++++++++++++++++ src/exec.h | 84 ++ src/expand.c | 1753 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ src/expand.h | 83 ++ src/funcs/cmv | 47 + src/funcs/dirs | 71 ++ src/funcs/kill | 47 + src/funcs/login | 36 + src/funcs/newgrp | 35 + src/funcs/popd | 71 ++ src/funcs/pushd | 71 ++ src/funcs/suspend | 39 + src/histedit.c | 494 +++++++++++ src/init.h | 40 + src/input.c | 502 +++++++++++ src/input.h | 101 +++ src/jobs.c | 1545 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ src/jobs.h | 113 +++ src/machdep.h | 47 + src/mail.c | 115 +++ src/mail.h | 38 + src/main.c | 363 ++++++++ src/main.h | 54 ++ src/memalloc.c | 300 +++++++ src/memalloc.h | 101 +++ src/miscbltin.c | 506 +++++++++++ src/miscbltin.h | 31 + src/mkbuiltins | 120 +++ src/mkinit.c | 493 +++++++++++ src/mknodes.c | 448 ++++++++++ src/mksignames.c | 417 +++++++++ src/mksyntax.c | 315 +++++++ src/mktokens | 97 +++ src/myhistedit.h | 46 + src/mystring.c | 257 ++++++ src/mystring.h | 63 ++ src/nodes.c.pat | 166 ++++ src/nodetypes | 151 ++++ src/options.c | 558 ++++++++++++ src/options.h | 86 ++ src/output.c | 429 ++++++++++ src/output.h | 126 +++ src/parser.c | 1647 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ src/parser.h | 102 +++ src/redir.c | 483 +++++++++++ src/redir.h | 52 ++ src/shell.h | 104 +++ src/show.c | 406 +++++++++ src/show.h | 45 + src/system.c | 199 +++++ src/system.h | 118 +++ src/trap.c | 446 ++++++++++ src/trap.h | 57 ++ src/var.c | 674 +++++++++++++++ src/var.h | 169 ++++ 85 files changed, 25810 insertions(+) create mode 100644 .gitignore create mode 100644 COPYING create mode 100644 ChangeLog create mode 100644 ChangeLog.O create mode 100644 Makefile.am create mode 100755 autogen.sh create mode 100644 configure.ac create mode 100644 src/.gitignore create mode 100644 src/Makefile.am create mode 100644 src/TOUR create mode 100644 src/alias.c create mode 100644 src/alias.h create mode 100644 src/arith_yacc.c create mode 100644 src/arith_yacc.h create mode 100644 src/arith_yylex.c create mode 100644 src/bltin/bltin.h create mode 100644 src/bltin/echo.1 create mode 100644 src/bltin/printf.1 create mode 100644 src/bltin/printf.c create mode 100644 src/bltin/test.1 create mode 100644 src/bltin/test.c create mode 100644 src/bltin/times.c create mode 100644 src/builtins.def.in create mode 100644 src/cd.c create mode 100644 src/cd.h create mode 100644 src/dash.1 create mode 100644 src/error.c create mode 100644 src/error.h create mode 100644 src/eval.c create mode 100644 src/eval.h create mode 100644 src/exec.c create mode 100644 src/exec.h create mode 100644 src/expand.c create mode 100644 src/expand.h create mode 100644 src/funcs/cmv create mode 100644 src/funcs/dirs create mode 100644 src/funcs/kill create mode 100644 src/funcs/login create mode 100644 src/funcs/newgrp create mode 100644 src/funcs/popd create mode 100644 src/funcs/pushd create mode 100644 src/funcs/suspend create mode 100644 src/histedit.c create mode 100644 src/init.h create mode 100644 src/input.c create mode 100644 src/input.h create mode 100644 src/jobs.c create mode 100644 src/jobs.h create mode 100644 src/machdep.h create mode 100644 src/mail.c create mode 100644 src/mail.h create mode 100644 src/main.c create mode 100644 src/main.h create mode 100644 src/memalloc.c create mode 100644 src/memalloc.h create mode 100644 src/miscbltin.c create mode 100644 src/miscbltin.h create mode 100644 src/mkbuiltins create mode 100644 src/mkinit.c create mode 100644 src/mknodes.c create mode 100644 src/mksignames.c create mode 100644 src/mksyntax.c create mode 100644 src/mktokens create mode 100644 src/myhistedit.h create mode 100644 src/mystring.c create mode 100644 src/mystring.h create mode 100644 src/nodes.c.pat create mode 100644 src/nodetypes create mode 100644 src/options.c create mode 100644 src/options.h create mode 100644 src/output.c create mode 100644 src/output.h create mode 100644 src/parser.c create mode 100644 src/parser.h create mode 100644 src/redir.c create mode 100644 src/redir.h create mode 100644 src/shell.h create mode 100644 src/show.c create mode 100644 src/show.h create mode 100644 src/system.c create mode 100644 src/system.h create mode 100644 src/trap.c create mode 100644 src/trap.h create mode 100644 src/var.c create mode 100644 src/var.h diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e349901a --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +# .gitignore for dash + +# generated by autogen.sh +Makefile.in +/aclocal.m4 +/autom4te.cache/ +/compile +/config.h.in +/configure +/depcomp +/install-sh +/missing + +# generated by configure +Makefile +.deps +.dirstamp +/config.cache +/config.h +/config.log +/config.status +/stamp-h1 + +# generated by make +/src/token_vars.h + +# Apple debug symbol bundles +*.dSYM/ + +# backups and patch artefacts +*~ +*.bak +*.orig +*.rej + +# OS generated files +.DS_Store +.DS_Store? +._* +.Spotlight* +.Trash* +*[Tt]humbs.db diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 00000000..37f8189c --- /dev/null +++ b/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +Copyright (c) 1989-1994 + The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1997 Christos Zoulas. All rights reserved. +Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + +This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Kenneth Almquist. + + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +are met: +1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGE. + +mksignames.c: + +This file is not directly linked with dash. However, its output is. + +Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + +Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later +version. + +Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License with +your Debian GNU/Linux system, in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL, or with the +Debian GNU/Linux hello source package as the file COPYING. If not, +write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, +Boston, MA 02111 USA. diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 00000000..406e20c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,806 @@ +2014-11-17 Stéphane Aulery + + * Correct typo in manual page. + * Document redirection file descriptor limitation. + +2014-10-30 Herbert Xu + + * Catch variable length expansions on non-existant specials. + +2014-10-28 Herbert Xu + + * Removed unnecessary pungetc on EOF from parser. + * Simplify EOF/newline handling in list parser. + +2014-10-27 Herbert Xu + + * Add printf support for format string a, A, and F. + * Handle embedded NULs correctly in printf. + * Replace open-coded flushall in preadbuffer. + * Add likely tag in outmem. + * Add ifdefs around MEM_OUT handling in outmem. + * Remove unnecessary restoration of format string in printf. + * Remove getintmax in printf. + * Use error instead of warnx for fatal errors in printf. + * Optimise handling of backslash octals in printf. + * Simplify echo command. + * Handle -- in dotcmd. + +2014-10-13 Eric Blake + + * cd: support drive letters on Cygwin. + +2014-10-08 Herbert Xu + + * Split unquoted $@/$* correctly when IFS is set but empty. + * Do not split quoted VSLENGTH and VSTRIM. + * Optimise nulonly away and just use quoted as before. + +2014-10-07 Herbert Xu + + * Use setvareq to set OPTIND initially. + +2014-10-06 Herbert Xu + + * Exit without arguments in a trap should use status outside traps. + * Do not allow break to break across function calls. + * Move common skipcount logic into skiploop. + * Allow return in loop conditional to set exit status. + * Return without arguments in a trap should use status outside traps. + +2014-10-03 Herbert Xu + + * Do not clobber exitstatus in evalcommand. + +2014-10-02 Herbert Xu + + * Fix use-after-free in dotrap/evalstring. + * Make sure evalskip is zero before running traps. + * Set exitstatus in onint. + +2014-09-29 Herbert Xu + + * Kill pgetc_macro. + * Handle backslash newlines properly after dollar sign. + * Add nlprompt/nlnoprompt helpers. + +2014-09-28 Herbert Xu + + * Correctly handle test ! ! = !. + +2014-09-26 Herbert Xu + + * Small optimisation of command -pv change. + * Set command -p path to /usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin. + * Change "characters" for printf precision to "bytes". + * Release 0.5.8. + +2014-09-26 Jonathan Nieder + + * Clarify "trap '' signals" syntax in manual page. + +2014-09-26 Adam Buchbinder + + * Clarify that 0 and EXIT are both acceptable for exit traps. + +2014-09-26 Harald van Dijk + + * command: allow combining -p with -v. + * getjob: Fix off-by-one error for multiple of four job numbers + +2013-08-23 Herbert Xu + + * Propagate EXP_QPAT in subevalvar. + * Initialise OPTIND after importing environment. + * Fixed argument parsing crash in test. + +2013-03-12 Peter Rosin + + * Add newline when tracing in poplocalvars. + +2013-01-10 Jérémie Courrèges-Anglas + + * Markup fixes in manual for mandoc 1.12.1. + +2012-12-03 Harald van Dijk + + * Use PRIdMAX instead of %j in printf. + +2012-07-20 Kimo Rosenbaum + + * Fix typo for wait in manual. + +2012-06-09 Christoph Mathys + + * Add support for ulimit -r. + +2012-03-11 Jim Meyering + + * Avoid overflow for very long variable name. + $ perl -le 'print "v"x(2**31+1) ."=1"' | dash + +2012-02-25 Herbert Xu + + * Sanitise environment variable names on entry. + +2011-08-17 David S. Miller + + * Allow building without LINEO support. + * Add top-level autogen.sh. + +2011-07-26 Harald van Dijk + + * Avoid imaxdiv when only one of the results is wanted. + +2010-07-09 maximilian attems + + * Fix klibc DEBUG compilation. + +2011-07-09 Herbert Xu + + * Merge SKIPFUNC/SKIPFILE and only clear SKIPFUNC when leaving dotcmd. + +2011-07-08 Herbert Xu + + * Release 0.5.7. + +2011-07-07 Herbert Xu + + * Optimize dash -c "command" to avoid a fork. + * Eliminate unnecessary promotion in echocmd. + +2011-05-25 Jim Meyering + + * Avoid using undefined handler. + +2011-05-23 Jim Meyering + + * Avoid gcc warning: variable 'oldstackp' set but not used. + * Avoid clang warning about dead store to "size". + +2011-05-22 Jonathan Nieder + + * Make outc an inline function. + +2011-05-02 Kalle Olavi Niemitalo + + * Remove spurious space in descriptions of PS1, PS2, PS4. + +2011-04-10 Jonathan Nieder + + * Remove unused EV_BACKCMD flag. + +2011-03-15 Herbert Xu + + * Fix clobbering of checkkwd. + +2011-03-15 Jonathan Nieder + + * Free IFS state after here document expansion. + * Use va_copy when reusing a va_list. + +2011-03-15 Harald van Dijk + + * Let funcnode refer to a function definition, not its first command. + * Improve LINENO support. + +2011-03-15 Brian Koropoff + + * Port to Solaris. + +2011-03-11 Herbert Xu + + * Fix backslash handling in read(1). + +2011-03-10 Jonathan Nieder + + * Dotcmd should exit with zero when doing nothing. + +2011-03-10 Herbert Xu + + * Fix CTLESC clobbering by read(1). + +2011-03-10 Brian Koropoff + + * Port to AIX. + +2011-03-10 Jilles Tjoelker + + * Replace GPL noclobberopen code with the FreeBSD version. + * Do not split the result of tilde expansion. + +2010-11-28 Maciej Å»enczykowski + + * Mark status as volatile in exitshell. + +2010-11-28 Jonathan Nieder + + * Use EXEXIT in place of EXEXEC. + * Stop documenting EXSHELLPROC. + +2010-11-28 Gerrit Pape + + * Use exit status 127 when the script to run does not exist. + +2010-11-28 Philipp Weis + + * Document optional open parenthesis for case patterns. + +2010-11-28 Herbert Xu + + * Fixed trap/return regression due to SKIPEVAL removal. + * Allow the originator of EXERROR to set the exit status. + * Free IFS state in evalbackcmd. + +2010-10-18 Herbert Xu + + * Fix ifsfirst/ifslastp leak in casematch. + +2010-10-07 Herbert Xu + + * Fix EXEXEC status clobbering. + +2010-09-08 Herbert Xu + + * Fix ifsfirst/ifslastp leak. + * Fix trailing field bug in read(1). + +2010-09-08 maximilian attems + + * Debug compile fix. + +2010-09-08 Jilles Tjoelker + + * Fix varinit ordering that broke fc. + +2010-07-06 Gerrit Pape + + * Check exit for eval NSUBSHELL. + +2010-07-06 Herbert Xu + + * Fix loss of variables when hash collides. + * Removed dead code for eval NPIPE. + +2010-06-28 Gerrit Pape + + * Don't clear eflag in evalbackcmd. + +2010-05-29 Herbert Xu + + * Continue after EINTR in read(1) with no pending signals. + +2010-05-27 Jilles Tjoelker + + * Force fork if any trap is set, not just on EXIT. + * Fix corruption of redirections with byte 0x81. + +2010-05-27 Herbert Xu + + * Fix poplocalvar on abnormal exit from function. + * Do not poplocalvars prematurely on regular utilities. + * Move null redirect checks into caller. + * Fix popredir on abnormal exit from built-in. + * Fix wait regression where it does not wait for all jobs. + +2010-05-26 Herbert Xu + + * Replace cmdenviron with localvars. + +2010-05-25 Herbert Xu + + * Fix poplocalvar leak. + * Move unsetvar functionality into setvareq. + +2010-05-24 Herbert Xu + + * Add localvars nesting, local now fails outside functions. + +2010-05-03 Gerrit Pape + + * Fix command -- crash. + +2010-04-15 H. Peter Anvin + + * Fix for job control off warning. + +2010-04-02 Herbert Xu + + * Use faccessat if available. + +2010-04-02 Herbert Xu + + * Make trap signal name/number errors non-fatal. + * Release 0.5.6. + +2010-04-02 maximilian attems + + * Use TMPDIR in mkbuiltins. + +2010-03-10 Jilles Tjoelker + + * Fix logical or result value. + +2010-03-09 Herbert Xu + + * Fix binary operator parsing. + +2009-11-26 Herbert Xu + + * Fix off-by-one recordregion in readcmd. + +2009-09-28 Jim Meyering + + don't read-uninitialized for \177 in a here-doc + A DEL (0177, dec 127) byte in a here-document would cause dash to + access uninitialized memory at the end of one of the syntax.c tables, + since those tables are sized to accommodate a maximum index of + BASESYNTAX + 126. Make the generated tables one byte larger. + printf ':<<\\E\n\200y\nE'|./dash + * src/mksyntax.c (filltable): Use 258, not 257 as the size, + so that BASESYNTAX(=130) + 127 is a valid index. + (print): Likewise. + Don't emit explicit array dimension in declaration. + +2009-08-31 Eric Blake + + * Avoid compiler warnings on isdigit. + +2009-08-31 Matthew Burgess + + * Add another missing LC_COLLATE to mkbuiltins. + +2009-08-31 Herbert Xu + + * Fix NUL termination in readcmd. + * Lookup PWD after going through CDPATH. + +2009-08-11 Herbert Xu + + * Pass EV_TESTED into evalcmd. + * Revert SKIPEVAL into EXEXIT. + +2009-08-11 Rocky Bernstein + + * Add preliminary LINENO support. + +2009-08-11 Stefan Potyra + + * Honor tab as IFS whitespace when splitting fields in readcmd. + +2009-06-30 Herbert Xu + + * Do not truncate file for FROMTO redirection. + +2009-06-27 Herbert Xu + + * Fix quoted pattern patch breakage. + +2009-05-23 Herbert Xu + + * Fix incorrect savefd conversions. + +2009-02-22 Herbert Xu + + * Fix dowait signal race. + * Remove EXSIG. + * Do not close stderr when /dev/tty fails to open. + * Allow newlines after var name in for statements. + * Use CHKNL to parse case statements. + +2009-02-22 Gerrit Pape + + * Update manual page to differentiate dash from ash. + +2009-01-14 Herbert Xu + + * Add arith_yacc.h to dash_SOURCES. + * Release 0.5.5.1. + +2009-01-13 Herbert Xu + + * Release 0.5.5. + +2009-01-13 Mark Mentovai + + * Fixed build on OS X. + +2008-12-26 Aleksey Cheusov + + * Fixed build on NetBSD. + +2008-10-17 Herbert Xu + + * Removed obsolete for loop syntax in manual. + +2008-08-05 Herbert Xu + + * Fixed getcwd build error for the non-glibc case. + +2008-06-13 Gerrit Pape + + * Added missing right parenthesis in manual page. + +2008-06-13 Herbert Xu + + * Fixed 3,4-argument cases for test per POSIX. + * Made aexpr/oexpr non-recursive. + * Made t_lex reentrant. + * Made setinputfd static. + * Expand ENV before using it. + * Added support for -l. + +2008-05-19 Herbert Xu + + * Fixed non-leading slash treatment in expmeta. + +2008-05-07 Gerrit Pape + + * Fixed lexical error in arithmetic expansion of & and |. + +2008-05-03 Dan McGee + + * Fixed klibc/klcc build problems. + * Added gitignore. + +2008-05-03 Herbert Xu + + * Fixed _PATH_BSHELL warning. + * Test __GLIBC__ instead of _GNU_SOURCE. + * Restored warning when getcwd fails. + * Set default exvwarning2 arg0 for errors during early initialisation. + * Use uninitialized_var to silence bogus warnings. + +2008-05-02 Herbert Xu + + * Restored non-glibc getcwd support. + +2008-03-07 Larry Doolittle + + * Fix cmdtxt crash on if statements. + +2008-01-01 Herbert Xu + + * Fix slash treatment in expmeta. + +2007-12-27 Herbert Xu + + * Add FAKEEOFMARK for expandstr. + * Do not show prompts in expandstr. + +2007-12-23 Gerrit Pape + + * If imaxdiv() isn't available, use / and % operators. + +2007-12-23 Richard M Kreuter + + * Add set +o support. + +2007-12-23 Steve Langasek + + * Fixed bad pointer arithmetic in evalcommand. + +2007-11-11 Herbert Xu + + * Removed noexpand/length check on eofmark. + * Removed herefd hack. + * Expand here-documents in the current shell environment. + +2007-10-20 Herbert Xu + + * Added configure --enable-glob and --enable-fnmatch options. + * Fix here-doc corruption. + +2007-10-17 Herbert Xu + + * Replace shared illnum message by badnum function. + +2007-10-17 Oleg Verych + + * Disallow completely blank strings in non-arithmetic context. + +2007-10-15 Herbert Xu + + * Fixed execing of scripts with no hash-bang. + +2007-10-11 Herbert Xu + + * Add assignment support in arithmetic expansions. + * Size optimisations in arithmetic lexer. + * Add likely flags in expari. + * Use setvarint to set OPTIND. + +2007-10-08 Herbert Xu + + * Report substition errors at expansion time. + +2007-10-06 Herbert Xu + + * Add pushstackmark. + * Treat OPTIND=0 in the same way as OPTIND=1. + * Remove setvarsafe. + * Use intmax_t arithmetic in test. + +2007-10-05 Herbert Xu + + * Made grabstackblock an inline wrapper for stalloc. + +2007-10-04 Herbert Xu + + * Fix parsing of ${##1}. + * Size optimisations in parameter expansion parser. + +2007-10-04 Alexey Gladkov + + * Add --enable-static option to configure. + +2007-09-26 Herbert Xu + + * Recognise here-doc delimiters terminated by EOF. + +2007-09-26 Roy Marples + + * Refresh stack pointers after makestrspace in _rmescapes. + +2007-09-25 Gerrit Pape + + * Clarify description of -nt, -ot options to test builtin. + * Clarify syntax of the for command. + +2007-09-25 Herbert Xu + + * Do not expand tilde in parameter expansion within quotes. + * Move parse-time quote flag detection to run-time. + +2007-09-24 Herbert Xu + + * Do not quote back slashes in parameter expansions outside quotes. + * Perform tilde expansion in all parameter expansion words. + * Remove superfluous arinest test in CENDQUOTE. + * Remove superfluous arinest test for dqvarnest. + * Remove superfluous dblquote settings when ending arith. + * Remove arithmetic expansion collapsing at parse time. + +2007-09-22 Oleg Verych + + * White space fixes for test(1). + * Use direct comparison instead of strcmp in test(1). + +2007-09-22 Herbert Xu + + * Move flushall to the point just before _exit. + +2007-09-21 Denis Vlasenko + + * Restore foreground process group on exit. + +2007-07-12 Herbert Xu + + * Release 0.5.4. + +2007-05-12 Herbert Xu + + * Fix redirect restore on closed file descriptors. + * Size optimisations in redir.c. + +2007-05-06 Herbert Xu + + * Removed unnecessary inclusion of redir.h from parser.c. + * Invoke sh_error on error in copyfd. + * Use dup2 instead of copyfd in evalbackcmd. + * Replace copyfd by savefd and dup2. + * Removed redundant CLOEXEC calls. + +2007-05-05 Herbert Xu + + * Fixed typo in parser.h comment. + +2007-04-28 Dan Nicholson + + * Set LC_COLLATE for sort in mkbuiltin. + +2006-10-22 Gerrit Pape + + * Fixed command -v segmentation fault. + +2006-10-13 Alexey Gladkov + + * Check return code for getgroups and fwrite. + +2006-10-04 Herbert Xu + + * Fixed inverted char class matching. + +2006-05-23 Alexey Gladkov + + * Added --with-libedit option to configure. + +2006-03-29 Herbert Xu + + * Removed useless parsebackquote flag. + * Use alloca to get rid of setjmp in parse.c. + * Only use signed char for syntax arrays. + +2006-01-12 Herbert Xu + + * Fixed eval exit status with empty arguments. + +2005-11-26 Herbert Xu + + * Release 0.5.3. + +2005-11-14 Herbert Xu + + * Fix \c spillage across echo commands. + +2005-11-13 Herbert Xu + + * Remove unnecessary truncation in _STPUTC. + * Always call conv_escape_str in echocmd. + +2005-11-04 Herbert Xu + + * Use mktemp if tempfile is not available. + +2005-10-30 Herbert Xu + + * Fixed support for disabling job control. + +2005-10-29 Herbert Xu + + * Updated BSD licence to 3-clause version per NetBSD. + * Updated copyright. + * Removed CVS IDs and inclusion of sys/cdefs.h. + * Removed use of __P from error.h. + * Use bsd_signal if it exists and signal does not. + * Stop using sysexits.h in commandcmd. + * Use stat if stat64 does not exist. + * Added default implementation of bsearch. + * Added getpwhome as a wrapper for getpwnam. + * Fixed gcc 4.0 compilation problems. + * Added missing system.h inclusion for mempcpy. + * Added default implementation of strsignal. + * Added default implementation of killpg. + * Disable ulimit if there is no getrlimit. + * Disable histcmd completely when SMALL is defined. + * Added default definition for SSIZE_MAX. + * Removed standalone/csh support from printf. + * Added dummy strtod implementation. + * Removed standalone/csh support from test. + * Added dummy sysconf implementation. + * Include system.h for stpcpy in nodes.c. + * Added out-of-line ctypes functions for klibc. + * Fixed fallback stpcpy implementation. + +2005-10-26 Herbert Xu + + * Size optimisations in preadbuffer(). + +2005-10-01 Herbert Xu + + * Skip NUL characters properly in input.c. + +2005-03-28 Herbert Xu + + * Removed some unnecessary inclusions of input.h. + * Removed unnecessary inclusion of main.h from eval.c. + * Removed unnecessary inclusion of eval.h from parser.c. + * Generalise setinputfile for use in read_profile/readcmdfile. + * Handle SKIPEVAL in read_profile by exiting. + * Let evaltree handle traps from cmdloop. + * Reset evalskip after minusc is executed. + * Stop executing traps once SKIPEVAL is seen. + * Only handle each signal once in dotrap. + +2005-03-25 Gerrit Pape + + * Add trailing equal sign in setvar for variables set to null. + +2005-03-25 Herbert Xu + + * Cleaned up src/Makefile.am. + * Get rid of duplicate -g -O2 in CFLAGS. + * Eliminate first null termination in setvar. + * Turn evalskip into a bit field. + +2005-03-25 Gilles Chanteperdrix + + * Fixed support for cross-compilation. + +2005-03-03 Herbert Xu + + * Removed qflag. + * Removed redundant setstackmark from dotcmd. + * Do not clobber exit status in dotcmd. + +2005-03-02 Herbert Xu + + * Renamed symbols to avoid conflict with libc. + * Optimisations in bltin/test.c. + +2005-02-28 Herbert Xu + + * Replaced EXEVAL with SKIPEVAL. + * Update funcnest atomically. + * Only set skipcount for break and continue. + * Removed expcmd built-in. + * Normalise input in likely/unlikely macros. + +2005-02-28 A Costa + + * Corrected that/than typo in manual page. + +2005-02-25 A Costa + + * Corrected grammar in manual page. + +2005-02-25 Herbert Xu + + * Changed boolean rootshell into shlvl counter. + * Catch set -e exits within built-in commands. + * Size optimisations with setjmp in main(). + * Only reread exitstatus on EXEXIT in exitshell. + * Eliminated global exerrno. + +2005-01-31 Gerrit Pape + + * Release 0.5.2. + * Corrected manual entry about ENV and non-interactive shells. + +2004-11-24 Gerrit Pape + + * Spell behaviour consistently in manual page. + +2004-11-23 A Costa + + * Fixed spelling errors in manual page. + +2004-08-21 Herbert Xu + + * Size optimisations around varvalue() in src/expand.c. + * Fixed signed char promotion in src/expand.c. + +2004-08-18 Herbert Xu + + * Fixed $@ expansion when leading argument is null in src/expand.c. + +2004-08-07 Herbert Xu + + * Allow negative pid argument to kill(1) in src/jobs.c. + +2004-08-04 Herbert Xu + + * Fixed cd - when OLDPWD is unset in src/cd.c. + +2004-07-09 Herbert Xu + + * Include system.h (Gerrit Pape): + . src/mystring.c + . src/var.c + . src/bltin/printf.c + +2004-07-03 Herbert Xu + + * Release 0.5.1. + * Use automake and autoconf. + * Include stdlib.h for exit(3) in src/mksyntax.c. + +2004-06-29 Herbert Xu + + * Added sigclearmask. + * Removed hack for _setjmp/_longjmp. + * Added default implementations of mempcpy/stpcpy/strchrnul. + * Use strtoll/strtoull if strtoimax/strtoumax are unavailable. + * Removed sh.1 to dash.1. + +2004-05-28 Herbert Xu + + * Fixed vstype trim operator ordering in cmdputs. + * Fixed quote for CTLENDVAR in cmdputs. + * Fixed VSLENGTH crash in cmdputs. + * Turned vstype back into a 2-d array of chars. + * Added POSIX character class support in pmatch. + +For older ChangeLogs see ChangeLog.O. + +ChangeLog ends here diff --git a/ChangeLog.O b/ChangeLog.O new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dfdb2cec --- /dev/null +++ b/ChangeLog.O @@ -0,0 +1,1023 @@ +dash (0.4.26) unstable; urgency=low + + * Disabled fnmatch code again (closes: #240887). + * Updated copyright. + * Updated German debconf translation (Florian Ernst, closes: #244507). + * Fixed obstack corruption in setprompt (closes: #246635). + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 30 Apr 2004 21:48:52 +1000 + +dash (0.4.25) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed use-after-free bug in setvareq (Vladimir N. Oleynik). + * Fixed value of expdest after _STPUTC in expandarg (closes: #238265). + + -- Herbert Xu Thu, 18 Mar 2004 20:55:57 +1100 + +dash (0.4.24) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed segmentation fault when PWD is undefined. + + -- Herbert Xu Tue, 9 Mar 2004 19:58:41 +1100 + +dash (0.4.23) unstable; urgency=low + + * Verify PWD before using it. + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 8 Mar 2004 20:12:27 +1100 + +dash (0.4.22) unstable; urgency=low + + * Read PWD from environment (closes: #228659). + * Added Danish debconf translation (Claus Hindsgaul, closes: #233756). + * Added check_gcc to support gcc 2.95 (closes: #235933). + * Perform here-doc expansion on PS1/PS2/PS4 (closes: #230858). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 7 Mar 2004 21:50:04 +1100 + +dash (0.4.21) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed typo that broke ulimit (GCS, closes: #228369). + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 19 Jan 2004 19:02:32 +1100 + +dash (0.4.20) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added Dutch debconf translation (Tim Dijkstra, closes: #218904). + * Check existence RLIMIT symbols for ulimit. + * Removed table lookup in errmsg. + * Restored NULL check in cmdtxt. + * Restored ash postrm to purge debconf entries (closes: #221913). + * Fixed exit status of exit in EXIT trap (closes: #227734). + * Updated Brazilian debconf translation (Andre Luis Lopes, closes: #228095). + * Restored goodname check in prehash. + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 17 Jan 2004 09:57:14 +1100 + +dash (0.4.19) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed handling of evalskip in dotcmd (closes: #212975). + * Updated Russian debconf translation (Ilgiz Kalmetev, closes: #214333). + * Added Portugese debconf translation (Bruno Rodrigues, closes: #216214). + * Updated Spanish debconf translation (Carlos Valdivia, closes: #216338). + * Fixed length expansion of special variables (closes: #216767). + * Replaced umask builtin with pdksh version. + * Reverted bogus eval change in 0.3.1-20. + * Added vmemory/locks support in ulimit. + * Call install -D instead of cp for merged template. + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 29 Oct 2003 22:14:22 +1100 + +dash (0.4.18) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed boundary checks in getopts. + * Updated Japanese debconf template (Tomohiro KUBOTA, closes: #192382). + * Use -falign-* instead -malign-*. + * Use strtoll for parsing integers in arith expansion. + * Added support for add-shell/remove-shell (closes: #163131). + * Fixed JOBS ifdefs in sprint_status (closes: #211009). + * Fixed bit-wise or in arith expansion (Mototoshi KONDO, closes: #212825). + * Print PS4 on previous stderr. + * Converted debconf templates to gettext (Christian Perrier, + closes: #200112). + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 27 Sep 2003 14:26:36 +1000 + +dash (0.4.17) unstable; urgency=low + + * Reset rehash when recylcing cmd entries. + * Fixed null arg0 segfault with -c (closes: #191687). + * Relocate job pointers in makejob (closes: #191595). + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 3 May 2003 20:57:46 +1000 + +dash (0.4.16) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed printf so that exit status is cleared on entry. + * Call nextopt() in printf. + * Fixed command substitution corruption by grabbing expdest in expbackq + (closes: #187896). + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 7 Apr 2003 21:21:30 +1000 + +dash (0.4.15) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed octal escapes in echo/printf (closes: #187827). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 6 Apr 2003 20:45:38 +1000 + +dash (0.4.14) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added missing newline when printing in dowait. + * Do not print status in dowait when stopped. + * Fixed job status display. + * Fixed current job setting. + * Fixed kill segfault with no arguments (closes: #187189). + * Fixed sorting of set output. + * Removed setvar builtin. + + -- Herbert Xu Thu, 3 Apr 2003 20:38:33 +1000 + +dash (0.4.13) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed precision type on 64 bit systems in showvars. + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 26 Mar 2003 20:00:03 +1100 + +dash (0.4.12) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed dash_errno build problem with gcc 3.2. + + -- Herbert Xu Tue, 25 Mar 2003 22:28:50 +1100 + +dash (0.4.11) unstable; urgency=low + + * Removed unused pgrp field from job structure. + * Free jobs when calling wait with no arguments. + * Fixed build problem with bison. + * Merged changes from NetBSD 20030123. + . printf: + - Fixed mklong sefault. + - Fixed precision/field width with %b. + . Improved option parsing of command(1). + . Added rudimentary support for PS4. + * Moved builtin flags into builtins.def. + * Updated Spanish debconf template (Carlos Valdivia Yagüe, closes: #178359). + * Fixed ordering of redirection versus assignment substitution. + * Fixed potential setvareq memory leaks. + * Use bison instead of byacc. + * Fixed wait(1) race condition. + * Fixed alignment memory corruption bug in growstackblock(). + * Fixed potential memory corruption in parsing position parameters. + * Fixed getopts done check. + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 24 Mar 2003 20:42:29 +1100 + +dash (0.4.10) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed redirection fd leak when execing. + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 19 Jan 2003 13:25:41 +1100 + +dash (0.4.9) unstable; urgency=low + + * Reset exitstatus in evalsubshell if backgnd is true. + * Fixed glibc glob syntax error in expand.c. + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 11 Jan 2003 16:04:02 +1100 + +dash (0.4.8) unstable; urgency=low + + * Removed backgnd flag from ncmd due to previous redirection change. + * Set lim after the stack stablises in updatepwd (closes: #173884). + * Do not clobber the exitstatus after redirection. + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 23 Dec 2002 19:50:06 +1100 + +dash (0.4.7) unstable; urgency=low + + * Merged clearredir with reset code in redir.c. + * Redirect before command search in evalcommand (closes: #168862). + * Build binary-all packages in binary-indep (closes: #173191). + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 21 Dec 2002 13:52:37 +1100 + +dash (0.4.6) unstable; urgency=low + + * Restored code for leaving job control. + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 8 Dec 2002 15:21:58 +1100 + +dash (0.4.5) unstable; urgency=low + + * Optimised doformat so that vsnprintf is usually called only once. + * Reset redirlist in clearredir so that popredir can work (closes: #170247). + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 23 Nov 2002 22:09:59 +1100 + +dash (0.4.4) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed duplicate define warnings in init.c. + * Set debhelper compat to 4. + * Vanishing mail boxes no longer elicit "you have mail" messages. + * Function redirection errors no longer abort the shell. + * Fixed potential memory leak in redirect. + * Only allocate memory if necessary in redirect. + * Reap dead here documents. + * Do not strdup default values of static shell variables. + * Removed unnecessary setprompt(0) calls. + * Read in BUFSIZ chunks rather than BUFSIZ - 1. + * Documented undefined escape behaviour for echo(1) (closes: #167893). + * Do va_copy when we use a va_list twice (closes: #169503). + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 20 Nov 2002 19:48:31 +1100 + +dash (0.4.3) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added manual entry for PPID. + * Exporting an unset variable no longer causes it to be set. + * Fixed fd0 redirection in asynchronous lists. + * Only stat if necessary in cdcmd (see #42880). + * Removed extra newline in error message in arith lexer. + * Set heredoclist to 0 ASAP in parseheredoc. + * Removed BSD advertising clause from copyright file. + * Check non-ash diversions as well in dash.postinst. + * Duplicated diversion checking in ash.postinst (closes: #166441). + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 26 Oct 2002 21:28:33 +1000 + +dash (0.4.2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Give benefits of dash in templates (closes: #161527). + * Fixed signed/unsigned on result of xwrite (closes: #161606). + * Removed support for SIG prefixes in kill and trap. + * Added -- processing in trap. + * Dropped use of unset in postinst (closes: 161868). + * Fixed printf(1) %* processing on bad integers and zero. + * Use stat64 in test(1). + * Allocate group_array with stalloc in test(1). + * Disabled alias checking after a pattern in a case statement. + * Wait now returns 128 + last trapped signal. + * Printf now keeps going after errors. + * Empty non-trivial parameter expansions are now removed correctly. + * Call reset() before exitshell() is called. This fixes the bug where + returning an error from a function running under set -e caused the exit + trap to be taken with evalskip set. + * Fixed quoting of empty strings in single_quote(). + * Show line numbers on all errors. + * Function names must be valid identifiers. + * Removed unused dependency on groff. + * Fixed race condition before entering a function. + * Fixed getopts initialisation for functions. + * Added memory barriers in INT macros. + * Banned empty compound lists in most places. + * Keep usage counters on functions (closes: #164234). + * Updated copyright file. + * Check evalskip in evalstring (closes: #165056). + * Merged changes from NetBSD 1.6: + . Added intmax support in printf(1). + . Implemented set -u. + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 19 Oct 2002 14:23:11 +1000 + +dash (0.4.1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Removed extra new line in command -v output for aliases. + * Removed alais prefix in the output of alias. + * Recognise octal and hex numbers in arith expansion (closes: #151449). + * Added sh(1) entries for echo, printf and test (closes: #156446). + * Renamed to dash --- the Debian Almquist Shell. + * Cleaned up rules file (Matej Vela). + * Check mtime instead of size in chkmail per POSIX. + * Added support for LFS (closes: #157884). + * Added SuS options to cd and pwd (closes: #145828). + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 13 Sep 2002 20:35:06 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-38) unstable; urgency=low + + * Turned pre-dependency to dependency in udeb since the former is not allowed + (closes: #143749). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 28 Apr 2002 11:59:05 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-37) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added Japanese debconf translation (Tomohiro KUBOTA, closes: #137431). + * Added missing escapes in manual page (Aaron Schrab, closes: #137966). + * Added Russian debconf translation (Ilgiz Kalmetev, closes: #137618). + * Fixed trap(1) documentation (closes: #140973). + * Do not abort if getcwd fails. + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 3 Apr 2002 20:58:09 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-36) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added library dependency for ash-udeb. + * Handle null case statements correctly. + * Fixed alias expansions in case statements (NetBSD). + * Disabled unused jobid command. + * Corrected documentation about shifting too much. + * Added French debconf translation (Denis Barbier, closes: #134625). + * Updated Spanish debconf translation (Carlos Valdivia, closes: #136366). + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 2 Mar 2002 18:31:22 +1100 + +ash (0.3.8-35) unstable; urgency=low + + * Moved PWD initialisation into var.c (closes: #124032). + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 24 Dec 2001 09:34:55 +1100 + +ash (0.3.8-34) unstable; urgency=low + + * NSEMI must be NOR + 1. + * Set exitstatus to zero before evaluating cases (closes: #124066). + * Explicitly set default answer of the ash/sh question to false so that + people whose debconf priority is set to low and who keeps banging on their + keyboards don't accidently end up with ash as /bin/sh. + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 21 Dec 2001 20:30:49 +1100 + +ash (0.3.8-33) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added missing inclusion of bltin.h in bltin/times.c. + + -- Herbert Xu Thu, 13 Dec 2001 18:46:07 +1100 + +ash (0.3.8-32) unstable; urgency=low + + * Back slashes in expansions are now escaped (closes: #121516). + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 28 Nov 2001 20:15:01 +1100 + +ash (0.3.8-31) unstable; urgency=low + + * Made sure all back slashes are escaped. + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 26 Nov 2001 19:10:27 +1100 + +ash (0.3.8-30) unstable; urgency=low + + * Restored fnmatch(3) code. + * Treat escaped slashes correctly while globbing. + * Restored missing EV_EXIT check in evalcommand (closes: #120364). + * Fixed stack corruption in _rmescapes. + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 25 Nov 2001 17:51:19 +1100 + +ash (0.3.8-29) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added missing va_end in fmtstr (NetBSD). + * Removed shellproc crap. + * Updated Swedish debconf translation (Mikael Hedin, closes: #116097). + * Updated German debconf translation (Andreas Metzler, closes: #117160). + * Break now treats illegal numbers according to SuS. + * Errors in special builtins now rise to the top. + * Normal redirection errors no longer abort the shell. + * Functions now have the same variable assignment properties as special + builtins. + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 3 Nov 2001 11:36:36 +1100 + +ash (0.3.8-28) unstable; urgency=low + + * Local variables are now unset properly in shprocvar() (closes: #114917). + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 13 Oct 2001 14:07:21 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-27) unstable; urgency=low + + * Kill no longer aborts if it fails to kill someone. + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 30 Sep 2001 22:20:36 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-26) unstable; urgency=low + + * The sh.1.gz diversion now agrees with reality (closes: #113831). + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 29 Sep 2001 08:43:27 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-25) unstable; urgency=low + + * Only read ENV if the shell is interactive (closes: #110421). + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 29 Aug 2001 19:18:53 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-24) unstable; urgency=low + + * Handle SIGINT when waiting even if there is no trap (closes: #107699). + * Protect all makejob/forkshell/waitforjobs sequences from SIGINT. + * Work around gcc bug that generates bad ..ng references (closes: #107994). + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 8 Aug 2001 20:28:28 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-23) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed fence post error in scanleft (closes: #107229). + * Removed stunalloc in expname as it interferes with addfname. + * Fixed CTLESC skipping in scanright. + + -- Herbert Xu Thu, 2 Aug 2001 20:06:00 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-22) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed trailing back slash bug in echo/printf (closes: #106693). + * Some quoted's are meant to be quotes. + * Added Brazilian translation (Andre Luis Lopes, closes: #107041). + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 30 Jul 2001 20:21:52 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-21) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed EV_EXIT/redirection bugs that caused core dumps. + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 28 Jul 2001 17:03:28 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-20) unstable; urgency=low + + * Don't save fd2 if job control is turned off. + * Don't push redirections when EV_EXIT is set. + * Fixed assignment recognition in the presence of back ticks. + * Combined checkkwd and checkalias. + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 27 Jul 2001 22:29:41 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-19) unstable; urgency=low + + * Recompute strings after growing in subevalvar (closes: #106050). + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 23 Jul 2001 21:16:50 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-18) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added more space optimisations for udeb on i386. + * Set stack mark in patmatch (closes: #106050). + * Fixed theoretical bug in expari. + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 21 Jul 2001 20:08:15 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-17) unstable; urgency=low + + * Don't complain about unknown escape codes in echo and printf + (closes: #105659). + * Updated build-time dependency on groff-base (closes: #105612). + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 18 Jul 2001 19:33:20 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-16) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed backslash bug in new pattern matching code. + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 16 Jul 2001 21:47:39 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-15) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added Swedish translation of templates (Martin Sjögren, closes: #103158). + * Restored escape code support in echo. + * Removed assignment builtins since it is at best undefined by the SuS and + also can't be implemented consistently. + * Removed extraneous volatile modifier (closes: #104518). + * General overhaul of word expansion (closes: #96588). + * Redirection prefixes no longer stop assignments from being recognised. + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 15 Jul 2001 17:27:03 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-14) unstable; urgency=low + + * Divert sh.1.gz to sh.distrib.1.gz (closes: #102251). + * Added HETIO support for ^D and ^U (Aaron Lehmann, closes: #102215). + * Added Spaniash translation of debconf templates (Carlos Valdivia Yagüe, + closes: #103040). + * Added versioned build-time dependency on groff. + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 2 Jul 2001 19:32:03 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-13) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed a bug where errors in pipelines which are part of andor lists were + not ignored when -e is in effect. + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 25 Jun 2001 19:40:27 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-12) unstable; urgency=low + + * Rewrote arith_lex.l in C (Aaron Lehmann, closes: #101741). + * && and || in arithmetic expansions now return either 0 or 1. + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 24 Jun 2001 20:14:29 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-11) unstable; urgency=low + + * Check for NULL argument in evaltree() (closes: #98865, #98867). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 27 May 2001 17:53:14 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-10) unstable; urgency=low + + * Use /bin/ash in postinst to sidestep bugs in other shells (closes: #98739). + * Exit status is now tested on non-negated pipelines (closes: #98736). + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 26 May 2001 23:56:07 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-9) unstable; urgency=medium + + * IFS is now fetched using bltinlookup() again in read (closes: #98343). + * Divert sh(1) man page as well as /bin/sh (closes: #98525). + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 25 May 2001 20:30:06 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-8) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed diversion removal in prerm (duh, closes: #98031). + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 21 May 2001 20:52:48 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-7) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed diversion test in prerm (closes: #98031). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 20 May 2001 12:30:53 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-6) unstable; urgency=low + + * Make sure that fd2 is closed when clearing redirects (closes: #96619). + * Fixed memory corruption in stunalloc(). + * The output of export/readonly/set is now correctly quoted. + * Fixed newline eating bug in expbackq(). + * Set OLDPWD. + * Removed ash-medium as neither bf or di uses it. + * Wait now waits for all its argument rather than the first one. + * Wait will exit with 129 when interrupted by a signal for a which a trap has + been set. + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 18 May 2001 21:51:41 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-5) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added German translation to template file (Sebastian Feltel, + closes: #96203). + * Added missing initialisation in setalias() (closes: #95433). + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 4 May 2001 20:54:31 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-4) unstable; urgency=low + + * Disabled fnmatch code as fnmatch(3) in glibc is broken. + * Fixed echo example in man page (Kalle Olavi Niemitalo, closes: #96014). + * Fixed trailing semicolon bug with eval (NetBSD). + * Fixed globbing inconsistency with broken symlinks (NetBSD). + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 2 May 2001 22:57:16 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * Work around broken autoconf scripts (closes: #95430). + + -- Herbert Xu Tue, 1 May 2001 18:27:50 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Save checkalias before calling xxreadtoken() (closes: #95628). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 29 Apr 2001 17:36:01 +1000 + +ash (0.3.8-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * NetBSD-current version as of 20010316. + * Removed code that sets IFS. + * Fixed memory leak with PWD. + * Set PPID. + * Fixed inconsistencies in alias expansion. + * Restored original output code. + * Enabled fnmatch code again. + * Added builtin printf. + * Offer to divert /bin/sh (closes: #70462). + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 25 Apr 2001 22:32:39 +1000 + +ash (0.3.7-16) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed incorrect default IFS in readcmd (closes: #88950). + * Added missing return in hashcmd. + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 9 Mar 2001 20:44:40 +1100 + +ash (0.3.7-15) unstable; urgency=low + + * Unknown escape codes are now prnted literally by echo (closes: #82869). + * Made hetio_read_input() fail if fd is not stdin. + * Some uses of VSQUOTE were really meant to be quotes (closes: #88777). + * Build different ashes in different subdirectories. + + -- Herbert Xu Thu, 8 Mar 2001 21:32:28 +1100 + +ash (0.3.7-14) unstable; urgency=low + + * Removed predependency from udeb (closes: #81995). + * Added /bin/sh symlink to udeb (closes: #81967). + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 13 Jan 2001 15:23:21 +1100 + +ash (0.3.7-13) unstable; urgency=low + + * Renamed the udeb to ash-udeb. + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 20 Dec 2000 19:32:34 +1100 + +ash (0.3.7-12) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added support for udebs (Randolph Chung, closes: #79237). + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 16 Dec 2000 13:53:28 +1100 + +ash (0.3.7-11) unstable; urgency=low + + * Preserve the previous exit status upon entering a function + (closes: #78374). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 3 Dec 2000 13:34:27 +1100 + +ash (0.3.7-10) unstable; urgency=low + + * Merged changes for GNU from Igor Khavkine. + * Minimise the number of sigactions. + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 3 Nov 2000 20:31:52 +1100 + +ash (0.3.7-9) unstable; urgency=low + + * Predepend on the libraries. + * Always save fd 2 when it is redirected (closes: #75302). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 22 Oct 2000 08:40:40 +1100 + +ash (0.3.7-8) unstable; urgency=high + + * More redirection fixes (closes: #73613). + + -- Herbert Xu Thu, 5 Oct 2000 18:22:17 +1100 + +ash (0.3.7-7) unstable; urgency=high + + * Added missing break in redirection code (closes: #72956). + + -- Herbert Xu Tue, 3 Oct 2000 07:58:04 +1100 + +ash (0.3.7-6) unstable; urgency=low + + * command -[vV] no longer displays an error message on stdout. + * Redirecting to /proc/self/fd/* now works (closes: #72852). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 1 Oct 2000 12:56:39 +1100 + +ash (0.3.7-5) unstable; urgency=low + + * Implemented set -a. + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 30 Sep 2000 16:00:33 +1100 + +ash (0.3.7-4) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added build-time dependency on debhelper (closes: #69920). + * Extended maximum length of arithmetic expansions to match 32-bit integers. + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 20 Sep 2000 14:28:16 +1100 + +ash (0.3.7-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * Switch to the old globbing code since glob(3) is hopelessly broken + (closes: #69455). + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 21 Aug 2000 20:37:15 +1000 + +ash (0.3.7-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Call glob(3) with GLOB_NOMAGIC (ouch). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 6 Aug 2000 17:47:08 +1000 + +ash (0.3.7-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * NetBSD-current version as of 20000729. + * Use fnmatch(3) and glob(3). + * Fixed the use of backslashes in the pattern in parameter substitutions, + hopefully for the last time. + * Applied HETIO patch and built ash.medium (closes: #50788). Will do ash.big + when readline is fixed so that it doesn't leak anymore. + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 4 Aug 2000 21:36:44 +1000 + +ash (0.3.6-5) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed manpage entry for read with patch from Kevin Ryde (closes: #62500). + * Fixed a file descriptor leak for pipelines. + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 19 Apr 2000 18:56:20 +1000 + +ash (0.3.6-4) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed the case of an empty command with redirections. + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 7 Apr 2000 12:07:18 +1000 + +ash (0.3.6-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * ! is now recognised correctly. + * Ash is now more strict on the syntax, e.g., a lone ! is no longer accepted + as an alternative to ! true. + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 7 Apr 2000 10:46:06 +1000 + +ash (0.3.6-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed a problem with fmtstr() which broke getopts. + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 2 Apr 2000 10:49:26 +1000 + +ash (0.3.6-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * NetBSD-current version as of 20000326. + * Added a Build-Depends on groff (closes: #61041). + * Implemented noclobber (closes: #59028). + * Rewrote output.c to use stream IO. + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 1 Apr 2000 19:24:31 +1000 + +ash (0.3.5-10) frozen unstable; urgency=low + + * Don't stat mail boxes in non-interactive mode (closes: #59213). + * Added an fflush(stdout) to the times builtin (closes: #59027). + * Documented the times builtin. + * Added source depends. + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 18 Mar 2000 18:58:44 +1100 + +ash (0.3.5-9) unstable; urgency=low + + * Double quotes inside paramater substitutions inside double quotes are now + ignored as in bash (the originial behaviour was POSIX compliant too but + IMHO this one makes a little bit more sense). + This one broke mwm (but it was actually mwm's fault). + * Corrected backslash/CTLESC treatment for patterns in parameter + substitutions. + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 6 Nov 1999 18:13:19 +1100 + +ash (0.3.5-8) unstable; urgency=low + + * Replaced use of echo -n in manual page with escape codes. + * Made FHS compliant (closes: #47978). + * Restored echo's option processing ability. + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 22 Oct 1999 10:20:58 +1000 + +ash (0.3.5-7) unstable; urgency=low + + * echo no longer supports options. + * Don't quote patterns inside parameter substitutions enclosed by double + quotes (closes: #47842). + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 20 Oct 1999 20:28:14 +1000 + +ash (0.3.5-6) unstable; urgency=low + + * Use getcwd() instead of /bin/pwd -- Zack Weinberg (closes: #46981). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 10 Oct 1999 16:31:49 +1000 + +ash (0.3.5-5) unstable; urgency=low + + * Only test for -e on simple commands (fixes #44559). + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 8 Sep 1999 22:18:27 +1000 + +ash (0.3.5-4) unstable; urgency=low + + * Don't wait for stopped children if job control is disabled (fixes #42814). + * Allow an option '(' in a case statement (fixes #42364). + + -- Herbert Xu Thu, 12 Aug 1999 23:30:30 +1000 + +ash (0.3.5-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * OK, the fix to the esoteric problem in 0.3.5-1 actually breaks VSASSIGN + and VSQUESTION, they should work properly now (fixes #41327). + + -- Herbert Xu Thu, 15 Jul 1999 22:47:13 +1000 + +ash (0.3.5-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * PATH search and execution is now correct. + * hash no longer shows builtins. + * Added kill builtin. + * New description from James R. van Zandt reformatted by Josip Rodin. + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 12 Jul 1999 18:51:42 +1000 + +ash (0.3.5-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + * Adapted to new pmake (fixes #38737). + * Fixed behvaiour of backslashes preceding a closing brace for a parameter + substituion inside double quotes (even bash messes this one up :). + * Fixed command (fixes #34639). + * Fixed a pipe bug where stdin may be wrongly closed (fixes #35452). + * Revamped getopts (fixes #39694). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 4 Jul 1999 12:19:01 +1000 + +ash (0.3.4-7) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed a glibc 2.1 compatitibility problem. + * Fixed a PWD inconsistency that stuffed up the kernel compilation. + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 17 May 1999 23:14:57 +1000 + +ash (0.3.4-6) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed incorrect -e test due to the last bug fix (fixes #26509). + + -- Herbert Xu Tue, 8 Sep 1998 10:02:46 +1000 + +ash (0.3.4-5) unstable; urgency=low + + * Use test_eaccess from bash instead of access(2) (fixes #26110). + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 26 Aug 1998 21:22:49 +1000 + +ash (0.3.4-4) unstable; urgency=low + + * Only upload to unstable. + + -- Herbert Xu Tue, 5 May 1998 18:01:02 +1000 + +ash (0.3.4-3) frozen unstable; urgency=low + + * Applied sparc patch (fixes #21562). + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 1 May 1998 19:48:13 +1000 + +ash (0.3.4-2) frozen unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed the incorrect trap fixes (fixes #20363). + + -- Herbert Xu Thu, 16 Apr 1998 21:07:10 +1000 + +ash (0.3.4-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + * Reverted word splitting change in 0.3.2-1 since the fix was broken and + major work (the quote removal is done too quickly at the moment) is needed + to fix it properly. + * Fixed more trap noncompliance. + + -- Herbert Xu Thu, 19 Mar 1998 22:59:12 +1100 + +ash (0.3.2-5) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed a bug when doing pattern matching in parameter expansions. + + -- Herbert Xu Tue, 10 Mar 1998 21:25:40 +1100 + +ash (0.3.2-4) unstable; urgency=low + + * Allow ] to be quoted in bracket expressions (fixes #17533). + * Move dh_fixperms to second last spot (fixes #18267). + * Don't do field splitting in evalfor. + + -- Herbert Xu Tue, 17 Feb 1998 13:32:09 +1100 + +ash (0.3.2-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed stupid core dump. + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 11 Feb 1998 21:33:55 +1100 + +ash (0.3.2-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Hack for special builtins (fixes #18055). + * Hack for command. + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 11 Feb 1998 21:19:46 +1100 + +ash (0.3.2-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * NetBSD-current version as of 19980209. + * Fixed a word splitting problem after parameter expansion thanks to Alexey + Marinichev. + * Converted to debhelper (fixes #14612, #15005). + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 9 Feb 1998 16:53:48 +1100 + +ash (0.3.1-20) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed -e problem with eval. + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 7 Dec 1997 20:19:00 +1100 + +ash (0.3.1-19) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed -e problem with command substitution. + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 7 Dec 1997 19:44:49 +1100 + +ash (0.3.1-18) unstable; urgency=low + + * Do not link with ncurses (#15485). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 30 Nov 1997 12:00:11 +1100 + +ash (0.3.1-17) unstable; urgency=low + + * Set PATH like bash (#15238). + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 26 Nov 1997 16:17:27 +1100 + +ash (0.3.1-16) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed incorrect assignment builtin code. + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 24 Nov 1997 16:19:10 +1100 + +ash (0.3.1-15) unstable; urgency=low + + * hash now returns error codes (needed by the Linux kernel). + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 23 Nov 1997 21:37:08 +1100 + +ash (0.3.1-14) unstable; urgency=low + + * Disabled word-splitting for assignment builtins. + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 23 Nov 1997 12:45:15 +1100 + +ash (0.3.1-13) unstable; urgency=low + + * ! is now recognised even after &&/||. + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 21 Nov 1997 22:09:05 +1100 + +ash (0.3.1-12) unstable; urgency=low + + * More fixes to the handling of SIGINT when forking. + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 14 Nov 1997 15:14:32 +1100 + +ash (0.3.1-11) unstable; urgency=low + + * Ignore SIGINT when forking non-interactively. + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 3 Nov 1997 12:00:02 +1100 + +ash (0.3.1-10) unstable; urgency=low + + * echo now handles options correctly. + * echo nolonger returns 0 if erorrs occured while writing to stdout. + * New code from GNU echo merged. + * Error messages from test now work. + + -- Herbert Xu Wed, 8 Oct 1997 21:47:13 +1000 + +ash (0.3.1-9) unstable; urgency=low + + * ! is recognised at pipeline level like bash. + + -- Herbert Xu Mon, 15 Sep 1997 23:13:45 +1000 + +ash (0.3.1-8) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Old patch regarding SIGCHLD in again. + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 31 Aug 1997 11:20:27 +1000 + +ash (0.3.1-7) unstable; urgency=low + + * /bin/sh -e is behaving even better now (for loops within conditionals). + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 23 Aug 1997 22:08:19 +1000 + +ash (0.3.1-6) unstable; urgency=low + + * /bin/sh -e is behaving better now. + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 23 Aug 1997 13:16:26 +1000 + +ash (0.3.1-5) unstable; urgency=low + + * hash -v /dir/command doesn't coredump anymore. + * type /dir/command now works correctly. + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 1 Aug 1997 20:48:19 +1000 + +ash (0.3.1-4) unstable; urgency=low + + * trap now understands symbolic signal names. + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 26 Jul 1997 14:04:46 +1000 + +ash (0.3.1-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added the builtin test command. + + -- Herbert Xu Sun, 20 Jul 1997 15:00:14 +1000 + +ash (0.3.1-2) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Fixed a coredump involving $*. + + -- Herbert Xu Sat, 19 Jul 1997 12:03:02 +1000 + +ash (0.3.1-1) unstable; urgency=medium + + * NetBSD-current version as of 19970715. + * Fixed a "use after free" bug (#11294). + + -- Herbert Xu Fri, 18 Jul 1997 13:48:09 +1000 + +ash (0.3-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Initial Release. + + -- Herbert Xu Thu, 19 Jun 1997 19:29:16 +1000 + diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af437a64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +SUBDIRS = src diff --git a/autogen.sh b/autogen.sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000..9879c53e --- /dev/null +++ b/autogen.sh @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#!/bin/sh + +aclocal \ +&& autoheader \ +&& automake --add-missing \ +&& autoconf diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac new file mode 100644 index 00000000..33f0b08c --- /dev/null +++ b/configure.ac @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +AC_INIT([dash],[0.5.11.2]) +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign subdir-objects]) +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/main.c]) + +AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(config.h) + +m4_ifdef([AM_SILENT_RULES], [AM_SILENT_RULES(yes)]) + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_CC +AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS + +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build system compiler]) +if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + CC_FOR_BUILD=${CC_FOR_BUILD-cc} +else + CC_FOR_BUILD=${CC} +fi +AC_MSG_RESULT(${CC_FOR_BUILD}) +AC_SUBST(CC_FOR_BUILD) + +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for __attribute__((__alias__()))]) +dash_cv_have_attribute_alias=no +AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([void t() {} + void a() __attribute__((__alias__("t")));], + [a();])], + [dash_cv_have_attribute_alias=yes]) +AC_MSG_RESULT($dash_cv_have_attribute_alias) +if test "x$dash_cv_have_attribute_alias" = xyes; then + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ALIAS_ATTRIBUTE], 1, + [Define if __attribute__((__alias__())) is supported]) +fi + +AC_ARG_ENABLE(static, AS_HELP_STRING(--enable-static, \ + [Build statical linked program])) +if test "$enable_static" = "yes"; then + export LDFLAGS="-static -Wl,--fatal-warnings" +fi + +AC_ARG_ENABLE(fnmatch, AS_HELP_STRING(--enable-fnmatch, \ + [Use fnmatch(3) from libc])) +AC_ARG_ENABLE(glob, AS_HELP_STRING(--enable-glob, [Use glob(3) from libc])) + +dnl Checks for libraries. + +dnl Checks for header files. +AC_CHECK_HEADERS(alloca.h paths.h) + +dnl Check for declarations +AC_CHECK_DECL([_PATH_BSHELL],,AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([_PATH_BSHELL], "/bin/sh", [Define to system shell path]),[ +#ifdef HAVE_PATHS_H +#include +#endif +]) +AC_CHECK_DECL([_PATH_DEVNULL],,AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([_PATH_DEVNULL], "/dev/null", [Define to devnull device node path]),[ +#ifdef HAVE_PATHS_H +#include +#endif +]) +AC_CHECK_DECL([_PATH_TTY],,AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([_PATH_TTY], "/dev/tty", [Define to tty device node path]),[ +#ifdef HAVE_PATHS_H +#include +#endif +]) + +dnl Some systems lack isblank +AC_CHECK_DECLS([isblank],,,[#include ]) + +dnl Check for sizes of types +AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([intmax_t]) +AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long long int]) + +dnl Select a fallback format string for intmax_t in case we don't find PRIdMAX +if test "x$ac_cv_sizeof_intmax_t" = "x$ac_cv_sizeof_long_long_int"; then + intmax_fstr="lld" +else + intmax_fstr="jd" +fi + +dnl Check for PRIdMAX and define it to a fallback if not found +AC_CHECK_DECL([PRIdMAX],, + [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PRIdMAX], "$intmax_fstr", + [Define to printf format string for intmax_t])], + [ +#include +]) + +dnl Checks for library functions. +AC_CHECK_FUNCS(bsearch faccessat getpwnam getrlimit isalpha killpg \ + mempcpy \ + sigsetmask stpcpy strchrnul strsignal strtod strtoimax \ + strtoumax sysconf) + +dnl Check whether it's worth working around FreeBSD PR kern/125009. +dnl The traditional behavior of access/faccessat is crazy, but +dnl POSIX.1-2008 explicitly allows those functions to misbehave. +dnl +dnl Unaffected kernels: +dnl +dnl - all versions of Linux +dnl - NetBSD sys/kern/vfs_subr.c 1.64, 1997-04-23 +dnl - FreeBSD 9 (r212002), 2010-09-10 +dnl - OpenBSD sys/kern/vfs_subr.c 1.166, 2008-06-09 +dnl +dnl Also worked around in Debian's libc0.1 2.13-19 when using +dnl kFreeBSD 8. + +AC_ARG_ENABLE(test-workaround, AS_HELP_STRING(--enable-test-workaround, \ + [Guard against faccessat(2) that tells root all files are executable]),, + [enable_test_workaround=auto]) + +if test "enable_test_workaround" = "auto" && + test "$ac_cv_func_faccessat" = yes; then + case `uname -s 2>/dev/null` in + GNU/kFreeBSD | \ + FreeBSD) + enable_test_workaround=yes + esac +fi +if test "$enable_test_workaround" = "yes"; then + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_TRADITIONAL_FACCESSAT], [1], + [Define if your faccessat tells root all files are executable]) +fi + +if test "$enable_fnmatch" = yes; then + use_fnmatch= + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(fnmatch, use_fnmatch=yes) +fi + +if test "$use_fnmatch" = yes && test "$enable_glob" = yes; then + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(glob) +fi + +dnl Check for klibc signal. +AC_CHECK_FUNC(signal) +if test "$ac_cv_func_signal" != yes; then + AC_CHECK_FUNC(bsd_signal, + [AC_DEFINE(signal, bsd_signal, + [klibc has bsd_signal instead of signal])]) +fi + +dnl Check for stat64 (dietlibc/klibc). +AC_CHECK_FUNC(stat64,, [ + AC_DEFINE(fstat64, fstat, [64-bit operations are the same as 32-bit]) + AC_DEFINE(lstat64, lstat, [64-bit operations are the same as 32-bit]) + AC_DEFINE(stat64, stat, [64-bit operations are the same as 32-bit]) +]) + +dnl OS X apparently has stat64 but not open64. +AC_CHECK_FUNC(open64,, [ + AC_DEFINE(open64, open, [64-bit operations are the same as 32-bit]) + AC_DEFINE(readdir64, readdir, + [64-bit operations are the same as 32-bit]) + AC_DEFINE(dirent64, dirent, + [64-bit operations are the same as 32-bit]) +]) + +dnl Check if struct stat has st_mtim. +AC_MSG_CHECKING(for stat::st_mtim) +AC_COMPILE_IFELSE( +[AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include +#include +#include ], +[struct stat foo; return sizeof(foo.st_mtim.tv_sec)])], +have_st_mtim=yes, have_st_mtim=no) +AC_MSG_RESULT($have_st_mtim) +if test "$have_st_mtim" = "yes"; then + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ST_MTIM], [1], + [Define if your `struct stat' has `st_mtim']) +fi + +AC_ARG_WITH(libedit, AS_HELP_STRING(--with-libedit, [Compile with libedit support])) +use_libedit= +if test "$with_libedit" = "yes"; then + AC_CHECK_LIB(edit, history_init, [ + AC_CHECK_HEADER([histedit.h], [use_libedit="yes"], + AC_MSG_ERROR( + [Can't find required header files.]))]) +fi +if test "$use_libedit" != "yes"; then + AC_DEFINE([SMALL], 1, [Define if you build with -DSMALL]) +else + export LIBS="$LIBS -ledit" +fi +AC_ARG_ENABLE(lineno, AS_HELP_STRING(--disable-lineno, \ + [Disable LINENO support])) +if test "$enable_lineno" != "no"; then + AC_DEFINE([WITH_LINENO], 1, [Define if you build with -DWITH_LINENO]) +fi +AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile]) +AC_OUTPUT diff --git a/src/.gitignore b/src/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 00000000..644eccb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +*.o +builtins.[ch] +builtins.def +dash +init.c +mkinit +mknodes +mksignames +mksyntax +nodes.[ch] +signames.c +syntax.[ch] +token.h diff --git a/src/Makefile.am b/src/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..17324653 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +AM_YFLAGS = -d + +COMMON_CFLAGS = -Wall +COMMON_CPPFLAGS = \ + -DBSD=1 -DSHELL + +AM_CFLAGS = $(COMMON_CFLAGS) +AM_CPPFLAGS = -include $(top_builddir)/config.h $(COMMON_CPPFLAGS) +AM_CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = -g -O2 $(COMMON_CFLAGS) +AM_CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD = $(COMMON_CPPFLAGS) + +COMPILE_FOR_BUILD = \ + $(CC_FOR_BUILD) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD) \ + $(CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD) \ + $(AM_CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD) $(CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD) + +bin_PROGRAMS = dash + +dash_CFILES = \ + alias.c arith_yacc.c arith_yylex.c cd.c error.c eval.c exec.c expand.c \ + histedit.c input.c jobs.c mail.c main.c memalloc.c miscbltin.c \ + mystring.c options.c parser.c redir.c show.c trap.c output.c \ + bltin/printf.c system.c bltin/test.c bltin/times.c var.c +dash_SOURCES = \ + $(dash_CFILES) \ + alias.h arith_yacc.h bltin/bltin.h cd.h error.h eval.h exec.h \ + expand.h \ + init.h input.h jobs.h machdep.h mail.h main.h memalloc.h miscbltin.h \ + myhistedit.h mystring.h options.h output.h parser.h redir.h shell.h \ + show.h system.h trap.h var.h +dash_LDADD = builtins.o init.o nodes.o signames.o syntax.o + +HELPERS = mkinit mksyntax mknodes mksignames + +BUILT_SOURCES = builtins.h nodes.h syntax.h token.h token_vars.h +CLEANFILES = \ + $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(patsubst %.o,%.c,$(dash_LDADD)) \ + $(HELPERS) builtins.def + +man_MANS = dash.1 +EXTRA_DIST = \ + $(man_MANS) \ + mktokens mkbuiltins builtins.def.in mkinit.c \ + mknodes.c nodetypes nodes.c.pat mksyntax.c mksignames.c + +token.h token_vars.h: mktokens + $(AM_V_GEN)$(SHELL) $^ + +builtins.def: builtins.def.in $(top_builddir)/config.h + $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -E -x c -o $@ $< + +builtins.c builtins.h: mkbuiltins builtins.def + $(AM_V_GEN)$(SHELL) $^ + +init.c: mkinit $(dash_CFILES) + $(AM_V_GEN)./$^ + +nodes.c nodes.h: mknodes nodetypes nodes.c.pat + $(AM_V_GEN)./$^ + +syntax.c syntax.h: mksyntax + $(AM_V_GEN)./$^ + +signames.c: mksignames + $(AM_V_GEN)./$^ + +mksyntax: token.h + +$(HELPERS): %: %.c + $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE_FOR_BUILD) -o $@ $< diff --git a/src/TOUR b/src/TOUR new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e30836e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/TOUR @@ -0,0 +1,343 @@ +# @(#)TOUR 8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93 + +NOTE -- This is the original TOUR paper distributed with ash and +does not represent the current state of the shell. It is provided anyway +since it provides helpful information for how the shell is structured, +but be warned that things have changed -- the current shell is +still under development. + +================================================================ + + A Tour through Ash + + Copyright 1989 by Kenneth Almquist. + + +DIRECTORIES: The subdirectory bltin contains commands which can +be compiled stand-alone. The rest of the source is in the main +ash directory. + +SOURCE CODE GENERATORS: Files whose names begin with "mk" are +programs that generate source code. A complete list of these +programs is: + + program intput files generates + ------- ------------ --------- + mkbuiltins builtins builtins.h builtins.c + mkinit *.c init.c + mknodes nodetypes nodes.h nodes.c + mksignames - signames.h signames.c + mksyntax - syntax.h syntax.c + mktokens - token.h + bltin/mkexpr unary_op binary_op operators.h operators.c + +There are undoubtedly too many of these. Mkinit searches all the +C source files for entries looking like: + + INIT { + x = 1; /* executed during initialization */ + } + + RESET { + x = 2; /* executed when the shell does a longjmp + back to the main command loop */ + } + +It pulls this code out into routines which are when particular +events occur. The intent is to improve modularity by isolating +the information about which modules need to be explicitly +initialized/reset within the modules themselves. + +Mkinit recognizes several constructs for placing declarations in +the init.c file. + INCLUDE "file.h" +includes a file. The storage class MKINIT makes a declaration +available in the init.c file, for example: + MKINIT int funcnest; /* depth of function calls */ +MKINIT alone on a line introduces a structure or union declara- +tion: + MKINIT + struct redirtab { + short renamed[10]; + }; +Preprocessor #define statements are copied to init.c without any +special action to request this. + +INDENTATION: The ash source is indented in multiples of six +spaces. The only study that I have heard of on the subject con- +cluded that the optimal amount to indent is in the range of four +to six spaces. I use six spaces since it is not too big a jump +from the widely used eight spaces. If you really hate six space +indentation, use the adjind (source included) program to change +it to something else. + +EXCEPTIONS: Code for dealing with exceptions appears in +exceptions.c. The C language doesn't include exception handling, +so I implement it using setjmp and longjmp. The global variable +exception contains the type of exception. EXERROR is raised by +calling error. EXINT is an interrupt. + +INTERRUPTS: In an interactive shell, an interrupt will cause an +EXINT exception to return to the main command loop. (Exception: +EXINT is not raised if the user traps interrupts using the trap +command.) The INTOFF and INTON macros (defined in exception.h) +provide uninterruptable critical sections. Between the execution +of INTOFF and the execution of INTON, interrupt signals will be +held for later delivery. INTOFF and INTON can be nested. + +MEMALLOC.C: Memalloc.c defines versions of malloc and realloc +which call error when there is no memory left. It also defines a +stack oriented memory allocation scheme. Allocating off a stack +is probably more efficient than allocation using malloc, but the +big advantage is that when an exception occurs all we have to do +to free up the memory in use at the time of the exception is to +restore the stack pointer. The stack is implemented using a +linked list of blocks. + +STPUTC: If the stack were contiguous, it would be easy to store +strings on the stack without knowing in advance how long the +string was going to be: + p = stackptr; + *p++ = c; /* repeated as many times as needed */ + stackptr = p; +The following three macros (defined in memalloc.h) perform these +operations, but grow the stack if you run off the end: + STARTSTACKSTR(p); + STPUTC(c, p); /* repeated as many times as needed */ + grabstackstr(p); + +We now start a top-down look at the code: + +MAIN.C: The main routine performs some initialization, executes +the user's profile if necessary, and calls cmdloop. Cmdloop is +repeatedly parses and executes commands. + +OPTIONS.C: This file contains the option processing code. It is +called from main to parse the shell arguments when the shell is +invoked, and it also contains the set builtin. The -i and -j op- +tions (the latter turns on job control) require changes in signal +handling. The routines setjobctl (in jobs.c) and setinteractive +(in trap.c) are called to handle changes to these options. + +PARSING: The parser code is all in parser.c. A recursive des- +cent parser is used. Syntax tables (generated by mksyntax) are +used to classify characters during lexical analysis. There are +three tables: one for normal use, one for use when inside single +quotes, and one for use when inside double quotes. The tables +are machine dependent because they are indexed by character vari- +ables and the range of a char varies from machine to machine. + +PARSE OUTPUT: The output of the parser consists of a tree of +nodes. The various types of nodes are defined in the file node- +types. + +Nodes of type NARG are used to represent both words and the con- +tents of here documents. An early version of ash kept the con- +tents of here documents in temporary files, but keeping here do- +cuments in memory typically results in significantly better per- +formance. It would have been nice to make it an option to use +temporary files for here documents, for the benefit of small +machines, but the code to keep track of when to delete the tem- +porary files was complex and I never fixed all the bugs in it. +(AT&T has been maintaining the Bourne shell for more than ten +years, and to the best of my knowledge they still haven't gotten +it to handle temporary files correctly in obscure cases.) + +The text field of a NARG structure points to the text of the +word. The text consists of ordinary characters and a number of +special codes defined in parser.h. The special codes are: + + CTLVAR Variable substitution + CTLENDVAR End of variable substitution + CTLBACKQ Command substitution + CTLESC Escape next character + +A variable substitution contains the following elements: + + CTLVAR type name '=' [ alternative-text CTLENDVAR ] + +The type field is a single character specifying the type of sub- +stitution. The possible types are: + + VSNORMAL $var + VSMINUS ${var-text} + VSMINUS|VSNUL ${var:-text} + VSPLUS ${var+text} + VSPLUS|VSNUL ${var:+text} + VSQUESTION ${var?text} + VSQUESTION|VSNUL ${var:?text} + VSASSIGN ${var=text} + VSASSIGN|VSNUL ${var=text} + +The name of the variable comes next, terminated by an equals +sign. If the type is not VSNORMAL, then the text field in the +substitution follows, terminated by a CTLENDVAR byte. + +Commands in back quotes are parsed and stored in a linked list. +The locations of these commands in the string are indicated by +the CTLBACKQ character. + +The character CTLESC escapes the next character, so that in case +any of the CTL characters mentioned above appear in the input, +they can be passed through transparently. CTLESC is also used to +escape '*', '?', '[', and '!' characters which were quoted by the +user and thus should not be used for file name generation. + +CTLESC characters have proved to be particularly tricky to get +right. In the case of here documents which are not subject to +variable and command substitution, the parser doesn't insert any +CTLESC characters to begin with (so the contents of the text +field can be written without any processing). Other here docu- +ments, and words which are not subject to splitting and file name +generation, have the CTLESC characters removed during the vari- +able and command substitution phase. Words which are subject +splitting and file name generation have the CTLESC characters re- +moved as part of the file name phase. + +EXECUTION: Command execution is handled by the following files: + eval.c The top level routines. + redir.c Code to handle redirection of input and output. + jobs.c Code to handle forking, waiting, and job control. + exec.c Code to path searches and the actual exec sys call. + expand.c Code to evaluate arguments. + var.c Maintains the variable symbol table. Called from expand.c. + +EVAL.C: Evaltree recursively executes a parse tree. The exit +status is returned in the global variable exitstatus. The alter- +native entry evalbackcmd is called to evaluate commands in back +quotes. It saves the result in memory if the command is a buil- +tin; otherwise it forks off a child to execute the command and +connects the standard output of the child to a pipe. + +JOBS.C: To create a process, you call makejob to return a job +structure, and then call forkshell (passing the job structure as +an argument) to create the process. Waitforjob waits for a job +to complete. These routines take care of process groups if job +control is defined. + +REDIR.C: Ash allows file descriptors to be redirected and then +restored without forking off a child process. This is accom- +plished by duplicating the original file descriptors. The redir- +tab structure records where the file descriptors have be dupli- +cated to. + +EXEC.C: The routine find_command locates a command, and enters +the command in the hash table if it is not already there. The +third argument specifies whether it is to print an error message +if the command is not found. (When a pipeline is set up, +find_command is called for all the commands in the pipeline be- +fore any forking is done, so to get the commands into the hash +table of the parent process. But to make command hashing as +transparent as possible, we silently ignore errors at that point +and only print error messages if the command cannot be found +later.) + +The routine shellexec is the interface to the exec system call. + +EXPAND.C: Arguments are processed in three passes. The first +(performed by the routine argstr) performs variable and command +substitution. The second (ifsbreakup) performs word splitting +and the third (expandmeta) performs file name generation. If the +"/u" directory is simulated, then when "/u/username" is replaced +by the user's home directory, the flag "didudir" is set. This +tells the cd command that it should print out the directory name, +just as it would if the "/u" directory were implemented using +symbolic links. + +VAR.C: Variables are stored in a hash table. Probably we should +switch to extensible hashing. The variable name is stored in the +same string as the value (using the format "name=value") so that +no string copying is needed to create the environment of a com- +mand. Variables which the shell references internally are preal- +located so that the shell can reference the values of these vari- +ables without doing a lookup. + +When a program is run, the code in eval.c sticks any environment +variables which precede the command (as in "PATH=xxx command") in +the variable table as the simplest way to strip duplicates, and +then calls "environment" to get the value of the environment. +There are two consequences of this. First, if an assignment to +PATH precedes the command, the value of PATH before the assign- +ment must be remembered and passed to shellexec. Second, if the +program turns out to be a shell procedure, the strings from the +environment variables which preceded the command must be pulled +out of the table and replaced with strings obtained from malloc, +since the former will automatically be freed when the stack (see +the entry on memalloc.c) is emptied. + +BUILTIN COMMANDS: The procedures for handling these are scat- +tered throughout the code, depending on which location appears +most appropriate. They can be recognized because their names al- +ways end in "cmd". The mapping from names to procedures is +specified in the file builtins, which is processed by the mkbuil- +tins command. + +A builtin command is invoked with argc and argv set up like a +normal program. A builtin command is allowed to overwrite its +arguments. Builtin routines can call nextopt to do option pars- +ing. This is kind of like getopt, but you don't pass argc and +argv to it. Builtin routines can also call error. This routine +normally terminates the shell (or returns to the main command +loop if the shell is interactive), but when called from a builtin +command it causes the builtin command to terminate with an exit +status of 2. + +The directory bltins contains commands which can be compiled in- +dependently but can also be built into the shell for efficiency +reasons. The makefile in this directory compiles these programs +in the normal fashion (so that they can be run regardless of +whether the invoker is ash), but also creates a library named +bltinlib.a which can be linked with ash. The header file bltin.h +takes care of most of the differences between the ash and the +stand-alone environment. The user should call the main routine +"main", and #define main to be the name of the routine to use +when the program is linked into ash. This #define should appear +before bltin.h is included; bltin.h will #undef main if the pro- +gram is to be compiled stand-alone. + +CD.C: This file defines the cd and pwd builtins. The pwd com- +mand runs /bin/pwd the first time it is invoked (unless the user +has already done a cd to an absolute pathname), but then +remembers the current directory and updates it when the cd com- +mand is run, so subsequent pwd commands run very fast. The main +complication in the cd command is in the docd command, which +resolves symbolic links into actual names and informs the user +where the user ended up if he crossed a symbolic link. + +SIGNALS: Trap.c implements the trap command. The routine set- +signal figures out what action should be taken when a signal is +received and invokes the signal system call to set the signal ac- +tion appropriately. When a signal that a user has set a trap for +is caught, the routine "onsig" sets a flag. The routine dotrap +is called at appropriate points to actually handle the signal. +When an interrupt is caught and no trap has been set for that +signal, the routine "onint" in error.c is called. + +OUTPUT: Ash uses it's own output routines. There are three out- +put structures allocated. "Output" represents the standard out- +put, "errout" the standard error, and "memout" contains output +which is to be stored in memory. This last is used when a buil- +tin command appears in backquotes, to allow its output to be col- +lected without doing any I/O through the UNIX operating system. +The variables out1 and out2 normally point to output and errout, +respectively, but they are set to point to memout when appropri- +ate inside backquotes. + +INPUT: The basic input routine is pgetc, which reads from the +current input file. There is a stack of input files; the current +input file is the top file on this stack. The code allows the +input to come from a string rather than a file. (This is for the +-c option and the "." and eval builtin commands.) The global +variable plinno is saved and restored when files are pushed and +popped from the stack. The parser routines store the number of +the current line in this variable. + +DEBUGGING: If DEBUG is defined in shell.h, then the shell will +write debugging information to the file $HOME/trace. Most of +this is done using the TRACE macro, which takes a set of printf +arguments inside two sets of parenthesis. Example: +"TRACE(("n=%d0, n))". The double parenthesis are necessary be- +cause the preprocessor can't handle functions with a variable +number of arguments. Defining DEBUG also causes the shell to +generate a core dump if it is sent a quit signal. The tracing +code is in show.c. diff --git a/src/alias.c b/src/alias.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..daeacbb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/alias.c @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include "shell.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "alias.h" +#include "options.h" /* XXX for argptr (should remove?) */ + +#define ATABSIZE 39 + +struct alias *atab[ATABSIZE]; + +STATIC void setalias(const char *, const char *); +STATIC struct alias *freealias(struct alias *); +STATIC struct alias **__lookupalias(const char *); + +STATIC +void +setalias(const char *name, const char *val) +{ + struct alias *ap, **app; + + app = __lookupalias(name); + ap = *app; + INTOFF; + if (ap) { + if (!(ap->flag & ALIASINUSE)) { + ckfree(ap->val); + } + ap->val = savestr(val); + ap->flag &= ~ALIASDEAD; + } else { + /* not found */ + ap = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct alias)); + ap->name = savestr(name); + ap->val = savestr(val); + ap->flag = 0; + ap->next = 0; + *app = ap; + } + INTON; +} + +int +unalias(const char *name) +{ + struct alias **app; + + app = __lookupalias(name); + + if (*app) { + INTOFF; + *app = freealias(*app); + INTON; + return (0); + } + + return (1); +} + +void +rmaliases(void) +{ + struct alias *ap, **app; + int i; + + INTOFF; + for (i = 0; i < ATABSIZE; i++) { + app = &atab[i]; + for (ap = *app; ap; ap = *app) { + *app = freealias(*app); + if (ap == *app) { + app = &ap->next; + } + } + } + INTON; +} + +struct alias * +lookupalias(const char *name, int check) +{ + struct alias *ap = *__lookupalias(name); + + if (check && ap && (ap->flag & ALIASINUSE)) + return (NULL); + return (ap); +} + +/* + * TODO - sort output + */ +int +aliascmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char *n, *v; + int ret = 0; + struct alias *ap; + + if (argc == 1) { + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < ATABSIZE; i++) + for (ap = atab[i]; ap; ap = ap->next) { + printalias(ap); + } + return (0); + } + while ((n = *++argv) != NULL) { + if ((v = strchr(n+1, '=')) == NULL) { /* n+1: funny ksh stuff */ + if ((ap = *__lookupalias(n)) == NULL) { + outfmt(out2, "%s: %s not found\n", "alias", n); + ret = 1; + } else + printalias(ap); + } else { + *v++ = '\0'; + setalias(n, v); + } + } + + return (ret); +} + +int +unaliascmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int i; + + while ((i = nextopt("a")) != '\0') { + if (i == 'a') { + rmaliases(); + return (0); + } + } + for (i = 0; *argptr; argptr++) { + if (unalias(*argptr)) { + outfmt(out2, "%s: %s not found\n", "unalias", *argptr); + i = 1; + } + } + + return (i); +} + +STATIC struct alias * +freealias(struct alias *ap) { + struct alias *next; + + if (ap->flag & ALIASINUSE) { + ap->flag |= ALIASDEAD; + return ap; + } + + next = ap->next; + ckfree(ap->name); + ckfree(ap->val); + ckfree(ap); + return next; +} + +void +printalias(const struct alias *ap) { + out1fmt("%s=%s\n", ap->name, single_quote(ap->val)); +} + +STATIC struct alias ** +__lookupalias(const char *name) { + unsigned int hashval; + struct alias **app; + const char *p; + unsigned int ch; + + p = name; + + ch = (unsigned char)*p; + hashval = ch << 4; + while (ch) { + hashval += ch; + ch = (unsigned char)*++p; + } + app = &atab[hashval % ATABSIZE]; + + for (; *app; app = &(*app)->next) { + if (equal(name, (*app)->name)) { + break; + } + } + + return app; +} diff --git a/src/alias.h b/src/alias.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb841d64 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/alias.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)alias.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#define ALIASINUSE 1 +#define ALIASDEAD 2 + +struct alias { + struct alias *next; + char *name; + char *val; + int flag; +}; + +struct alias *lookupalias(const char *, int); +int aliascmd(int, char **); +int unaliascmd(int, char **); +void rmaliases(void); +int unalias(const char *); +void printalias(const struct alias *); diff --git a/src/arith_yacc.c b/src/arith_yacc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a087c32 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/arith_yacc.c @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2007 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include "arith_yacc.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "shell.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "var.h" + +#if ARITH_BOR + 11 != ARITH_BORASS || ARITH_ASS + 11 != ARITH_EQ +#error Arithmetic tokens are out of order. +#endif + +static const char *arith_startbuf; + +const char *arith_buf; +union yystype yylval; + +static int last_token; + +#define ARITH_PRECEDENCE(op, prec) [op - ARITH_BINOP_MIN] = prec + +static const char prec[ARITH_BINOP_MAX - ARITH_BINOP_MIN] = { + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_MUL, 0), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_DIV, 0), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_REM, 0), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_ADD, 1), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_SUB, 1), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_LSHIFT, 2), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_RSHIFT, 2), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_LT, 3), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_LE, 3), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_GT, 3), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_GE, 3), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_EQ, 4), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_NE, 4), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_BAND, 5), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_BXOR, 6), + ARITH_PRECEDENCE(ARITH_BOR, 7), +}; + +#define ARITH_MAX_PREC 8 + +static void yyerror(const char *s) __attribute__ ((noreturn)); +static void yyerror(const char *s) +{ + sh_error("arithmetic expression: %s: \"%s\"", s, arith_startbuf); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +static inline int arith_prec(int op) +{ + return prec[op - ARITH_BINOP_MIN]; +} + +static inline int higher_prec(int op1, int op2) +{ + return arith_prec(op1) < arith_prec(op2); +} + +static intmax_t do_binop(int op, intmax_t a, intmax_t b) +{ + switch (op) { + default: + case ARITH_REM: + case ARITH_DIV: + if (!b) + yyerror("division by zero"); + return op == ARITH_REM ? a % b : a / b; + case ARITH_MUL: + return a * b; + case ARITH_ADD: + return a + b; + case ARITH_SUB: + return a - b; + case ARITH_LSHIFT: + return a << b; + case ARITH_RSHIFT: + return a >> b; + case ARITH_LT: + return a < b; + case ARITH_LE: + return a <= b; + case ARITH_GT: + return a > b; + case ARITH_GE: + return a >= b; + case ARITH_EQ: + return a == b; + case ARITH_NE: + return a != b; + case ARITH_BAND: + return a & b; + case ARITH_BXOR: + return a ^ b; + case ARITH_BOR: + return a | b; + } +} + +static intmax_t assignment(int var, int noeval); + +static intmax_t primary(int token, union yystype *val, int op, int noeval) +{ + intmax_t result; + +again: + switch (token) { + case ARITH_LPAREN: + result = assignment(op, noeval); + if (last_token != ARITH_RPAREN) + yyerror("expecting ')'"); + last_token = yylex(); + return result; + case ARITH_NUM: + last_token = op; + return val->val; + case ARITH_VAR: + last_token = op; + return noeval ? val->val : lookupvarint(val->name); + case ARITH_ADD: + token = op; + *val = yylval; + op = yylex(); + goto again; + case ARITH_SUB: + *val = yylval; + return -primary(op, val, yylex(), noeval); + case ARITH_NOT: + *val = yylval; + return !primary(op, val, yylex(), noeval); + case ARITH_BNOT: + *val = yylval; + return ~primary(op, val, yylex(), noeval); + default: + yyerror("expecting primary"); + } +} + +static intmax_t binop2(intmax_t a, int op, int prec, int noeval) +{ + for (;;) { + union yystype val; + intmax_t b; + int op2; + int token; + + token = yylex(); + val = yylval; + + b = primary(token, &val, yylex(), noeval); + + op2 = last_token; + if (op2 >= ARITH_BINOP_MIN && op2 < ARITH_BINOP_MAX && + higher_prec(op2, op)) { + b = binop2(b, op2, arith_prec(op), noeval); + op2 = last_token; + } + + a = noeval ? b : do_binop(op, a, b); + + if (op2 < ARITH_BINOP_MIN || op2 >= ARITH_BINOP_MAX || + arith_prec(op2) >= prec) + return a; + + op = op2; + } +} + +static intmax_t binop(int token, union yystype *val, int op, int noeval) +{ + intmax_t a = primary(token, val, op, noeval); + + op = last_token; + if (op < ARITH_BINOP_MIN || op >= ARITH_BINOP_MAX) + return a; + + return binop2(a, op, ARITH_MAX_PREC, noeval); +} + +static intmax_t and(int token, union yystype *val, int op, int noeval) +{ + intmax_t a = binop(token, val, op, noeval); + intmax_t b; + + op = last_token; + if (op != ARITH_AND) + return a; + + token = yylex(); + *val = yylval; + + b = and(token, val, yylex(), noeval | !a); + + return a && b; +} + +static intmax_t or(int token, union yystype *val, int op, int noeval) +{ + intmax_t a = and(token, val, op, noeval); + intmax_t b; + + op = last_token; + if (op != ARITH_OR) + return a; + + token = yylex(); + *val = yylval; + + b = or(token, val, yylex(), noeval | !!a); + + return a || b; +} + +static intmax_t cond(int token, union yystype *val, int op, int noeval) +{ + intmax_t a = or(token, val, op, noeval); + intmax_t b; + intmax_t c; + + if (last_token != ARITH_QMARK) + return a; + + b = assignment(yylex(), noeval | !a); + + if (last_token != ARITH_COLON) + yyerror("expecting ':'"); + + token = yylex(); + *val = yylval; + + c = cond(token, val, yylex(), noeval | !!a); + + return a ? b : c; +} + +static intmax_t assignment(int var, int noeval) +{ + union yystype val = yylval; + int op = yylex(); + intmax_t result; + + if (var != ARITH_VAR) + return cond(var, &val, op, noeval); + + if (op != ARITH_ASS && (op < ARITH_ASS_MIN || op >= ARITH_ASS_MAX)) + return cond(var, &val, op, noeval); + + result = assignment(yylex(), noeval); + if (noeval) + return result; + + return setvarint(val.name, + op == ARITH_ASS ? result : + do_binop(op - 11, lookupvarint(val.name), result), 0); +} + +intmax_t arith(const char *s) +{ + intmax_t result; + + arith_buf = arith_startbuf = s; + + result = assignment(yylex(), 0); + + if (last_token) + yyerror("expecting EOF"); + + return result; +} diff --git a/src/arith_yacc.h b/src/arith_yacc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff34d524 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/arith_yacc.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2007 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#define ARITH_ASS 1 + +#define ARITH_OR 2 +#define ARITH_AND 3 +#define ARITH_BAD 4 +#define ARITH_NUM 5 +#define ARITH_VAR 6 +#define ARITH_NOT 7 + +#define ARITH_BINOP_MIN 8 +#define ARITH_LE 8 +#define ARITH_GE 9 +#define ARITH_LT 10 +#define ARITH_GT 11 +#define ARITH_EQ 12 +#define ARITH_REM 13 +#define ARITH_BAND 14 +#define ARITH_LSHIFT 15 +#define ARITH_RSHIFT 16 +#define ARITH_MUL 17 +#define ARITH_ADD 18 +#define ARITH_BOR 19 +#define ARITH_SUB 20 +#define ARITH_BXOR 21 +#define ARITH_DIV 22 +#define ARITH_NE 23 +#define ARITH_BINOP_MAX 24 + +#define ARITH_ASS_MIN 24 +#define ARITH_REMASS 24 +#define ARITH_BANDASS 25 +#define ARITH_LSHIFTASS 26 +#define ARITH_RSHIFTASS 27 +#define ARITH_MULASS 28 +#define ARITH_ADDASS 29 +#define ARITH_BORASS 30 +#define ARITH_SUBASS 31 +#define ARITH_BXORASS 32 +#define ARITH_DIVASS 33 +#define ARITH_ASS_MAX 34 + +#define ARITH_LPAREN 34 +#define ARITH_RPAREN 35 +#define ARITH_BNOT 36 +#define ARITH_QMARK 37 +#define ARITH_COLON 38 + +union yystype { + intmax_t val; + char *name; +}; + +extern union yystype yylval; + +int yylex(void); diff --git a/src/arith_yylex.c b/src/arith_yylex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec5b5b25 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/arith_yylex.c @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2002 + * Herbert Xu. + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include "arith_yacc.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "shell.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "system.h" + +#if ARITH_BOR + 11 != ARITH_BORASS || ARITH_ASS + 11 != ARITH_EQ +#error Arithmetic tokens are out of order. +#endif + +extern const char *arith_buf; + +int +yylex() +{ + int value; + const char *buf = arith_buf; + const char *p; + + for (;;) { + value = *buf; + switch (value) { + case ' ': + case '\t': + case '\n': + buf++; + continue; + default: + return ARITH_BAD; + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + yylval.val = strtoimax(buf, (char **)&arith_buf, 0); + return ARITH_NUM; + case 'A': + case 'B': + case 'C': + case 'D': + case 'E': + case 'F': + case 'G': + case 'H': + case 'I': + case 'J': + case 'K': + case 'L': + case 'M': + case 'N': + case 'O': + case 'P': + case 'Q': + case 'R': + case 'S': + case 'T': + case 'U': + case 'V': + case 'W': + case 'X': + case 'Y': + case 'Z': + case '_': + case 'a': + case 'b': + case 'c': + case 'd': + case 'e': + case 'f': + case 'g': + case 'h': + case 'i': + case 'j': + case 'k': + case 'l': + case 'm': + case 'n': + case 'o': + case 'p': + case 'q': + case 'r': + case 's': + case 't': + case 'u': + case 'v': + case 'w': + case 'x': + case 'y': + case 'z': + p = buf; + while (buf++, is_in_name(*buf)) + ; + yylval.name = stalloc(buf - p + 1); + *(char *)mempcpy(yylval.name, p, buf - p) = 0; + value = ARITH_VAR; + goto out; + case '=': + value += ARITH_ASS - '='; +checkeq: + buf++; +checkeqcur: + if (*buf != '=') + goto out; + value += 11; + break; + case '>': + switch (*++buf) { + case '=': + value += ARITH_GE - '>'; + break; + case '>': + value += ARITH_RSHIFT - '>'; + goto checkeq; + default: + value += ARITH_GT - '>'; + goto out; + } + break; + case '<': + switch (*++buf) { + case '=': + value += ARITH_LE - '<'; + break; + case '<': + value += ARITH_LSHIFT - '<'; + goto checkeq; + default: + value += ARITH_LT - '<'; + goto out; + } + break; + case '|': + if (*++buf != '|') { + value += ARITH_BOR - '|'; + goto checkeqcur; + } + value += ARITH_OR - '|'; + break; + case '&': + if (*++buf != '&') { + value += ARITH_BAND - '&'; + goto checkeqcur; + } + value += ARITH_AND - '&'; + break; + case '!': + if (*++buf != '=') { + value += ARITH_NOT - '!'; + goto out; + } + value += ARITH_NE - '!'; + break; + case 0: + goto out; + case '(': + value += ARITH_LPAREN - '('; + break; + case ')': + value += ARITH_RPAREN - ')'; + break; + case '*': + value += ARITH_MUL - '*'; + goto checkeq; + case '/': + value += ARITH_DIV - '/'; + goto checkeq; + case '%': + value += ARITH_REM - '%'; + goto checkeq; + case '+': + value += ARITH_ADD - '+'; + goto checkeq; + case '-': + value += ARITH_SUB - '-'; + goto checkeq; + case '~': + value += ARITH_BNOT - '~'; + break; + case '^': + value += ARITH_BXOR - '^'; + goto checkeq; + case '?': + value += ARITH_QMARK - '?'; + break; + case ':': + value += ARITH_COLON - ':'; + break; + } + break; + } + + buf++; +out: + arith_buf = buf; + return value; +} diff --git a/src/bltin/bltin.h b/src/bltin/bltin.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5ac06f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/bltin.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)bltin.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93 + */ + +/* + * This file is included by programs which are optionally built into the + * shell. If SHELL is defined, we try to map the standard UNIX library + * routines to ash routines using defines. + */ + +#include "../shell.h" +#include "../mystring.h" +#include "../options.h" +#ifdef SHELL +#include "../memalloc.h" +#include "../output.h" +#include "../error.h" +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +#undef stdout +#undef stderr +#undef putc +#undef putchar +#undef fileno +#define stdout out1 +#define stderr out2 +#define printf out1fmt +#define putc(c, file) outc(c, file) +#define putchar(c) out1c(c) +#define FILE struct output +#define fprintf outfmt +#define fputs outstr +#define fflush flushout +#define fileno(f) ((f)->fd) +#define ferror outerr +#endif +#define INITARGS(argv) +#define error sh_error +#define warn sh_warn +#define warnx sh_warnx +#define exit sh_exit +#define setprogname(s) +#define getprogname() commandname +#define setlocate(l,s) 0 + +#define getenv(p) bltinlookup((p),0) + +#else +#undef NULL +#include +#undef main +#define INITARGS(argv) if ((commandname = argv[0]) == NULL) {fputs("Argc is zero\n", stderr); exit(2);} else +#endif + +int echocmd(int, char **); + + +extern const char *commandname; diff --git a/src/bltin/echo.1 b/src/bltin/echo.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fbc7fb43 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/echo.1 @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +.\" Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" Kenneth Almquist. +.\" Copyright 1989 by Kenneth Almquist +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)echo.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93 +.\" +.Dd May 31, 1993 +.Dt ECHO 1 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm echo +.Nd produce message in a shell script +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm +.Op Fl n | Fl e +.Ar args ... +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Nm +prints its arguments on the standard output, separated by spaces. +Unless the +.Fl n +option is present, a newline is output following the arguments. +The +.Fl e +option causes +.Nm +to treat the escape sequences specially, as described in the following +paragraph. +The +.Fl e +option is the default, and is provided solely for compatibility with +other systems. +Only one of the options +.Fl n +and +.Fl e +may be given. +.Pp +If any of the following sequences of characters is encountered during +output, the sequence is not output. Instead, the specified action is +performed: +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It Li \eb +A backspace character is output. +.It Li \ec +Subsequent output is suppressed. This is normally used at the end of the +last argument to suppress the trailing newline that +.Nm +would otherwise output. +.It Li \ef +Output a form feed. +.It Li \en +Output a newline character. +.It Li \er +Output a carriage return. +.It Li \et +Output a (horizontal) tab character. +.It Li \ev +Output a vertical tab. +.It Li \e0 Ns Ar digits +Output the character whose value is given by zero to three digits. +If there are zero digits, a nul character is output. +.It Li \e\e +Output a backslash. +.El +.Sh HINTS +Remember that backslash is special to the shell and needs to be escaped. +To output a message to standard error, say +.Pp +.D1 echo message \*[Gt]\*[Am]2 +.Sh BUGS +The octal character escape mechanism +.Pq Li \e0 Ns Ar digits +differs from the +C language mechanism. +.Pp +There is no way to force +.Nm +to treat its arguments literally, rather than interpreting them as +options and escape sequences. diff --git a/src/bltin/printf.1 b/src/bltin/printf.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..38731732 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/printf.1 @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +.\" Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" from: @(#)printf.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 +.\" +.Dd November 5, 1993 +.Dt PRINTF 1 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm printf +.Nd formatted output +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm +.Ar format +.Op Ar arguments ... +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Nm +formats and prints its arguments, after the first, under control +of the +.Ar format . +The +.Ar format +is a character string which contains three types of objects: plain characters, +which are simply copied to standard output, character escape sequences which +are converted and copied to the standard output, and format specifications, +each of which causes printing of the next successive +.Ar argument . +.Pp +The +.Ar arguments +after the first are treated as strings if the corresponding format is +either +.Cm b , +.Cm B , +.Cm c +or +.Cm s ; +otherwise it is evaluated as a C constant, with the following extensions: +.Pp +.Bl -bullet -offset indent -compact +.It +A leading plus or minus sign is allowed. +.It +If the leading character is a single or double quote, the value is the +.Tn ASCII +code of the next character. +.El +.Pp +The format string is reused as often as necessary to satisfy the +.Ar arguments . +Any extra format specifications are evaluated with zero or the null +string. +.Pp +Character escape sequences are in backslash notation as defined in +.St -ansiC . +The characters and their meanings are as follows: +.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent +.It Cm \ee +Write an \*[Lt]escape\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \ea +Write a \*[Lt]bell\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \eb +Write a \*[Lt]backspace\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \ef +Write a \*[Lt]form-feed\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \en +Write a \*[Lt]new-line\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \er +Write a \*[Lt]carriage return\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \et +Write a \*[Lt]tab\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \ev +Write a \*[Lt]vertical tab\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \e\' +Write a \*[Lt]single quote\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \e" +Write a \*[Lt]double quote\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \e\e +Write a backslash character. +.It Cm \e Ns Ar num +Write an 8\-bit character whose +.Tn ASCII +value is the 1\-, 2\-, or 3\-digit octal number +.Ar num . +.It Cm \ex Ns Ar xx +Write an 8\-bit character whose +.Tn ASCII +value is the 1\- or 2\-digit hexadecimal number +.Ar xx . +.El +.Pp +Each format specification is introduced by the percent character +(``%''). +The remainder of the format specification includes, +in the following order: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It "Zero or more of the following flags:" +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Cm # +A `#' character +specifying that the value should be printed in an ``alternative form''. +For +.Cm b , +.Cm c , +.Cm d , +and +.Cm s +formats, this option has no effect. +For the +.Cm o +format the precision of the number is increased to force the first +character of the output string to a zero. +For the +.Cm x +.Pq Cm X +format, a non-zero result has the string +.Li 0x +.Pq Li 0X +prepended to it. +For +.Cm e , +.Cm E , +.Cm f , +.Cm g , +and +.Cm G +formats, the result will always contain a decimal point, even if no +digits follow the point (normally, a decimal point only appears in the +results of those formats if a digit follows the decimal point). +For +.Cm g +and +.Cm G +formats, trailing zeros are not removed from the result as they +would otherwise be. +.\" I turned this off - decided it isn't a valid use of '#' +.\" For the +.\" .Cm B +.\" format, backslash-escape sequences are expanded first; +.It Cm \&\- +A minus sign `\-' which specifies +.Em left adjustment +of the output in the indicated field; +.It Cm \&+ +A `+' character specifying that there should always be +a sign placed before the number when using signed formats. +.It Sq \&\ \& +A space specifying that a blank should be left before a positive number +for a signed format. +A `+' overrides a space if both are used; +.It Cm \&0 +A zero `0' character indicating that zero-padding should be used +rather than blank-padding. +A `\-' overrides a `0' if both are used; +.El +.It "Field Width:" +An optional digit string specifying a +.Em field width ; +if the output string has fewer characters than the field width it will +be blank-padded on the left (or right, if the left-adjustment indicator +has been given) to make up the field width (note that a leading zero +is a flag, but an embedded zero is part of a field width); +.It Precision : +An optional period, +.Sq Cm \&.\& , +followed by an optional digit string giving a +.Em precision +which specifies the number of digits to appear after the decimal point, +for +.Cm e +and +.Cm f +formats, or the maximum number of characters to be printed +from a string +.Sm off +.Pf ( Cm b No , +.Sm on +.Cm B +and +.Cm s +formats); if the digit string is missing, the precision is treated +as zero; +.It Format : +A character which indicates the type of format to use (one of +.Cm diouxXfwEgGbBcs ) . +.El +.Pp +A field width or precision may be +.Sq Cm \&* +instead of a digit string. +In this case an +.Ar argument +supplies the field width or precision. +.Pp +The format characters and their meanings are: +.Bl -tag -width Fl +.It Cm diouXx +The +.Ar argument +is printed as a signed decimal (d or i), unsigned octal, unsigned decimal, +or unsigned hexadecimal (X or x), respectively. +.It Cm f +The +.Ar argument +is printed in the style +.Sm off +.Pf [\-]ddd Cm \&. No ddd +.Sm on +where the number of d's +after the decimal point is equal to the precision specification for +the argument. +If the precision is missing, 6 digits are given; if the precision +is explicitly 0, no digits and no decimal point are printed. +.It Cm eE +The +.Ar argument +is printed in the style +.Sm off +.Pf [\-]d Cm \&. No ddd Cm e No \\*(Pmdd +.Sm on +where there +is one digit before the decimal point and the number after is equal to +the precision specification for the argument; when the precision is +missing, 6 digits are produced. +An upper-case E is used for an `E' format. +.It Cm gG +The +.Ar argument +is printed in style +.Cm f +or in style +.Cm e +.Pq Cm E +whichever gives full precision in minimum space. +.It Cm b +Characters from the string +.Ar argument +are printed with backslash-escape sequences expanded. +.br +The following additional backslash-escape sequences are supported: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Cm \ec +Causes +.Nm +to ignore any remaining characters in the string operand containing it, +any remaining string operands, and any additional characters in +the format operand. +.It Cm \e0 Ns Ar num +Write an 8\-bit character whose +.Tn ASCII +value is the 1\-, 2\-, or 3\-digit +octal number +.Ar num . +.It Cm \e^ Ns Ar c +Write the control character +.Ar c . +Generates characters `\e000' through `\e037`, and `\e177' (from `\e^?'). +.It Cm \eM\- Ns Ar c +Write the character +.Ar c +with the 8th bit set. +Generates characters `\e241' through `\e376`. +.It Cm \eM^ Ns Ar c +Write the control character +.Ar c +with the 8th bit set. +Generates characters `\e000' through `\e037`, and `\e177' (from `\eM^?'). +.El +.It Cm B +Characters from the string +.Ar argument +are printed with unprintable characters backslash-escaped using the +.Sm off +.Pf ` Cm \e Ar c No ', +.Pf ` Cm \e^ Ar c No ', +.Pf ` Cm \eM\- Ar c No ' +or +.Pf ` Cm \eM^ Ar c No ', +.Sm on +formats described above. +.It Cm c +The first character of +.Ar argument +is printed. +.It Cm s +Characters from the string +.Ar argument +are printed until the end is reached or until the number of characters +indicated by the precision specification is reached; if the +precision is omitted, all characters in the string are printed. +.It Cm \&% +Print a `%'; no argument is used. +.El +.Pp +In no case does a non-existent or small field width cause truncation of +a field; padding takes place only if the specified field width exceeds +the actual width. +.Sh EXIT STATUS +.Nm +exits 0 on success, 1 on failure. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr echo 1 , +.Xr printf 3 , +.Xr printf 9 +.Xr vis 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Nm +utility conforms to +.St -p1003.1-2001 . +.Pp +Support for the floating point formats and `*' as a field width and precision +are optional in POSIX. +.Pp +The behaviour of the %B format and the \e', \e", \exxx, \ee and +\e[M][\-|^]c escape sequences are undefined in POSIX. +.Sh BUGS +Since the floating point numbers are translated from +.Tn ASCII +to floating-point and +then back again, floating-point precision may be lost. +.Pp +Hexadecimal character constants are restricted to, and should be specified +as, two character constants. This is contrary to the ISO C standard but +does guarantee detection of the end of the constant. diff --git a/src/bltin/printf.c b/src/bltin/printf.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7785735b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/printf.c @@ -0,0 +1,478 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static int conv_escape_str(char *, char **); +static char *conv_escape(char *, int *); +static int getchr(void); +static double getdouble(void); +static uintmax_t getuintmax(int); +static char *getstr(void); +static char *mklong(const char *, const char *); +static void check_conversion(const char *, const char *); + +static int rval; +static char **gargv; + +#define isodigit(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '7') +#define octtobin(c) ((c) - '0') + +#include "bltin.h" +#include "system.h" + +#define PF(f, func) { \ + switch ((char *)param - (char *)array) { \ + default: \ + (void)printf(f, array[0], array[1], func); \ + break; \ + case sizeof(*param): \ + (void)printf(f, array[0], func); \ + break; \ + case 0: \ + (void)printf(f, func); \ + break; \ + } \ +} + +#define ASPF(sp, f, func) ({ \ + int ret; \ + switch ((char *)param - (char *)array) { \ + default: \ + ret = xasprintf(sp, f, array[0], array[1], func); \ + break; \ + case sizeof(*param): \ + ret = xasprintf(sp, f, array[0], func); \ + break; \ + case 0: \ + ret = xasprintf(sp, f, func); \ + break; \ + } \ + ret; \ +}) + + +static int print_escape_str(const char *f, int *param, int *array, char *s) +{ + struct stackmark smark; + char *p, *q; + int done; + int len; + int total; + + setstackmark(&smark); + done = conv_escape_str(s, &q); + p = stackblock(); + len = q - p; + total = len - 1; + + q[-1] = (!!((f[1] - 's') | done) - 1) & f[2]; + total += !!q[-1]; + if (f[1] == 's') + goto easy; + + p = makestrspace(len, q); + memset(p, 'X', total); + p[total] = 0; + + q = stackblock(); + total = ASPF(&p, f, p); + + len = strchrnul(p, 'X') - p; + memcpy(p + len, q, strspn(p + len, "X")); + +easy: + out1mem(p, total); + + popstackmark(&smark); + return done; +} + + +int printfcmd(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + char *fmt; + char *format; + int ch; + + rval = 0; + + nextopt(nullstr); + + argv = argptr; + format = *argv; + + if (!format) + error("usage: printf format [arg ...]"); + + gargv = ++argv; + +#define SKIP1 "#-+ 0" +#define SKIP2 "*0123456789" + do { + /* + * Basic algorithm is to scan the format string for conversion + * specifications -- once one is found, find out if the field + * width or precision is a '*'; if it is, gather up value. + * Note, format strings are reused as necessary to use up the + * provided arguments, arguments of zero/null string are + * provided to use up the format string. + */ + + /* find next format specification */ + for (fmt = format; (ch = *fmt++) ;) { + char *start; + char nextch; + int array[2]; + int *param; + + if (ch == '\\') { + int c_ch; + fmt = conv_escape(fmt, &c_ch); + ch = c_ch; + goto pc; + } + if (ch != '%' || (*fmt == '%' && (++fmt || 1))) { +pc: + putchar(ch); + continue; + } + + /* Ok - we've found a format specification, + Save its address for a later printf(). */ + start = fmt - 1; + param = array; + + /* skip to field width */ + fmt += strspn(fmt, SKIP1); + if (*fmt == '*') { + ++fmt; + *param++ = getuintmax(1); + } else { + /* skip to possible '.', + * get following precision + */ + fmt += strspn(fmt, SKIP2); + } + + if (*fmt == '.') { + ++fmt; + if (*fmt == '*') { + ++fmt; + *param++ = getuintmax(1); + } else + fmt += strspn(fmt, SKIP2); + } + + ch = *fmt; + if (!ch) + error("missing format character"); + /* null terminate format string to we can use it + as an argument to printf. */ + nextch = fmt[1]; + fmt[1] = 0; + switch (ch) { + + case 'b': + *fmt = 's'; + /* escape if a \c was encountered */ + if (print_escape_str(start, param, array, + getstr())) + goto out; + *fmt = 'b'; + break; + case 'c': { + int p = getchr(); + PF(start, p); + break; + } + case 's': { + char *p = getstr(); + PF(start, p); + break; + } + case 'd': + case 'i': { + uintmax_t p = getuintmax(1); + start = mklong(start, fmt); + PF(start, p); + break; + } + case 'o': + case 'u': + case 'x': + case 'X': { + uintmax_t p = getuintmax(0); + start = mklong(start, fmt); + PF(start, p); + break; + } + case 'a': + case 'A': + case 'e': + case 'E': + case 'f': + case 'F': + case 'g': + case 'G': { + double p = getdouble(); + PF(start, p); + break; + } + default: + error("%s: invalid directive", start); + } + *++fmt = nextch; + } + } while (gargv != argv && *gargv); + +out: + return rval; +} + + +/* + * Print SysV echo(1) style escape string + * Halts processing string if a \c escape is encountered. + */ +static int +conv_escape_str(char *str, char **sp) +{ + int c; + int ch; + char *cp; + + /* convert string into a temporary buffer... */ + STARTSTACKSTR(cp); + + do { + c = ch = *str++; + if (ch != '\\') + continue; + + c = *str++; + if (c == 'c') { + /* \c as in SYSV echo - abort all processing.... */ + c = ch = 0x100; + continue; + } + + /* + * %b string octal constants are not like those in C. + * They start with a \0, and are followed by 0, 1, 2, + * or 3 octal digits. + */ + if (c == '0' && isodigit(*str)) + str++; + + /* Finally test for sequences valid in the format string */ + str = conv_escape(str - 1, &c); + } while (STPUTC(c, cp), (char)ch); + + *sp = cp; + + return ch; +} + +/* + * Print "standard" escape characters + */ +static char * +conv_escape(char *str, int *conv_ch) +{ + int value; + int ch; + + ch = *str; + + switch (ch) { + default: + if (!isodigit(*str)) { + value = '\\'; + goto out; + } + + ch = 3; + value = 0; + do { + value <<= 3; + value += octtobin(*str++); + } while (isodigit(*str) && --ch); + goto out; + + case '\\': value = '\\'; break; /* backslash */ + case 'a': value = '\a'; break; /* alert */ + case 'b': value = '\b'; break; /* backspace */ + case 'f': value = '\f'; break; /* form-feed */ + case 'n': value = '\n'; break; /* newline */ + case 'r': value = '\r'; break; /* carriage-return */ + case 't': value = '\t'; break; /* tab */ + case 'v': value = '\v'; break; /* vertical-tab */ + } + + str++; +out: + *conv_ch = value; + return str; +} + +static char * +mklong(const char *str, const char *ch) +{ + /* + * Replace a string like "%92.3u" with "%92.3"PRIuMAX. + * + * Although C99 does not guarantee it, we assume PRIiMAX, + * PRIoMAX, PRIuMAX, PRIxMAX, and PRIXMAX are all the same + * as PRIdMAX with the final 'd' replaced by the corresponding + * character. + */ + + char *copy; + size_t len; + + len = ch - str + sizeof(PRIdMAX); + STARTSTACKSTR(copy); + copy = makestrspace(len, copy); + memcpy(copy, str, len - sizeof(PRIdMAX)); + memcpy(copy + len - sizeof(PRIdMAX), PRIdMAX, sizeof(PRIdMAX)); + copy[len - 2] = *ch; + return (copy); +} + +static int +getchr(void) +{ + int val = 0; + + if (*gargv) + val = **gargv++; + return val; +} + +static char * +getstr(void) +{ + char *val = nullstr; + + if (*gargv) + val = *gargv++; + return val; +} + +static uintmax_t +getuintmax(int sign) +{ + uintmax_t val = 0; + char *cp, *ep; + + cp = *gargv; + if (cp == NULL) + goto out; + gargv++; + + val = (unsigned char) cp[1]; + if (*cp == '\"' || *cp == '\'') + goto out; + + errno = 0; + val = sign ? strtoimax(cp, &ep, 0) : strtoumax(cp, &ep, 0); + check_conversion(cp, ep); +out: + return val; +} + +static double +getdouble(void) +{ + double val; + char *cp, *ep; + + cp = *gargv; + if (cp == NULL) + return 0; + gargv++; + + if (*cp == '\"' || *cp == '\'') + return (unsigned char) cp[1]; + + errno = 0; + val = strtod(cp, &ep); + check_conversion(cp, ep); + return val; +} + +static void +check_conversion(const char *s, const char *ep) +{ + if (*ep) { + if (ep == s) + warnx("%s: expected numeric value", s); + else + warnx("%s: not completely converted", s); + rval = 1; + } else if (errno == ERANGE) { + warnx("%s: %s", s, strerror(ERANGE)); + rval = 1; + } +} + +int +echocmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + const char *lastfmt = snlfmt; + int nonl; + + if (*++argv && equal(*argv, "-n")) { + argv++; + lastfmt = "%s"; + } + + do { + const char *fmt = "%s "; + char *s = *argv; + + if (!s || !*++argv) + fmt = lastfmt; + + nonl = print_escape_str(fmt, NULL, NULL, s ?: nullstr); + } while (!nonl && *argv); + return 0; +} diff --git a/src/bltin/test.1 b/src/bltin/test.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42435fb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/test.1 @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +.\" Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)test.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93 +.\" +.Dd May 31, 1993 +.Dt TEST 1 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm test , +.Nm \&[ +.Nd condition evaluation utility +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm test +.Ar expression +.Nm \&[ +.Ar expression Cm ] +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Nm test +utility evaluates the expression and, if it evaluates +to true, returns a zero (true) exit status; otherwise +it returns 1 (false). +If there is no expression, test also +returns 1 (false). +.Pp +All operators and flags are separate arguments to the +.Nm test +utility. +.Pp +The following primaries are used to construct expression: +.Bl -tag -width Ar +.It Fl b Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a block special +file. +.It Fl c Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a character +special file. +.It Fl d Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a directory. +.It Fl e Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists (regardless of type). +.It Fl f Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a regular file. +.It Fl g Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its set group ID flag +is set. +.It Fl h Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a symbolic link. +.It Fl k Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its sticky bit is set. +.It Fl n Ar string +True if the length of +.Ar string +is nonzero. +.It Fl p Ar file +True if +.Ar file +is a named pipe +.Po Tn FIFO Pc . +.It Fl r Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is readable. +.It Fl s Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and has a size greater +than zero. +.It Fl t Ar file_descriptor +True if the file whose file descriptor number +is +.Ar file_descriptor +is open and is associated with a terminal. +.It Fl u Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its set user ID flag +is set. +.It Fl w Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is writable. +True +indicates only that the write flag is on. +The file is not writable on a read-only file +system even if this test indicates true. +.It Fl x Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is executable. +True +indicates only that the execute flag is on. +If +.Ar file +is a directory, true indicates that +.Ar file +can be searched. +.It Fl z Ar string +True if the length of +.Ar string +is zero. +.It Fl L Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a symbolic link. +This operator is retained for compatibility with previous versions of +this program. +Do not rely on its existence; use +.Fl h +instead. +.It Fl O Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its owner matches the effective user id of this process. +.It Fl G Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its group matches the effective group id of this process. +.It Fl S Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a socket. +.It Ar file1 Fl nt Ar file2 +True if +.Ar file1 +exists and is newer than +.Ar file2 . +.It Ar file1 Fl ot Ar file2 +True if +.Ar file1 +exists and is older than +.Ar file2 . +.It Ar file1 Fl ef Ar file2 +True if +.Ar file1 +and +.Ar file2 +exist and refer to the same file. +.It Ar string +True if +.Ar string +is not the null +string. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&= Ar \&s\&2 +True if the strings +.Ar \&s\&1 +and +.Ar \&s\&2 +are identical. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&!= Ar \&s\&2 +True if the strings +.Ar \&s\&1 +and +.Ar \&s\&2 +are not identical. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&\*[Lt] Ar \&s\&2 +True if string +.Ar \&s\&1 +comes before +.Ar \&s\&2 +based on the ASCII value of their characters. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&\*[Gt] Ar \&s\&2 +True if string +.Ar \&s\&1 +comes after +.Ar \&s\&2 +based on the ASCII value of their characters. +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&eq Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integers +.Ar \&n\&1 +and +.Ar \&n\&2 +are algebraically +equal. +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&ne Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integers +.Ar \&n\&1 +and +.Ar \&n\&2 +are not +algebraically equal. +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \> Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically +greater than the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&ge Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically +greater than or equal to the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \< Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically less +than the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&le Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically less +than or equal to the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.El +.Pp +These primaries can be combined with the following operators: +.Bl -tag -width Ar +.It Cm \&! Ar expression +True if +.Ar expression +is false. +.It Ar expression1 Fl a Ar expression2 +True if both +.Ar expression1 +and +.Ar expression2 +are true. +.It Ar expression1 Fl o Ar expression2 +True if either +.Ar expression1 +or +.Ar expression2 +are true. +.It Cm \&( Ns Ar expression Ns Cm \&) +True if expression is true. +.El +.Pp +The +.Fl a +operator has higher precedence than the +.Fl o +operator. +.Sh GRAMMAR AMBIGUITY +The +.Nm test +grammar is inherently ambiguous. +In order to assure a degree of consistency, the cases described in +.St -p1003.2 +section 4.62.4, +are evaluated consistently according to the rules specified in the +standards document. +All other cases are subject to the ambiguity in the command semantics. +.Sh EXIT STATUS +The +.Nm test +utility exits with one of the following values: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It 0 +expression evaluated to true. +.It 1 +expression evaluated to false or expression was +missing. +.It \*[Gt]1 +An error occurred. +.El +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Nm test +utility implements a superset of the +.St -p1003.2 +specification. diff --git a/src/bltin/test.c b/src/bltin/test.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7fc479d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/test.c @@ -0,0 +1,700 @@ +/* + * test(1); version 7-like -- author Erik Baalbergen + * modified by Eric Gisin to be used as built-in. + * modified by Arnold Robbins to add SVR3 compatibility + * (-x -c -b -p -u -g -k) plus Korn's -L -nt -ot -ef and new -S (socket). + * modified by J.T. Conklin for NetBSD. + * + * This program is in the Public Domain. + */ + +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "bltin.h" + +/* test(1) accepts the following grammar: + oexpr ::= aexpr | aexpr "-o" oexpr ; + aexpr ::= nexpr | nexpr "-a" aexpr ; + nexpr ::= primary | "!" primary + primary ::= unary-operator operand + | operand binary-operator operand + | operand + | "(" oexpr ")" + ; + unary-operator ::= "-r"|"-w"|"-x"|"-f"|"-d"|"-c"|"-b"|"-p"| + "-u"|"-g"|"-k"|"-s"|"-t"|"-z"|"-n"|"-o"|"-O"|"-G"|"-L"|"-S"; + + binary-operator ::= "="|"!="|"-eq"|"-ne"|"-ge"|"-gt"|"-le"|"-lt"| + "-nt"|"-ot"|"-ef"; + operand ::= +*/ + +enum token { + EOI, + FILRD, + FILWR, + FILEX, + FILEXIST, + FILREG, + FILDIR, + FILCDEV, + FILBDEV, + FILFIFO, + FILSOCK, + FILSYM, + FILGZ, + FILTT, + FILSUID, + FILSGID, + FILSTCK, + FILNT, + FILOT, + FILEQ, + FILUID, + FILGID, + STREZ, + STRNZ, + STREQ, + STRNE, + STRLT, + STRGT, + INTEQ, + INTNE, + INTGE, + INTGT, + INTLE, + INTLT, + UNOT, + BAND, + BOR, + LPAREN, + RPAREN, + OPERAND +}; + +enum token_types { + UNOP, + BINOP, + BUNOP, + BBINOP, + PAREN +}; + +static struct t_op { + const char *op_text; + short op_num, op_type; +} const ops [] = { + {"-r", FILRD, UNOP}, + {"-w", FILWR, UNOP}, + {"-x", FILEX, UNOP}, + {"-e", FILEXIST,UNOP}, + {"-f", FILREG, UNOP}, + {"-d", FILDIR, UNOP}, + {"-c", FILCDEV,UNOP}, + {"-b", FILBDEV,UNOP}, + {"-p", FILFIFO,UNOP}, + {"-u", FILSUID,UNOP}, + {"-g", FILSGID,UNOP}, + {"-k", FILSTCK,UNOP}, + {"-s", FILGZ, UNOP}, + {"-t", FILTT, UNOP}, + {"-z", STREZ, UNOP}, + {"-n", STRNZ, UNOP}, + {"-h", FILSYM, UNOP}, /* for backwards compat */ + {"-O", FILUID, UNOP}, + {"-G", FILGID, UNOP}, + {"-L", FILSYM, UNOP}, + {"-S", FILSOCK,UNOP}, + {"=", STREQ, BINOP}, + {"!=", STRNE, BINOP}, + {"<", STRLT, BINOP}, + {">", STRGT, BINOP}, + {"-eq", INTEQ, BINOP}, + {"-ne", INTNE, BINOP}, + {"-ge", INTGE, BINOP}, + {"-gt", INTGT, BINOP}, + {"-le", INTLE, BINOP}, + {"-lt", INTLT, BINOP}, + {"-nt", FILNT, BINOP}, + {"-ot", FILOT, BINOP}, + {"-ef", FILEQ, BINOP}, + {"!", UNOT, BUNOP}, + {"-a", BAND, BBINOP}, + {"-o", BOR, BBINOP}, + {"(", LPAREN, PAREN}, + {")", RPAREN, PAREN}, + {0, 0, 0} +}; + +static char **t_wp; +static struct t_op const *t_wp_op; + +static void syntax(const char *, const char *); +static int oexpr(enum token); +static int aexpr(enum token); +static int nexpr(enum token); +static int primary(enum token); +static int binop(void); +static int filstat(char *, enum token); +static enum token t_lex(char **); +static int isoperand(char **); +static int newerf(const char *, const char *); +static int olderf(const char *, const char *); +static int equalf(const char *, const char *); +#ifdef HAVE_FACCESSAT +static int test_file_access(const char *, int); +#else +static int test_access(const struct stat64 *, int); +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_FACCESSAT +# ifdef HAVE_TRADITIONAL_FACCESSAT +static inline int faccessat_confused_about_superuser(void) { return 1; } +# else +static inline int faccessat_confused_about_superuser(void) { return 0; } +# endif +#endif + +static inline intmax_t getn(const char *s) +{ + return atomax10(s); +} + +static const struct t_op *getop(const char *s) +{ + const struct t_op *op; + + for (op = ops; op->op_text; op++) { + if (strcmp(s, op->op_text) == 0) + return op; + } + + return NULL; +} + +int +testcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + const struct t_op *op; + enum token n; + int res = 1; + + if (*argv[0] == '[') { + if (*argv[--argc] != ']') + error("missing ]"); + argv[argc] = NULL; + } + + t_wp_op = NULL; + +recheck: + argv++; + argc--; + + if (argc < 1) + return res; + + /* + * POSIX prescriptions: he who wrote this deserves the Nobel + * peace prize. + */ + switch (argc) { + case 3: + op = getop(argv[1]); + if (op && op->op_type == BINOP) { + n = OPERAND; + goto eval; + } + /* fall through */ + + case 4: + if (!strcmp(argv[0], "(") && !strcmp(argv[argc - 1], ")")) { + argv[--argc] = NULL; + argv++; + argc--; + } else if (!strcmp(argv[0], "!")) { + res = 0; + goto recheck; + } + } + + n = t_lex(argv); + +eval: + t_wp = argv; + res ^= oexpr(n); + argv = t_wp; + + if (argv[0] != NULL && argv[1] != NULL) + syntax(argv[0], "unexpected operator"); + + return res; +} + +static void +syntax(const char *op, const char *msg) +{ + if (op && *op) + error("%s: %s", op, msg); + else + error("%s", msg); +} + +static int +oexpr(enum token n) +{ + int res = 0; + + for (;;) { + res |= aexpr(n); + n = t_lex(t_wp + 1); + if (n != BOR) + break; + n = t_lex(t_wp += 2); + } + return res; +} + +static int +aexpr(enum token n) +{ + int res = 1; + + for (;;) { + if (!nexpr(n)) + res = 0; + n = t_lex(t_wp + 1); + if (n != BAND) + break; + n = t_lex(t_wp += 2); + } + return res; +} + +static int +nexpr(enum token n) +{ + if (n != UNOT) + return primary(n); + + n = t_lex(t_wp + 1); + if (n != EOI) + t_wp++; + return !nexpr(n); +} + +static int +primary(enum token n) +{ + enum token nn; + int res; + + if (n == EOI) + return 0; /* missing expression */ + if (n == LPAREN) { + if ((nn = t_lex(++t_wp)) == RPAREN) + return 0; /* missing expression */ + res = oexpr(nn); + if (t_lex(++t_wp) != RPAREN) + syntax(NULL, "closing paren expected"); + return res; + } + if (t_wp_op && t_wp_op->op_type == UNOP) { + /* unary expression */ + if (*++t_wp == NULL) + syntax(t_wp_op->op_text, "argument expected"); + switch (n) { + case STREZ: + return strlen(*t_wp) == 0; + case STRNZ: + return strlen(*t_wp) != 0; + case FILTT: + return isatty(getn(*t_wp)); +#ifdef HAVE_FACCESSAT + case FILRD: + return test_file_access(*t_wp, R_OK); + case FILWR: + return test_file_access(*t_wp, W_OK); + case FILEX: + return test_file_access(*t_wp, X_OK); +#endif + default: + return filstat(*t_wp, n); + } + } + + if (t_lex(t_wp + 1), t_wp_op && t_wp_op->op_type == BINOP) { + return binop(); + } + + return strlen(*t_wp) > 0; +} + +static int +binop(void) +{ + const char *opnd1, *opnd2; + struct t_op const *op; + + opnd1 = *t_wp; + (void) t_lex(++t_wp); + op = t_wp_op; + + if ((opnd2 = *++t_wp) == (char *)0) + syntax(op->op_text, "argument expected"); + + switch (op->op_num) { + default: +#ifdef DEBUG + abort(); + /* NOTREACHED */ +#endif + case STREQ: + return strcmp(opnd1, opnd2) == 0; + case STRNE: + return strcmp(opnd1, opnd2) != 0; + case STRLT: + return strcmp(opnd1, opnd2) < 0; + case STRGT: + return strcmp(opnd1, opnd2) > 0; + case INTEQ: + return getn(opnd1) == getn(opnd2); + case INTNE: + return getn(opnd1) != getn(opnd2); + case INTGE: + return getn(opnd1) >= getn(opnd2); + case INTGT: + return getn(opnd1) > getn(opnd2); + case INTLE: + return getn(opnd1) <= getn(opnd2); + case INTLT: + return getn(opnd1) < getn(opnd2); + case FILNT: + return newerf (opnd1, opnd2); + case FILOT: + return olderf (opnd1, opnd2); + case FILEQ: + return equalf (opnd1, opnd2); + } +} + +static int +filstat(char *nm, enum token mode) +{ + struct stat64 s; + + if (mode == FILSYM ? lstat64(nm, &s) : stat64(nm, &s)) + return 0; + + switch (mode) { +#ifndef HAVE_FACCESSAT + case FILRD: + return test_access(&s, R_OK); + case FILWR: + return test_access(&s, W_OK); + case FILEX: + return test_access(&s, X_OK); +#endif + case FILEXIST: + return 1; + case FILREG: + return S_ISREG(s.st_mode); + case FILDIR: + return S_ISDIR(s.st_mode); + case FILCDEV: + return S_ISCHR(s.st_mode); + case FILBDEV: + return S_ISBLK(s.st_mode); + case FILFIFO: + return S_ISFIFO(s.st_mode); + case FILSOCK: + return S_ISSOCK(s.st_mode); + case FILSYM: + return S_ISLNK(s.st_mode); + case FILSUID: + return (s.st_mode & S_ISUID) != 0; + case FILSGID: + return (s.st_mode & S_ISGID) != 0; + case FILSTCK: + return (s.st_mode & S_ISVTX) != 0; + case FILGZ: + return !!s.st_size; + case FILUID: + return s.st_uid == geteuid(); + case FILGID: + return s.st_gid == getegid(); + default: + return 1; + } +} + +static enum token t_lex(char **tp) +{ + struct t_op const *op; + char *s = *tp; + + if (s == 0) { + t_wp_op = (struct t_op *)0; + return EOI; + } + + op = getop(s); + if (op && !(op->op_type == UNOP && isoperand(tp)) && + !(op->op_num == LPAREN && !tp[1])) { + t_wp_op = op; + return op->op_num; + } + + t_wp_op = (struct t_op *)0; + return OPERAND; +} + +static int isoperand(char **tp) +{ + struct t_op const *op; + char *s; + + if (!(s = tp[1])) + return 1; + if (!tp[2]) + return 0; + + op = getop(s); + return op && op->op_type == BINOP; +} + +static int +newerf (const char *f1, const char *f2) +{ + struct stat64 b1, b2; + +#ifdef HAVE_ST_MTIM + return (stat64(f1, &b1) == 0 && + stat64(f2, &b2) == 0 && + ( b1.st_mtim.tv_sec > b2.st_mtim.tv_sec || + (b1.st_mtim.tv_sec == b2.st_mtim.tv_sec && (b1.st_mtim.tv_nsec > b2.st_mtim.tv_nsec ))) + ); +#else + return (stat64(f1, &b1) == 0 && + stat64(f2, &b2) == 0 && + b1.st_mtime > b2.st_mtime); +#endif +} + +static int +olderf (const char *f1, const char *f2) +{ + struct stat64 b1, b2; + +#ifdef HAVE_ST_MTIM + return (stat64(f1, &b1) == 0 && + stat64(f2, &b2) == 0 && + (b1.st_mtim.tv_sec < b2.st_mtim.tv_sec || + (b1.st_mtim.tv_sec == b2.st_mtim.tv_sec && (b1.st_mtim.tv_nsec < b2.st_mtim.tv_nsec ))) + ); +#else + return (stat64(f1, &b1) == 0 && + stat64(f2, &b2) == 0 && + b1.st_mtime < b2.st_mtime); +#endif +} + +static int +equalf (const char *f1, const char *f2) +{ + struct stat64 b1, b2; + + return (stat64(f1, &b1) == 0 && + stat64(f2, &b2) == 0 && + b1.st_dev == b2.st_dev && + b1.st_ino == b2.st_ino); +} + +#ifdef HAVE_FACCESSAT +static int has_exec_bit_set(const char *path) +{ + struct stat64 st; + + if (stat64(path, &st)) + return 0; + return st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH); +} + +static int test_file_access(const char *path, int mode) +{ + if (faccessat_confused_about_superuser() && + mode == X_OK && geteuid() == 0 && !has_exec_bit_set(path)) + return 0; + return !faccessat(AT_FDCWD, path, mode, AT_EACCESS); +} +#else /* HAVE_FACCESSAT */ +/* + * The manual, and IEEE POSIX 1003.2, suggests this should check the mode bits, + * not use access(): + * + * True shall indicate only that the write flag is on. The file is not + * writable on a read-only file system even if this test indicates true. + * + * Unfortunately IEEE POSIX 1003.1-2001, as quoted in SuSv3, says only: + * + * True shall indicate that permission to read from file will be granted, + * as defined in "File Read, Write, and Creation". + * + * and that section says: + * + * When a file is to be read or written, the file shall be opened with an + * access mode corresponding to the operation to be performed. If file + * access permissions deny access, the requested operation shall fail. + * + * and of course access permissions are described as one might expect: + * + * * If a process has the appropriate privilege: + * + * * If read, write, or directory search permission is requested, + * access shall be granted. + * + * * If execute permission is requested, access shall be granted if + * execute permission is granted to at least one user by the file + * permission bits or by an alternate access control mechanism; + * otherwise, access shall be denied. + * + * * Otherwise: + * + * * The file permission bits of a file contain read, write, and + * execute/search permissions for the file owner class, file group + * class, and file other class. + * + * * Access shall be granted if an alternate access control mechanism + * is not enabled and the requested access permission bit is set for + * the class (file owner class, file group class, or file other class) + * to which the process belongs, or if an alternate access control + * mechanism is enabled and it allows the requested access; otherwise, + * access shall be denied. + * + * and when I first read this I thought: surely we can't go about using + * open(O_WRONLY) to try this test! However the POSIX 1003.1-2001 Rationale + * section for test does in fact say: + * + * On historical BSD systems, test -w directory always returned false + * because test tried to open the directory for writing, which always + * fails. + * + * and indeed this is in fact true for Seventh Edition UNIX, UNIX 32V, and UNIX + * System III, and thus presumably also for BSD up to and including 4.3. + * + * Secondly I remembered why using open() and/or access() are bogus. They + * don't work right for detecting read and write permissions bits when called + * by root. + * + * Interestingly the 'test' in 4.4BSD was closer to correct (as per + * 1003.2-1992) and it was implemented efficiently with stat() instead of + * open(). + * + * This was apparently broken in NetBSD around about 1994/06/30 when the old + * 4.4BSD implementation was replaced with a (arguably much better coded) + * implementation derived from pdksh. + * + * Note that modern pdksh is yet different again, but still not correct, at + * least not w.r.t. 1003.2-1992. + * + * As I think more about it and read more of the related IEEE docs I don't like + * that wording about 'test -r' and 'test -w' in 1003.1-2001 at all. I very + * much prefer the original wording in 1003.2-1992. It is much more useful, + * and so that's what I've implemented. + * + * (Note that a strictly conforming implementation of 1003.1-2001 is in fact + * totally useless for the case in question since its 'test -w' and 'test -r' + * can never fail for root for any existing files, i.e. files for which 'test + * -e' succeeds.) + * + * The rationale for 1003.1-2001 suggests that the wording was "clarified" in + * 1003.1-2001 to align with the 1003.2b draft. 1003.2b Draft 12 (July 1999), + * which is the latest copy I have, does carry the same suggested wording as is + * in 1003.1-2001, with its rationale saying: + * + * This change is a clarification and is the result of interpretation + * request PASC 1003.2-92 #23 submitted for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992. + * + * That interpretation can be found here: + * + * http://www.pasc.org/interps/unofficial/db/p1003.2/pasc-1003.2-23.html + * + * Not terribly helpful, unfortunately. I wonder who that fence sitter was. + * + * Worse, IMVNSHO, I think the authors of 1003.2b-D12 have mis-interpreted the + * PASC interpretation and appear to be gone against at least one widely used + * implementation (namely 4.4BSD). The problem is that for file access by root + * this means that if test '-r' and '-w' are to behave as if open() were called + * then there's no way for a shell script running as root to check if a file + * has certain access bits set other than by the grotty means of interpreting + * the output of 'ls -l'. This was widely considered to be a bug in V7's + * "test" and is, I believe, one of the reasons why direct use of access() was + * avoided in some more recent implementations! + * + * I have always interpreted '-r' to match '-w' and '-x' as per the original + * wording in 1003.2-1992, not the other way around. I think 1003.2b goes much + * too far the wrong way without any valid rationale and that it's best if we + * stick with 1003.2-1992 and test the flags, and not mimic the behaviour of + * open() since we already know very well how it will work -- existance of the + * file is all that matters to open() for root. + * + * Unfortunately the SVID is no help at all (which is, I guess, partly why + * we're in this mess in the first place :-). + * + * The SysV implementation (at least in the 'test' builtin in /bin/sh) does use + * access(name, 2) even though it also goes to much greater lengths for '-x' + * matching the 1003.2-1992 definition (which is no doubt where that definition + * came from). + * + * The ksh93 implementation uses access() for '-r' and '-w' if + * (euid==uid&&egid==gid), but uses st_mode for '-x' iff running as root. + * i.e. it does strictly conform to 1003.1-2001 (and presumably 1003.2b). + */ +static int test_access(const struct stat64 *sp, int stmode) +{ + gid_t *groups; + register int n; + uid_t euid; + int maxgroups; + + /* + * I suppose we could use access() if not running as root and if we are + * running with ((euid == uid) && (egid == gid)), but we've already + * done the stat() so we might as well just test the permissions + * directly instead of asking the kernel to do it.... + */ + euid = geteuid(); + if (euid == 0) { + if (stmode != X_OK) + return 1; + + /* any bit is good enough */ + stmode = (stmode << 6) | (stmode << 3) | stmode; + } else if (sp->st_uid == euid) + stmode <<= 6; + else if (sp->st_gid == getegid()) + stmode <<= 3; + else { + /* XXX stolen almost verbatim from ksh93.... */ + /* on some systems you can be in several groups */ + maxgroups = getgroups(0, NULL); + groups = stalloc(maxgroups * sizeof(*groups)); + n = getgroups(maxgroups, groups); + while (--n >= 0) { + if (groups[n] == sp->st_gid) { + stmode <<= 3; + break; + } + } + } + + return sp->st_mode & stmode; +} +#endif /* HAVE_FACCESSAT */ diff --git a/src/bltin/times.c b/src/bltin/times.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1166a68e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/times.c @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1999 Herbert Xu + * This file contains code for the times builtin. + */ + +#include +#include +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +#include +#else +#include "bltin.h" +#endif +#include "system.h" + +int timescmd() { + struct tms buf; + long int clk_tck = sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK); + int mutime, mstime, mcutime, mcstime; + double utime, stime, cutime, cstime; + + times(&buf); + + utime = (double)buf.tms_utime / clk_tck; + mutime = utime / 60; + utime -= mutime * 60.0; + + stime = (double)buf.tms_stime / clk_tck; + mstime = stime / 60; + stime -= mstime * 60.0; + + cutime = (double)buf.tms_cutime / clk_tck; + mcutime = cutime / 60; + cutime -= mcutime * 60.0; + + cstime = (double)buf.tms_cstime / clk_tck; + mcstime = cstime / 60; + cstime -= mcstime * 60.0; + + printf("%dm%fs %dm%fs\n%dm%fs %dm%fs\n", mutime, utime, mstime, stime, + mcutime, cutime, mcstime, cstime); + return 0; +} diff --git a/src/builtins.def.in b/src/builtins.def.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95e420cc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/builtins.def.in @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)builtins.def 8.4 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +/* + * This file lists all the builtin commands. The first column is the name + * of a C routine. + * The -a flag specifies that this is a posix 'assignment builtin' command. + * The -s flag specifies that this is a posix 'special builtin' command. + * The -u flag specifies that this is a posix 'standard utility'. + * The -n flag specifies that this command has a special entry point. + * The rest of the line specifies the command name or names used to run + * the command. + */ + +#ifndef JOBS +#define JOBS 1 +#endif + +#if JOBS +bgcmd -u bg +fgcmd -u fg +#endif + +#ifndef SMALL +histcmd -u fc +#endif + +breakcmd -s break -s continue +cdcmd -u cd chdir +commandcmd -u command +dotcmd -s . +echocmd echo +evalcmd -ns eval +execcmd -s exec +exitcmd -s exit +exportcmd -as export -as readonly +falsecmd -u false +getoptscmd -u getopts +hashcmd -u hash +jobscmd -u jobs +localcmd -as local +printfcmd printf +pwdcmd -u pwd +readcmd -u read +returncmd -s return +setcmd -s set +shiftcmd -s shift +timescmd -s times +trapcmd -s trap +truecmd -s : -u true +typecmd -u type +umaskcmd -u umask +unaliascmd -u unalias +unsetcmd -s unset +waitcmd -u wait +aliascmd -au alias +#ifdef HAVE_GETRLIMIT +ulimitcmd -u ulimit +#endif +testcmd test [ +killcmd -u kill diff --git a/src/cd.c b/src/cd.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ef1dc56 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/cd.c @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +#include +#endif + +/* + * The cd and pwd commands. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "nodes.h" /* for jobs.h */ +#include "jobs.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "exec.h" +#include "redir.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "cd.h" + +#define CD_PHYSICAL 1 +#define CD_PRINT 2 + +STATIC int docd(const char *, int); +STATIC const char *updatepwd(const char *); +STATIC char *getpwd(void); +STATIC int cdopt(void); + +STATIC char *curdir = nullstr; /* current working directory */ +STATIC char *physdir = nullstr; /* physical working directory */ + +STATIC int +cdopt() +{ + int flags = 0; + int i, j; + + j = 'L'; + while ((i = nextopt("LP"))) { + if (i != j) { + flags ^= CD_PHYSICAL; + j = i; + } + } + + return flags; +} + +int +cdcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + const char *dest; + const char *path; + const char *p; + char c; + struct stat64 statb; + int flags; + int len; + + flags = cdopt(); + dest = *argptr; + if (!dest) + dest = bltinlookup(homestr); + else if (dest[0] == '-' && dest[1] == '\0') { + dest = bltinlookup("OLDPWD"); + flags |= CD_PRINT; + } + if (!dest) + dest = nullstr; + if (*dest == '/') + goto step6; + if (*dest == '.') { + c = dest[1]; +dotdot: + switch (c) { + case '\0': + case '/': + goto step6; + case '.': + c = dest[2]; + if (c != '.') + goto dotdot; + } + } + if (!*dest) + dest = "."; + path = bltinlookup("CDPATH"); + while (p = path, (len = padvance_magic(&path, dest, 0)) >= 0) { + c = *p; + p = stalloc(len); + + if (stat64(p, &statb) >= 0 && S_ISDIR(statb.st_mode)) { + if (c && c != ':') + flags |= CD_PRINT; +docd: + if (!docd(p, flags)) + goto out; + goto err; + } + } + +step6: + p = dest; + goto docd; + +err: + sh_error("can't cd to %s", dest); + /* NOTREACHED */ +out: + if (flags & CD_PRINT) + out1fmt(snlfmt, curdir); + return 0; +} + + +/* + * Actually do the chdir. We also call hashcd to let the routines in exec.c + * know that the current directory has changed. + */ + +STATIC int +docd(const char *dest, int flags) +{ + const char *dir = 0; + int err; + + TRACE(("docd(\"%s\", %d) called\n", dest, flags)); + + INTOFF; + if (!(flags & CD_PHYSICAL)) { + dir = updatepwd(dest); + if (dir) + dest = dir; + } + err = chdir(dest); + if (err) + goto out; + setpwd(dir, 1); + hashcd(); +out: + INTON; + return err; +} + + +/* + * Update curdir (the name of the current directory) in response to a + * cd command. + */ + +STATIC const char * +updatepwd(const char *dir) +{ + char *new; + char *p; + char *cdcomppath; + const char *lim; + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ + /* On cygwin, thanks to drive letters, some absolute paths do + not begin with slash; but cygwin includes a function that + forces normalization to the posix form */ + char pathbuf[PATH_MAX]; + if (cygwin_conv_path(CCP_WIN_A_TO_POSIX | CCP_RELATIVE, dir, pathbuf, + sizeof(pathbuf)) < 0) + sh_error("can't normalize %s", dir); + dir = pathbuf; +#endif + + cdcomppath = sstrdup(dir); + STARTSTACKSTR(new); + if (*dir != '/') { + if (curdir == nullstr) + return 0; + new = stputs(curdir, new); + } + new = makestrspace(strlen(dir) + 2, new); + lim = stackblock() + 1; + if (*dir != '/') { + if (new[-1] != '/') + USTPUTC('/', new); + if (new > lim && *lim == '/') + lim++; + } else { + USTPUTC('/', new); + cdcomppath++; + if (dir[1] == '/' && dir[2] != '/') { + USTPUTC('/', new); + cdcomppath++; + lim++; + } + } + p = strtok(cdcomppath, "/"); + while (p) { + switch(*p) { + case '.': + if (p[1] == '.' && p[2] == '\0') { + while (new > lim) { + STUNPUTC(new); + if (new[-1] == '/') + break; + } + break; + } else if (p[1] == '\0') + break; + /* fall through */ + default: + new = stputs(p, new); + USTPUTC('/', new); + } + p = strtok(0, "/"); + } + if (new > lim) + STUNPUTC(new); + *new = 0; + return stackblock(); +} + + +/* + * Find out what the current directory is. If we already know the current + * directory, this routine returns immediately. + */ +inline +STATIC char * +getpwd() +{ +#ifdef __GLIBC__ + char *dir = getcwd(0, 0); + + if (dir) + return dir; +#else + char buf[PATH_MAX]; + + if (getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf))) + return savestr(buf); +#endif + + sh_warnx("getcwd() failed: %s", strerror(errno)); + return nullstr; +} + +int +pwdcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int flags; + const char *dir = curdir; + + flags = cdopt(); + if (flags) { + if (physdir == nullstr) + setpwd(dir, 0); + dir = physdir; + } + out1fmt(snlfmt, dir); + return 0; +} + +void +setpwd(const char *val, int setold) +{ + char *oldcur, *dir; + + oldcur = dir = curdir; + + if (setold) { + setvar("OLDPWD", oldcur, VEXPORT); + } + INTOFF; + if (physdir != nullstr) { + if (physdir != oldcur) + free(physdir); + physdir = nullstr; + } + if (oldcur == val || !val) { + char *s = getpwd(); + physdir = s; + if (!val) + dir = s; + } else + dir = savestr(val); + if (oldcur != dir && oldcur != nullstr) { + free(oldcur); + } + curdir = dir; + INTON; + setvar("PWD", dir, VEXPORT); +} diff --git a/src/cd.h b/src/cd.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87631619 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/cd.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1995 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +int cdcmd(int, char **); +int pwdcmd(int, char **); +void setpwd(const char *, int); diff --git a/src/dash.1 b/src/dash.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32f6ac0d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/dash.1 @@ -0,0 +1,2357 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +.\" Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" Kenneth Almquist. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)sh.1 8.6 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 +.\" +.Dd January 19, 2003 +.Os +.Dt DASH 1 +.Sh NAME +.Nm dash +.Nd command interpreter (shell) +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm +.Bk -words +.Op Fl aCefnuvxIimqVEb +.Op Cm +aCefnuvxIimqVEb +.Ek +.Bk -words +.Op Fl o Ar option_name +.Op Cm +o Ar option_name +.Ek +.Bk -words +.Op Ar command_file Oo Ar argument ... Oc +.Ek +.Nm +.Fl c +.Bk -words +.Op Fl aCefnuvxIimqVEb +.Op Cm +aCefnuvxIimqVEb +.Ek +.Bk -words +.Op Fl o Ar option_name +.Op Cm +o Ar option_name +.Ek +.Bk -words +.Ar command_string +.Op Ar command_name Oo Ar argument ... Oc +.Ek +.Nm +.Fl s +.Bk -words +.Op Fl aCefnuvxIimqVEb +.Op Cm +aCefnuvxIimqVEb +.Ek +.Bk -words +.Op Fl o Ar option_name +.Op Cm +o Ar option_name +.Ek +.Bk -words +.Op Ar argument ... +.Ek +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Nm +is the standard command interpreter for the system. +The current version of +.Nm +is in the process of being changed to conform with the +.Tn POSIX +1003.2 and 1003.2a specifications for the shell. +This version has many +features which make it appear similar in some respects to the Korn shell, +but it is not a Korn shell clone (see +.Xr ksh 1 ) . +Only features designated by +.Tn POSIX , +plus a few Berkeley extensions, are being incorporated into this shell. +This man page is not intended +to be a tutorial or a complete specification of the shell. +.Ss Overview +The shell is a command that reads lines from either a file or the +terminal, interprets them, and generally executes other commands. +It is the program that is running when a user logs into the system +(although a user can select a different shell with the +.Xr chsh 1 +command). +The shell implements a language that has flow control +constructs, a macro facility that provides a variety of features in +addition to data storage, along with built in history and line editing +capabilities. +It incorporates many features to aid interactive use and +has the advantage that the interpretative language is common to both +interactive and non-interactive use (shell scripts). +That is, commands +can be typed directly to the running shell or can be put into a file and +the file can be executed directly by the shell. +.Ss Invocation +If no args are present and if the standard input of the shell +is connected to a terminal (or if the +.Fl i +flag is set), +and the +.Fl c +option is not present, the shell is considered an interactive shell. +An interactive shell generally prompts before each command and handles +programming and command errors differently (as described below). +When first starting, +the shell inspects argument 0, and if it begins with a dash +.Sq - , +the shell is also considered +a login shell. +This is normally done automatically by the system +when the user first logs in. +A login shell first reads commands +from the files +.Pa /etc/profile +and +.Pa .profile +if they exist. +If the environment variable +.Ev ENV +is set on entry to an interactive shell, or is set in the +.Pa .profile +of a login shell, the shell next reads +commands from the file named in +.Ev ENV . +Therefore, a user should place commands that are to be executed only at +login time in the +.Pa .profile +file, and commands that are executed for every interactive shell inside the +.Ev ENV +file. +To set the +.Ev ENV +variable to some file, place the following line in your +.Pa .profile +of your home directory +.Pp +.Dl ENV=$HOME/.shinit; export ENV +.Pp +substituting for +.Dq .shinit +any filename you wish. +.Pp +If command line arguments besides the options have been specified, then +the shell treats the first argument as the name of a file from which to +read commands (a shell script), and the remaining arguments are set as the +positional parameters of the shell ($1, $2, etc). +Otherwise, the shell +reads commands from its standard input. +.Ss Argument List Processing +All of the single letter options that have a corresponding name can be +used as an argument to the +.Fl o +option. +The set +.Fl o +name is provided next to the single letter option in +the description below. +Specifying a dash +.Dq - +turns the option on, while using a plus +.Dq + +disables the option. +The following options can be set from the command line or +with the +.Ic set +builtin (described later). +.Bl -tag -width aaaallexportfoo -offset indent +.It Fl a Em allexport +Export all variables assigned to. +.It Fl c +Read commands from the +.Ar command_string +operand instead of from the standard input. +Special parameter 0 will be set from the +.Ar command_name +operand and the positional parameters ($1, $2, etc.) +set from the remaining argument operands. +.It Fl C Em noclobber +Don't overwrite existing files with +.Dq \*[Gt] . +.It Fl e Em errexit +If not interactive, exit immediately if any untested command fails. +The exit status of a command is considered to be +explicitly tested if the command is used to control an +.Ic if , +.Ic elif , +.Ic while , +or +.Ic until ; +or if the command is the left hand operand of an +.Dq && +or +.Dq || +operator. +.It Fl f Em noglob +Disable pathname expansion. +.It Fl n Em noexec +If not interactive, read commands but do not execute them. +This is useful for checking the syntax of shell scripts. +.It Fl u Em nounset +Write a message to standard error when attempting to expand a variable +that is not set, and if the shell is not interactive, exit immediately. +.It Fl v Em verbose +The shell writes its input to standard error as it is read. +Useful for debugging. +.It Fl x Em xtrace +Write each command to standard error (preceded by a +.Sq +\ ) +before it is executed. +Useful for debugging. +.It Fl I Em ignoreeof +Ignore EOF's from input when interactive. +.It Fl i Em interactive +Force the shell to behave interactively. +.It Fl l +Make dash act as if it had been invoked as a login shell. +.It Fl m Em monitor +Turn on job control (set automatically when interactive). +.It Fl s Em stdin +Read commands from standard input (set automatically if no file arguments +are present). +This option has no effect when set after the shell has +already started running (i.e. with +.Ic set ) . +.It Fl V Em vi +Enable the built-in +.Xr vi 1 +command line editor (disables +.Fl E +if it has been set). +.It Fl E Em emacs +Enable the built-in +.Xr emacs 1 +command line editor (disables +.Fl V +if it has been set). +.It Fl b Em notify +Enable asynchronous notification of background job completion. +(UNIMPLEMENTED for 4.4alpha) +.El +.Ss Lexical Structure +The shell reads input in terms of lines from a file and breaks it up into +words at whitespace (blanks and tabs), and at certain sequences of +characters that are special to the shell called +.Dq operators . +There are two types of operators: control operators and redirection +operators (their meaning is discussed later). +Following is a list of operators: +.Bl -ohang -offset indent +.It "Control operators:" +.Dl & && \&( \&) \&; ;; | || \*[Lt]newline\*[Gt] +.It "Redirection operators:" +.Dl \*[Lt] \*[Gt] \*[Gt]| \*[Lt]\*[Lt] \*[Gt]\*[Gt] \*[Lt]& \*[Gt]& \*[Lt]\*[Lt]- \*[Lt]\*[Gt] +.El +.Ss Quoting +Quoting is used to remove the special meaning of certain characters or +words to the shell, such as operators, whitespace, or keywords. +There are three types of quoting: matched single quotes, +matched double quotes, and backslash. +.Ss Backslash +A backslash preserves the literal meaning of the following +character, with the exception of +.Aq newline . +A backslash preceding a +.Aq newline +is treated as a line continuation. +.Ss Single Quotes +Enclosing characters in single quotes preserves the literal meaning of all +the characters (except single quotes, making it impossible to put +single-quotes in a single-quoted string). +.Ss Double Quotes +Enclosing characters within double quotes preserves the literal +meaning of all characters except dollarsign +.Pq $ , +backquote +.Pq ` , +and backslash +.Pq \e . +The backslash inside double quotes is historically weird, and serves to +quote only the following characters: +.Dl $ ` \*q \e \*[Lt]newline\*[Gt] . +Otherwise it remains literal. +.Ss Reserved Words +Reserved words are words that have special meaning to the +shell and are recognized at the beginning of a line and +after a control operator. +The following are reserved words: +.Bl -column while while while while while -offset indent +.It ! Ta elif Ta fi Ta while Ta case +.It else Ta for Ta then Ta { Ta } +.It do Ta done Ta until Ta if Ta esac +.El +.Pp +Their meaning is discussed later. +.Ss Aliases +An alias is a name and corresponding value set using the +.Xr alias 1 +builtin command. +Whenever a reserved word may occur (see above), +and after checking for reserved words, the shell +checks the word to see if it matches an alias. +If it does, it replaces it in the input stream with its value. +For example, if there is an alias called +.Dq lf +with the value +.Dq "ls -F" , +then the input: +.Pp +.Dl lf foobar Aq return +.Pp +would become +.Pp +.Dl ls -F foobar Aq return +.Pp +Aliases provide a convenient way for naive users to create shorthands for +commands without having to learn how to create functions with arguments. +They can also be used to create lexically obscure code. +This use is discouraged. +.Ss Commands +The shell interprets the words it reads according to a language, the +specification of which is outside the scope of this man page (refer to the +BNF in the +.Tn POSIX +1003.2 document). +Essentially though, a line is read and if the first +word of the line (or after a control operator) is not a reserved word, +then the shell has recognized a simple command. +Otherwise, a complex +command or some other special construct may have been recognized. +.Ss Simple Commands +If a simple command has been recognized, the shell performs +the following actions: +.Bl -enum -offset indent +.It +Leading words of the form +.Dq name=value +are stripped off and assigned to the environment of the simple command. +Redirection operators and their arguments (as described below) are +stripped off and saved for processing. +.It +The remaining words are expanded as described in +the section called +.Dq Expansions , +and the first remaining word is considered the command name and the +command is located. +The remaining words are considered the arguments of the command. +If no command name resulted, then the +.Dq name=value +variable assignments recognized in item 1 affect the current shell. +.It +Redirections are performed as described in the next section. +.El +.Ss Redirections +Redirections are used to change where a command reads its input or sends +its output. +In general, redirections open, close, or duplicate an +existing reference to a file. +The overall format used for redirection is: +.Pp +.Dl [n] Va redir-op Ar file +.Pp +where +.Va redir-op +is one of the redirection operators mentioned previously. +Following is a list of the possible redirections. +The +.Bq n +is an optional number between 0 and 9, as in +.Sq 3 +(not +.Sq Bq 3 ) , +that refers to a file descriptor. +.Bl -tag -width aaabsfiles -offset indent +.It [n] Ns \*[Gt] file +Redirect standard output (or n) to file. +.It [n] Ns \*[Gt]| file +Same, but override the +.Fl C +option. +.It [n] Ns \*[Gt]\*[Gt] file +Append standard output (or n) to file. +.It [n] Ns \*[Lt] file +Redirect standard input (or n) from file. +.It [n1] Ns \*[Lt]& Ns n2 +Copy file descriptor n2 as stdout (or fd n1). +fd n2. +.It [n] Ns \*[Lt]&- +Close standard input (or n). +.It [n1] Ns \*[Gt]& Ns n2 +Copy file descriptor n2 as stdin (or fd n1). +fd n2. +.It [n] Ns \*[Gt]&- +Close standard output (or n). +.It [n] Ns \*[Lt]\*[Gt] file +Open file for reading and writing on standard input (or n). +.El +.Pp +The following redirection is often called a +.Dq here-document . +.Bl -item -offset indent +.It +.Li [n]\*[Lt]\*[Lt] delimiter +.Dl here-doc-text ... +.Li delimiter +.El +.Pp +All the text on successive lines up to the delimiter is saved away and +made available to the command on standard input, or file descriptor n if +it is specified. +If the delimiter as specified on the initial line is +quoted, then the here-doc-text is treated literally, otherwise the text is +subjected to parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic +expansion (as described in the section on +.Dq Expansions ) . +If the operator is +.Dq \*[Lt]\*[Lt]- +instead of +.Dq \*[Lt]\*[Lt] , +then leading tabs in the here-doc-text are stripped. +.Ss Search and Execution +There are three types of commands: shell functions, builtin commands, and +normal programs -- and the command is searched for (by name) in that order. +They each are executed in a different way. +.Pp +When a shell function is executed, all of the shell positional parameters +(except $0, which remains unchanged) are set to the arguments of the shell +function. +The variables which are explicitly placed in the environment of +the command (by placing assignments to them before the function name) are +made local to the function and are set to the values given. +Then the command given in the function definition is executed. +The positional parameters are restored to their original values +when the command completes. +This all occurs within the current shell. +.Pp +Shell builtins are executed internally to the shell, without spawning a +new process. +.Pp +Otherwise, if the command name doesn't match a function or builtin, the +command is searched for as a normal program in the file system (as +described in the next section). +When a normal program is executed, the shell runs the program, +passing the arguments and the environment to the program. +If the program is not a normal executable file (i.e., if it does +not begin with the "magic number" whose +.Tn ASCII +representation is "#!", so +.Xr execve 2 +returns +.Er ENOEXEC +then) the shell will interpret the program in a subshell. +The child shell will reinitialize itself in this case, +so that the effect will be as if a +new shell had been invoked to handle the ad-hoc shell script, except that +the location of hashed commands located in the parent shell will be +remembered by the child. +.Pp +Note that previous versions of this document and the source code itself +misleadingly and sporadically refer to a shell script without a magic +number as a "shell procedure". +.Ss Path Search +When locating a command, the shell first looks to see if it has a shell +function by that name. +Then it looks for a builtin command by that name. +If a builtin command is not found, one of two things happen: +.Bl -enum +.It +Command names containing a slash are simply executed without performing +any searches. +.It +The shell searches each entry in +.Ev PATH +in turn for the command. +The value of the +.Ev PATH +variable should be a series of entries separated by colons. +Each entry consists of a directory name. +The current directory may be indicated +implicitly by an empty directory name, or explicitly by a single period. +.El +.Ss Command Exit Status +Each command has an exit status that can influence the behaviour +of other shell commands. +The paradigm is that a command exits +with zero for normal or success, and non-zero for failure, +error, or a false indication. +The man page for each command +should indicate the various exit codes and what they mean. +Additionally, the builtin commands return exit codes, as does +an executed shell function. +.Pp +If a command consists entirely of variable assignments then the +exit status of the command is that of the last command substitution +if any, otherwise 0. +.Ss Complex Commands +Complex commands are combinations of simple commands with control +operators or reserved words, together creating a larger complex command. +More generally, a command is one of the following: +.Bl -bullet +.It +simple command +.It +pipeline +.It +list or compound-list +.It +compound command +.It +function definition +.El +.Pp +Unless otherwise stated, the exit status of a command is that of the last +simple command executed by the command. +.Ss Pipelines +A pipeline is a sequence of one or more commands separated +by the control operator |. +The standard output of all but +the last command is connected to the standard input +of the next command. +The standard output of the last +command is inherited from the shell, as usual. +.Pp +The format for a pipeline is: +.Pp +.Dl [!] command1 [ | command2 ...] +.Pp +The standard output of command1 is connected to the standard input of +command2. +The standard input, standard output, or both of a command is +considered to be assigned by the pipeline before any redirection specified +by redirection operators that are part of the command. +.Pp +If the pipeline is not in the background (discussed later), the shell +waits for all commands to complete. +.Pp +If the reserved word ! does not precede the pipeline, the exit status is +the exit status of the last command specified in the pipeline. +Otherwise, the exit status is the logical NOT of the exit status of the +last command. +That is, if the last command returns zero, the exit status +is 1; if the last command returns greater than zero, the exit status is +zero. +.Pp +Because pipeline assignment of standard input or standard output or both +takes place before redirection, it can be modified by redirection. +For example: +.Pp +.Dl $ command1 2\*[Gt]&1 | command2 +.Pp +sends both the standard output and standard error of command1 +to the standard input of command2. +.Pp +A ; or +.Aq newline +terminator causes the preceding AND-OR-list (described +next) to be executed sequentially; a & causes asynchronous execution of +the preceding AND-OR-list. +.Pp +Note that unlike some other shells, each process in the pipeline is a +child of the invoking shell (unless it is a shell builtin, in which case +it executes in the current shell -- but any effect it has on the +environment is wiped). +.Ss Background Commands -- & +If a command is terminated by the control operator ampersand (&), the +shell executes the command asynchronously -- that is, the shell does not +wait for the command to finish before executing the next command. +.Pp +The format for running a command in background is: +.Pp +.Dl command1 & [command2 & ...] +.Pp +If the shell is not interactive, the standard input of an asynchronous +command is set to +.Pa /dev/null . +.Ss Lists -- Generally Speaking +A list is a sequence of zero or more commands separated by newlines, +semicolons, or ampersands, and optionally terminated by one of these three +characters. +The commands in a list are executed in the order they are written. +If command is followed by an ampersand, the shell starts the +command and immediately proceeds onto the next command; otherwise it waits +for the command to terminate before proceeding to the next one. +.Ss Short-Circuit List Operators +.Dq && +and +.Dq || +are AND-OR list operators. +.Dq && +executes the first command, and then executes the second command if and only +if the exit status of the first command is zero. +.Dq || +is similar, but executes the second command if and only if the exit status +of the first command is nonzero. +.Dq && +and +.Dq || +both have the same priority. +.Ss Flow-Control Constructs -- if, while, for, case +The syntax of the if command is +.Bd -literal -offset indent +if list +then list +[ elif list +then list ] ... +[ else list ] +fi +.Ed +.Pp +The syntax of the while command is +.Bd -literal -offset indent +while list +do list +done +.Ed +.Pp +The two lists are executed repeatedly while the exit status of the +first list is zero. +The until command is similar, but has the word +until in place of while, which causes it to +repeat until the exit status of the first list is zero. +.Pp +The syntax of the for command is +.Bd -literal -offset indent +for variable [ in [ word ... ] ] +do list +done +.Ed +.Pp +The words following +.Pa in +are expanded, and then the list is executed repeatedly with the +variable set to each word in turn. +Omitting in word ... is equivalent to in "$@". +.Pp +The syntax of the break and continue command is +.Bd -literal -offset indent +break [ num ] +continue [ num ] +.Ed +.Pp +Break terminates the num innermost for or while loops. +Continue continues with the next iteration of the innermost loop. +These are implemented as builtin commands. +.Pp +The syntax of the case command is +.Bd -literal -offset indent +case word in +[(]pattern) list ;; +\&... +esac +.Ed +.Pp +The pattern can actually be one or more patterns (see +.Sx Shell Patterns +described later), separated by +.Dq \*(Ba +characters. +The +.Do +( +.Dc +character before the pattern is optional. +.Ss Grouping Commands Together +Commands may be grouped by writing either +.Pp +.Dl (list) +.Pp +or +.Pp +.Dl { list; } +.Pp +The first of these executes the commands in a subshell. +Builtin commands grouped into a (list) will not affect the current shell. +The second form does not fork another shell so is slightly more efficient. +Grouping commands together this way allows you to redirect +their output as though they were one program: +.Pp +.Bd -literal -offset indent +{ printf \*q hello \*q ; printf \*q world\\n" ; } \*[Gt] greeting +.Ed +.Pp +Note that +.Dq } +must follow a control operator (here, +.Dq \&; ) +so that it is recognized as a reserved word and not as another command argument. +.Ss Functions +The syntax of a function definition is +.Pp +.Dl name ( ) command +.Pp +A function definition is an executable statement; when executed it +installs a function named name and returns an exit status of zero. +The command is normally a list enclosed between +.Dq { +and +.Dq } . +.Pp +Variables may be declared to be local to a function by using a local +command. +This should appear as the first statement of a function, and the syntax is +.Pp +.Dl local [ variable | - ] ... +.Pp +Local is implemented as a builtin command. +.Pp +When a variable is made local, it inherits the initial value and exported +and readonly flags from the variable with the same name in the surrounding +scope, if there is one. +Otherwise, the variable is initially unset. +The shell uses dynamic scoping, so that if you make the variable x local to +function f, which then calls function g, references to the variable x made +inside g will refer to the variable x declared inside f, not to the global +variable named x. +.Pp +The only special parameter that can be made local is +.Dq - . +Making +.Dq - +local any shell options that are changed via the set command inside the +function to be restored to their original values when the function +returns. +.Pp +The syntax of the return command is +.Pp +.Dl return [ exitstatus ] +.Pp +It terminates the currently executing function. +Return is implemented as a builtin command. +.Ss Variables and Parameters +The shell maintains a set of parameters. +A parameter denoted by a name is called a variable. +When starting up, the shell turns all the environment +variables into shell variables. +New variables can be set using the form +.Pp +.Dl name=value +.Pp +Variables set by the user must have a name consisting solely of +alphabetics, numerics, and underscores - the first of which must not be +numeric. +A parameter can also be denoted by a number or a special +character as explained below. +.Ss Positional Parameters +A positional parameter is a parameter denoted by a number (n \*[Gt] 0). +The shell sets these initially to the values of its command line arguments +that follow the name of the shell script. +The +.Ic set +builtin can also be used to set or reset them. +.Ss Special Parameters +A special parameter is a parameter denoted by one of the following special +characters. +The value of the parameter is listed next to its character. +.Bl -tag -width thinhyphena +.It * +Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. +When the +expansion occurs within a double-quoted string it expands to a single +field with the value of each parameter separated by the first character of +the +.Ev IFS +variable, or by a +.Aq space +if +.Ev IFS +is unset. +.It @ +Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. +When the expansion occurs within double-quotes, each positional +parameter expands as a separate argument. +If there are no positional parameters, the +expansion of @ generates zero arguments, even when @ is +double-quoted. +What this basically means, for example, is +if $1 is +.Dq abc +and $2 is +.Dq def ghi , +then +.Qq $@ +expands to +the two arguments: +.Pp +.Sm off +.Dl \*q abc \*q \ \*q def\ ghi \*q +.Sm on +.It # +Expands to the number of positional parameters. +.It ? +Expands to the exit status of the most recent pipeline. +.It - (Hyphen.) +Expands to the current option flags (the single-letter +option names concatenated into a string) as specified on +invocation, by the set builtin command, or implicitly +by the shell. +.It $ +Expands to the process ID of the invoked shell. +A subshell retains the same value of $ as its parent. +.It ! +Expands to the process ID of the most recent background +command executed from the current shell. +For a pipeline, the process ID is that of the last command in the pipeline. +.It 0 (Zero.) +Expands to the name of the shell or shell script. +.El +.Ss Word Expansions +This clause describes the various expansions that are performed on words. +Not all expansions are performed on every word, as explained later. +.Pp +Tilde expansions, parameter expansions, command substitutions, arithmetic +expansions, and quote removals that occur within a single word expand to a +single field. +It is only field splitting or pathname expansion that can +create multiple fields from a single word. +The single exception to this +rule is the expansion of the special parameter @ within double-quotes, as +was described above. +.Pp +The order of word expansion is: +.Bl -enum +.It +Tilde Expansion, Parameter Expansion, Command Substitution, +Arithmetic Expansion (these all occur at the same time). +.It +Field Splitting is performed on fields +generated by step (1) unless the +.Ev IFS +variable is null. +.It +Pathname Expansion (unless set +.Fl f +is in effect). +.It +Quote Removal. +.El +.Pp +The $ character is used to introduce parameter expansion, command +substitution, or arithmetic evaluation. +.Ss Tilde Expansion (substituting a user's home directory) +A word beginning with an unquoted tilde character (~) is +subjected to tilde expansion. +All the characters up to +a slash (/) or the end of the word are treated as a username +and are replaced with the user's home directory. +If the username is missing (as in +.Pa ~/foobar ) , +the tilde is replaced with the value of the +.Va HOME +variable (the current user's home directory). +.Ss Parameter Expansion +The format for parameter expansion is as follows: +.Pp +.Dl ${expression} +.Pp +where expression consists of all characters until the matching +.Dq } . +Any +.Dq } +escaped by a backslash or within a quoted string, and characters in +embedded arithmetic expansions, command substitutions, and variable +expansions, are not examined in determining the matching +.Dq } . +.Pp +The simplest form for parameter expansion is: +.Pp +.Dl ${parameter} +.Pp +The value, if any, of parameter is substituted. +.Pp +The parameter name or symbol can be enclosed in braces, which are +optional except for positional parameters with more than one digit or +when parameter is followed by a character that could be interpreted as +part of the name. +If a parameter expansion occurs inside double-quotes: +.Bl -enum +.It +Pathname expansion is not performed on the results of the expansion. +.It +Field splitting is not performed on the results of the +expansion, with the exception of @. +.El +.Pp +In addition, a parameter expansion can be modified by using one of the +following formats. +.Bl -tag -width aaparameterwordaaaaa +.It ${parameter:-word} +Use Default Values. +If parameter is unset or null, the expansion of word +is substituted; otherwise, the value of parameter is substituted. +.It ${parameter:=word} +Assign Default Values. +If parameter is unset or null, the expansion of +word is assigned to parameter. +In all cases, the final value of parameter is substituted. +Only variables, not positional parameters or special +parameters, can be assigned in this way. +.It ${parameter:?[word]} +Indicate Error if Null or Unset. +If parameter is unset or null, the +expansion of word (or a message indicating it is unset if word is omitted) +is written to standard error and the shell exits with a nonzero exit status. +Otherwise, the value of parameter is substituted. +An interactive shell need not exit. +.It ${parameter:+word} +Use Alternative Value. +If parameter is unset or null, null is +substituted; otherwise, the expansion of word is substituted. +.El +.Pp +In the parameter expansions shown previously, use of the colon in the +format results in a test for a parameter that is unset or null; omission +of the colon results in a test for a parameter that is only unset. +.Bl -tag -width aaparameterwordaaaaa +.It ${#parameter} +String Length. +The length in characters of the value of parameter. +.El +.Pp +The following four varieties of parameter expansion provide for substring +processing. +In each case, pattern matching notation (see +.Sx Shell Patterns ) , +rather than regular expression notation, is used to evaluate the patterns. +If parameter is * or @, the result of the expansion is unspecified. +Enclosing the full parameter expansion string in double-quotes does not +cause the following four varieties of pattern characters to be quoted, +whereas quoting characters within the braces has this effect. +.Bl -tag -width aaparameterwordaaaaa +.It ${parameter%word} +Remove Smallest Suffix Pattern. +The word is expanded to produce a pattern. +The parameter expansion then results in parameter, with the +smallest portion of the suffix matched by the pattern deleted. +.It ${parameter%%word} +Remove Largest Suffix Pattern. +The word is expanded to produce a pattern. +The parameter expansion then results in parameter, with the largest +portion of the suffix matched by the pattern deleted. +.It ${parameter#word} +Remove Smallest Prefix Pattern. +The word is expanded to produce a pattern. +The parameter expansion then results in parameter, with the +smallest portion of the prefix matched by the pattern deleted. +.It ${parameter##word} +Remove Largest Prefix Pattern. +The word is expanded to produce a pattern. +The parameter expansion then results in parameter, with the largest +portion of the prefix matched by the pattern deleted. +.El +.Ss Command Substitution +Command substitution allows the output of a command to be substituted in +place of the command name itself. +Command substitution occurs when the command is enclosed as follows: +.Pp +.Dl $(command) +.Pp +or +.Po +.Dq backquoted +version +.Pc : +.Pp +.Dl `command` +.Pp +The shell expands the command substitution by executing command in a +subshell environment and replacing the command substitution with the +standard output of the command, removing sequences of one or more +.Ao newline Ac Ns s +at the end of the substitution. +(Embedded +.Ao newline Ac Ns s +before +the end of the output are not removed; however, during field splitting, +they may be translated into +.Ao space Ac Ns s , +depending on the value of +.Ev IFS +and quoting that is in effect.) +.Ss Arithmetic Expansion +Arithmetic expansion provides a mechanism for evaluating an arithmetic +expression and substituting its value. +The format for arithmetic expansion is as follows: +.Pp +.Dl $((expression)) +.Pp +The expression is treated as if it were in double-quotes, except +that a double-quote inside the expression is not treated specially. +The shell expands all tokens in the expression for parameter expansion, +command substitution, and quote removal. +.Pp +Next, the shell treats this as an arithmetic expression and +substitutes the value of the expression. +.Ss White Space Splitting (Field Splitting) +After parameter expansion, command substitution, and +arithmetic expansion the shell scans the results of +expansions and substitutions that did not occur in double-quotes for +field splitting and multiple fields can result. +.Pp +The shell treats each character of the +.Ev IFS +as a delimiter and uses the delimiters to split the results of parameter +expansion and command substitution into fields. +.Ss Pathname Expansion (File Name Generation) +Unless the +.Fl f +flag is set, file name generation is performed after word splitting is +complete. +Each word is viewed as a series of patterns, separated by slashes. +The process of expansion replaces the word with the names of all +existing files whose names can be formed by replacing each pattern with a +string that matches the specified pattern. +There are two restrictions on +this: first, a pattern cannot match a string containing a slash, and +second, a pattern cannot match a string starting with a period unless the +first character of the pattern is a period. +The next section describes the +patterns used for both Pathname Expansion and the +.Ic case +command. +.Ss Shell Patterns +A pattern consists of normal characters, which match themselves, +and meta-characters. +The meta-characters are +.Dq \&! , +.Dq * , +.Dq \&? , +and +.Dq \&[ . +These characters lose their special meanings if they are quoted. +When command or variable substitution is performed +and the dollar sign or back quotes are not double quoted, +the value of the variable or the output of +the command is scanned for these characters and they are turned into +meta-characters. +.Pp +An asterisk +.Pq Dq * +matches any string of characters. +A question mark matches any single character. +A left bracket +.Pq Dq \&[ +introduces a character class. +The end of the character class is indicated by a +.Pq Dq \&] ; +if the +.Dq \&] +is missing then the +.Dq \&[ +matches a +.Dq \&[ +rather than introducing a character class. +A character class matches any of the characters between the square brackets. +A range of characters may be specified using a minus sign. +The character class may be complemented +by making an exclamation point the first character of the character class. +.Pp +To include a +.Dq \&] +in a character class, make it the first character listed (after the +.Dq \&! , +if any). +To include a minus sign, make it the first or last character listed. +.Ss Builtins +This section lists the builtin commands which are builtin because they +need to perform some operation that can't be performed by a separate +process. +In addition to these, there are several other commands that may +be builtin for efficiency (e.g. +.Xr printf 1 , +.Xr echo 1 , +.Xr test 1 , +etc). +.Bl -tag -width 5n +.It : +.It true +A null command that returns a 0 (true) exit value. +.It \&. file +The commands in the specified file are read and executed by the shell. +.It alias Op Ar name Ns Op Ar "=string ..." +If +.Ar name=string +is specified, the shell defines the alias +.Ar name +with value +.Ar string . +If just +.Ar name +is specified, the value of the alias +.Ar name +is printed. +With no arguments, the +.Ic alias +builtin prints the +names and values of all defined aliases (see +.Ic unalias ) . +.It bg [ Ar job ] ... +Continue the specified jobs (or the current job if no +jobs are given) in the background. +.It Xo command +.Op Fl p +.Op Fl v +.Op Fl V +.Ar command +.Op Ar arg ... +.Xc +Execute the specified command but ignore shell functions when searching +for it. +(This is useful when you +have a shell function with the same name as a builtin command.) +.Bl -tag -width 5n +.It Fl p +search for command using a +.Ev PATH +that guarantees to find all the standard utilities. +.It Fl V +Do not execute the command but +search for the command and print the resolution of the +command search. +This is the same as the type builtin. +.It Fl v +Do not execute the command but +search for the command and print the absolute pathname +of utilities, the name for builtins or the expansion of aliases. +.El +.It cd Ar - +.It Xo cd Op Fl LP +.Op Ar directory +.Xc +Switch to the specified directory (default +.Ev HOME ) . +If an entry for +.Ev CDPATH +appears in the environment of the +.Ic cd +command or the shell variable +.Ev CDPATH +is set and the directory name does not begin with a slash, then the +directories listed in +.Ev CDPATH +will be searched for the specified directory. +The format of +.Ev CDPATH +is the same as that of +.Ev PATH . +If a single dash is specified as the argument, it will be replaced by the +value of +.Ev OLDPWD . +The +.Ic cd +command will print out the name of the +directory that it actually switched to if this is different from the name +that the user gave. +These may be different either because the +.Ev CDPATH +mechanism was used or because the argument is a single dash. +The +.Fl P +option causes the physical directory structure to be used, that is, all +symbolic links are resolved to their respective values. The +.Fl L +option turns off the effect of any preceding +.Fl P +options. +.It Xo echo Op Fl n +.Ar args... +.Xc +Print the arguments on the standard output, separated by spaces. +Unless the +.Fl n +option is present, a newline is output following the arguments. +.Pp +If any of the following sequences of characters is encountered during +output, the sequence is not output. Instead, the specified action is +performed: +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It Li \eb +A backspace character is output. +.It Li \ec +Subsequent output is suppressed. This is normally used at the end of the +last argument to suppress the trailing newline that +.Ic echo +would otherwise output. +.It Li \ef +Output a form feed. +.It Li \en +Output a newline character. +.It Li \er +Output a carriage return. +.It Li \et +Output a (horizontal) tab character. +.It Li \ev +Output a vertical tab. +.It Li \e0 Ns Ar digits +Output the character whose value is given by zero to three octal digits. +If there are zero digits, a nul character is output. +.It Li \e\e +Output a backslash. +.El +.Pp +All other backslash sequences elicit undefined behaviour. +.It eval Ar string ... +Concatenate all the arguments with spaces. +Then re-parse and execute the command. +.It exec Op Ar command arg ... +Unless command is omitted, the shell process is replaced with the +specified program (which must be a real program, not a shell builtin or +function). +Any redirections on the +.Ic exec +command are marked as permanent, so that they are not undone when the +.Ic exec +command finishes. +.It exit Op Ar exitstatus +Terminate the shell process. +If +.Ar exitstatus +is given it is used as the exit status of the shell; otherwise the +exit status of the preceding command is used. +.It export Ar name ... +.It export Fl p +The specified names are exported so that they will appear in the +environment of subsequent commands. +The only way to un-export a variable is to unset it. +The shell allows the value of a variable to be set at the +same time it is exported by writing +.Pp +.Dl export name=value +.Pp +With no arguments the export command lists the names of all exported variables. +With the +.Fl p +option specified the output will be formatted suitably for non-interactive use. +.It Xo fc Op Fl e Ar editor +.Op Ar first Op Ar last +.Xc +.It Xo fc Fl l +.Op Fl nr +.Op Ar first Op Ar last +.Xc +.It Xo fc Fl s Op Ar old=new +.Op Ar first +.Xc +The +.Ic fc +builtin lists, or edits and re-executes, commands previously entered +to an interactive shell. +.Bl -tag -width 5n +.It Fl e No editor +Use the editor named by editor to edit the commands. +The editor string is a command name, subject to search via the +.Ev PATH +variable. +The value in the +.Ev FCEDIT +variable is used as a default when +.Fl e +is not specified. +If +.Ev FCEDIT +is null or unset, the value of the +.Ev EDITOR +variable is used. +If +.Ev EDITOR +is null or unset, +.Xr ed 1 +is used as the editor. +.It Fl l No (ell) +List the commands rather than invoking an editor on them. +The commands are written in the sequence indicated by +the first and last operands, as affected by +.Fl r , +with each command preceded by the command number. +.It Fl n +Suppress command numbers when listing with -l. +.It Fl r +Reverse the order of the commands listed (with +.Fl l ) +or edited (with neither +.Fl l +nor +.Fl s ) . +.It Fl s +Re-execute the command without invoking an editor. +.It first +.It last +Select the commands to list or edit. +The number of previous commands that +can be accessed are determined by the value of the +.Ev HISTSIZE +variable. +The value of first or last or both are one of the following: +.Bl -tag -width 5n +.It [+]number +A positive number representing a command number; command numbers can be +displayed with the +.Fl l +option. +.It Fl number +A negative decimal number representing the command that was executed +number of commands previously. +For example, \-1 is the immediately previous command. +.El +.It string +A string indicating the most recently entered command that begins with +that string. +If the old=new operand is not also specified with +.Fl s , +the string form of the first operand cannot contain an embedded equal sign. +.El +.Pp +The following environment variables affect the execution of fc: +.Bl -tag -width HISTSIZE +.It Ev FCEDIT +Name of the editor to use. +.It Ev HISTSIZE +The number of previous commands that are accessible. +.El +.It fg Op Ar job +Move the specified job or the current job to the foreground. +.It getopts Ar optstring var +The +.Tn POSIX +.Ic getopts +command, not to be confused with the +.Em Bell Labs +-derived +.Xr getopt 1 . +.Pp +The first argument should be a series of letters, each of which may be +optionally followed by a colon to indicate that the option requires an +argument. +The variable specified is set to the parsed option. +.Pp +The +.Ic getopts +command deprecates the older +.Xr getopt 1 +utility due to its handling of arguments containing whitespace. +.Pp +The +.Ic getopts +builtin may be used to obtain options and their arguments +from a list of parameters. +When invoked, +.Ic getopts +places the value of the next option from the option string in the list in +the shell variable specified by +.Va var +and its index in the shell variable +.Ev OPTIND . +When the shell is invoked, +.Ev OPTIND +is initialized to 1. +For each option that requires an argument, the +.Ic getopts +builtin will place it in the shell variable +.Ev OPTARG . +If an option is not allowed for in the +.Va optstring , +then +.Ev OPTARG +will be unset. +.Pp +.Va optstring +is a string of recognized option letters (see +.Xr getopt 3 ) . +If a letter is followed by a colon, the option is expected to have an +argument which may or may not be separated from it by white space. +If an option character is not found where expected, +.Ic getopts +will set the variable +.Va var +to a +.Dq \&? ; +.Ic getopts +will then unset +.Ev OPTARG +and write output to standard error. +By specifying a colon as the first character of +.Va optstring +all errors will be ignored. +.Pp +After the last option +.Ic getopts +will return a non-zero value and set +.Va var +to +.Dq \&? . +.Pp +The following code fragment shows how one might process the arguments +for a command that can take the options +.Op a +and +.Op b , +and the option +.Op c , +which requires an argument. +.Pp +.Bd -literal -offset indent +while getopts abc: f +do + case $f in + a | b) flag=$f;; + c) carg=$OPTARG;; + \\?) echo $USAGE; exit 1;; + esac +done +shift `expr $OPTIND - 1` +.Ed +.Pp +This code will accept any of the following as equivalent: +.Pp +.Bd -literal -offset indent +cmd \-acarg file file +cmd \-a \-c arg file file +cmd \-carg -a file file +cmd \-a \-carg \-\- file file +.Ed +.It hash Fl rv Ar command ... +The shell maintains a hash table which remembers the +locations of commands. +With no arguments whatsoever, +the +.Ic hash +command prints out the contents of this table. +Entries which have not been looked at since the last +.Ic cd +command are marked with an asterisk; it is possible for these entries +to be invalid. +.Pp +With arguments, the +.Ic hash +command removes the specified commands from the hash table (unless +they are functions) and then locates them. +With the +.Fl v +option, hash prints the locations of the commands as it finds them. +The +.Fl r +option causes the hash command to delete all the entries in the hash table +except for functions. +.It pwd Op Fl LP +builtin command remembers what the current directory +is rather than recomputing it each time. +This makes it faster. +However, if the current directory is renamed, the builtin version of +.Ic pwd +will continue to print the old name for the directory. +The +.Fl P +option causes the physical value of the current working directory to be shown, +that is, all symbolic links are resolved to their respective values. The +.Fl L +option turns off the effect of any preceding +.Fl P +options. +.It Xo read Op Fl p Ar prompt +.Op Fl r +.Ar variable +.Op Ar ... +.Xc +The prompt is printed if the +.Fl p +option is specified and the standard input is a terminal. +Then a line is read from the standard input. +The trailing newline is deleted from the +line and the line is split as described in the section on word splitting +above, and the pieces are assigned to the variables in order. +At least one variable must be specified. +If there are more pieces than variables, the remaining pieces +(along with the characters in +.Ev IFS +that separated them) are assigned to the last variable. +If there are more variables than pieces, +the remaining variables are assigned the null string. +The +.Ic read +builtin will indicate success unless EOF is encountered on input, in +which case failure is returned. +.Pp +By default, unless the +.Fl r +option is specified, the backslash +.Dq \e +acts as an escape character, causing the following character to be treated +literally. +If a backslash is followed by a newline, the backslash and the +newline will be deleted. +.It readonly Ar name ... +.It readonly Fl p +The specified names are marked as read only, so that they cannot be +subsequently modified or unset. +The shell allows the value of a variable +to be set at the same time it is marked read only by writing +.Pp +.Dl readonly name=value +.Pp +With no arguments the readonly command lists the names of all read only +variables. +With the +.Fl p +option specified the output will be formatted suitably for non-interactive use. +.Pp +.It Xo printf Ar format +.Op Ar arguments ... +.Xc +.Ic printf +formats and prints its arguments, after the first, under control +of the +.Ar format . +The +.Ar format +is a character string which contains three types of objects: plain characters, +which are simply copied to standard output, character escape sequences which +are converted and copied to the standard output, and format specifications, +each of which causes printing of the next successive +.Ar argument . +.Pp +The +.Ar arguments +after the first are treated as strings if the corresponding format is +either +.Cm b , +.Cm c +or +.Cm s ; +otherwise it is evaluated as a C constant, with the following extensions: +.Pp +.Bl -bullet -offset indent -compact +.It +A leading plus or minus sign is allowed. +.It +If the leading character is a single or double quote, the value is the +.Tn ASCII +code of the next character. +.El +.Pp +The format string is reused as often as necessary to satisfy the +.Ar arguments . +Any extra format specifications are evaluated with zero or the null +string. +.Pp +Character escape sequences are in backslash notation as defined in +.St -ansiC . +The characters and their meanings are as follows: +.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent +.It Cm \ea +Write a \*[Lt]bell\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \eb +Write a \*[Lt]backspace\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \ef +Write a \*[Lt]form-feed\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \en +Write a \*[Lt]new-line\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \er +Write a \*[Lt]carriage return\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \et +Write a \*[Lt]tab\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \ev +Write a \*[Lt]vertical tab\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \e\e +Write a backslash character. +.It Cm \e Ns Ar num +Write an 8\-bit character whose +.Tn ASCII +value is the 1\-, 2\-, or 3\-digit +octal number +.Ar num . +.El +.Pp +Each format specification is introduced by the percent character +(``%''). +The remainder of the format specification includes, +in the following order: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It "Zero or more of the following flags:" +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Cm # +A `#' character +specifying that the value should be printed in an ``alternative form''. +For +.Cm b , +.Cm c , +.Cm d , +and +.Cm s +formats, this option has no effect. +For the +.Cm o +format the precision of the number is increased to force the first +character of the output string to a zero. +For the +.Cm x +.Pq Cm X +format, a non-zero result has the string +.Li 0x +.Pq Li 0X +prepended to it. +For +.Cm e , +.Cm E , +.Cm f , +.Cm g , +and +.Cm G +formats, the result will always contain a decimal point, even if no +digits follow the point (normally, a decimal point only appears in the +results of those formats if a digit follows the decimal point). +For +.Cm g +and +.Cm G +formats, trailing zeros are not removed from the result as they +would otherwise be. +.It Cm \&\- +A minus sign `\-' which specifies +.Em left adjustment +of the output in the indicated field; +.It Cm \&+ +A `+' character specifying that there should always be +a sign placed before the number when using signed formats. +.It Sq \&\ \& +A space specifying that a blank should be left before a positive number +for a signed format. +A `+' overrides a space if both are used; +.It Cm \&0 +A zero `0' character indicating that zero-padding should be used +rather than blank-padding. +A `\-' overrides a `0' if both are used; +.El +.It "Field Width:" +An optional digit string specifying a +.Em field width ; +if the output string has fewer characters than the field width it will +be blank-padded on the left (or right, if the left-adjustment indicator +has been given) to make up the field width (note that a leading zero +is a flag, but an embedded zero is part of a field width); +.It Precision : +An optional period, +.Sq Cm \&.\& , +followed by an optional digit string giving a +.Em precision +which specifies the number of digits to appear after the decimal point, +for +.Cm e +and +.Cm f +formats, or the maximum number of bytes to be printed +from a string +.Sm off +.Pf ( Cm b +.Sm on +and +.Cm s +formats); if the digit string is missing, the precision is treated +as zero; +.It Format : +A character which indicates the type of format to use (one of +.Cm diouxXfwEgGbcs ) . +.El +.Pp +A field width or precision may be +.Sq Cm \&* +instead of a digit string. +In this case an +.Ar argument +supplies the field width or precision. +.Pp +The format characters and their meanings are: +.Bl -tag -width Fl +.It Cm diouXx +The +.Ar argument +is printed as a signed decimal (d or i), unsigned octal, unsigned decimal, +or unsigned hexadecimal (X or x), respectively. +.It Cm f +The +.Ar argument +is printed in the style +.Sm off +.Pf [\-]ddd Cm \&. No ddd +.Sm on +where the number of d's +after the decimal point is equal to the precision specification for +the argument. +If the precision is missing, 6 digits are given; if the precision +is explicitly 0, no digits and no decimal point are printed. +.It Cm eE +The +.Ar argument +is printed in the style +.Sm off +.Pf [\-]d Cm \&. No ddd Cm e No \*(Pmdd +.Sm on +where there +is one digit before the decimal point and the number after is equal to +the precision specification for the argument; when the precision is +missing, 6 digits are produced. +An upper-case E is used for an `E' format. +.It Cm gG +The +.Ar argument +is printed in style +.Cm f +or in style +.Cm e +.Pq Cm E +whichever gives full precision in minimum space. +.It Cm b +Characters from the string +.Ar argument +are printed with backslash-escape sequences expanded. +.br +The following additional backslash-escape sequences are supported: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Cm \ec +Causes +.Nm +to ignore any remaining characters in the string operand containing it, +any remaining string operands, and any additional characters in +the format operand. +.It Cm \e0 Ns Ar num +Write an 8\-bit character whose +.Tn ASCII +value is the 1\-, 2\-, or 3\-digit +octal number +.Ar num . +.El +.It Cm c +The first character of +.Ar argument +is printed. +.It Cm s +Characters from the string +.Ar argument +are printed until the end is reached or until the number of bytes +indicated by the precision specification is reached; if the +precision is omitted, all characters in the string are printed. +.It Cm \&% +Print a `%'; no argument is used. +.El +.Pp +In no case does a non-existent or small field width cause truncation of +a field; padding takes place only if the specified field width exceeds +the actual width. +.It Xo set +.Oo { +.Fl options | Cm +options | Cm -- } +.Oc Ar arg ... +.Xc +The +.Ic set +command performs three different functions. +.Pp +With no arguments, it lists the values of all shell variables. +.Pp +If options are given, it sets the specified option +flags, or clears them as described in the section called +.Sx Argument List Processing . +As a special case, if the option is -o or +o and no argument is +supplied, the shell prints the settings of all its options. If the +option is -o, the settings are printed in a human-readable format; if +the option is +o, the settings are printed in a format suitable for +reinput to the shell to affect the same option settings. +.Pp +The third use of the set command is to set the values of the shell's +positional parameters to the specified args. +To change the positional +parameters without changing any options, use +.Dq -- +as the first argument to set. +If no args are present, the set command +will clear all the positional parameters (equivalent to executing +.Dq shift $# . ) +.It shift Op Ar n +Shift the positional parameters n times. +A +.Ic shift +sets the value of +.Va $1 +to the value of +.Va $2 , +the value of +.Va $2 +to the value of +.Va $3 , +and so on, decreasing +the value of +.Va $# +by one. +If n is greater than the number of positional parameters, +.Ic shift +will issue an error message, and exit with return status 2. +.It test Ar expression +.It \&[ Ar expression Cm \&] +The +.Ic test +utility evaluates the expression and, if it evaluates +to true, returns a zero (true) exit status; otherwise +it returns 1 (false). +If there is no expression, test also +returns 1 (false). +.Pp +All operators and flags are separate arguments to the +.Ic test +utility. +.Pp +The following primaries are used to construct expression: +.Bl -tag -width Ar +.It Fl b Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a block special +file. +.It Fl c Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a character +special file. +.It Fl d Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a directory. +.It Fl e Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists (regardless of type). +.It Fl f Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a regular file. +.It Fl g Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its set group ID flag +is set. +.It Fl h Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a symbolic link. +.It Fl k Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its sticky bit is set. +.It Fl n Ar string +True if the length of +.Ar string +is nonzero. +.It Fl p Ar file +True if +.Ar file +is a named pipe +.Po Tn FIFO Pc . +.It Fl r Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is readable. +.It Fl s Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and has a size greater +than zero. +.It Fl t Ar file_descriptor +True if the file whose file descriptor number +is +.Ar file_descriptor +is open and is associated with a terminal. +.It Fl u Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its set user ID flag +is set. +.It Fl w Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is writable. +True +indicates only that the write flag is on. +The file is not writable on a read-only file +system even if this test indicates true. +.It Fl x Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is executable. +True +indicates only that the execute flag is on. +If +.Ar file +is a directory, true indicates that +.Ar file +can be searched. +.It Fl z Ar string +True if the length of +.Ar string +is zero. +.It Fl L Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a symbolic link. +This operator is retained for compatibility with previous versions of +this program. +Do not rely on its existence; use +.Fl h +instead. +.It Fl O Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its owner matches the effective user id of this process. +.It Fl G Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its group matches the effective group id of this process. +.It Fl S Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a socket. +.It Ar file1 Fl nt Ar file2 +True if +.Ar file1 +and +.Ar file2 +exist and +.Ar file1 +is newer than +.Ar file2 . +.It Ar file1 Fl ot Ar file2 +True if +.Ar file1 +and +.Ar file2 +exist and +.Ar file1 +is older than +.Ar file2 . +.It Ar file1 Fl ef Ar file2 +True if +.Ar file1 +and +.Ar file2 +exist and refer to the same file. +.It Ar string +True if +.Ar string +is not the null +string. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&= Ar \&s\&2 +True if the strings +.Ar \&s\&1 +and +.Ar \&s\&2 +are identical. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&!= Ar \&s\&2 +True if the strings +.Ar \&s\&1 +and +.Ar \&s\&2 +are not identical. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&\*[Lt] Ar \&s\&2 +True if string +.Ar \&s\&1 +comes before +.Ar \&s\&2 +based on the ASCII value of their characters. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&\*[Gt] Ar \&s\&2 +True if string +.Ar \&s\&1 +comes after +.Ar \&s\&2 +based on the ASCII value of their characters. +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&eq Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integers +.Ar \&n\&1 +and +.Ar \&n\&2 +are algebraically +equal. +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&ne Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integers +.Ar \&n\&1 +and +.Ar \&n\&2 +are not +algebraically equal. +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \> Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically +greater than the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&ge Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically +greater than or equal to the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \< Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically less +than the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&le Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically less +than or equal to the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.El +.Pp +These primaries can be combined with the following operators: +.Bl -tag -width Ar +.It Cm \&! Ar expression +True if +.Ar expression +is false. +.It Ar expression1 Fl a Ar expression2 +True if both +.Ar expression1 +and +.Ar expression2 +are true. +.It Ar expression1 Fl o Ar expression2 +True if either +.Ar expression1 +or +.Ar expression2 +are true. +.It Cm \&( Ns Ar expression Ns Cm \&) +True if expression is true. +.El +.Pp +The +.Fl a +operator has higher precedence than the +.Fl o +operator. +.It times +Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell and for processes +run from the shell. The return status is 0. +.It Xo trap +.Op Ar action Ar signal ... +.Xc +Cause the shell to parse and execute action when any of the specified +signals are received. +The signals are specified by signal number or as the name of the signal. +If +.Ar signal +is +.Li 0 +or +.Li EXIT , +the action is executed when the shell exits. +.Ar action +may be empty +.Li ( "''" ) , +which causes the specified signals to be ignored. +With +.Ar action +omitted or set to `-' the specified signals are set to their default action. +When the shell forks off a subshell, it resets trapped (but not ignored) +signals to the default action. +The +.Ic trap +command has no effect on signals that were +ignored on entry to the shell. +.Ic trap +without any arguments cause it to write a list of signals and their +associated action to the standard output in a format that is suitable +as an input to the shell that achieves the same trapping results. +.Pp +Examples: +.Pp +.Dl trap +.Pp +List trapped signals and their corresponding action +.Pp +.Dl trap '' INT QUIT tstp 30 +.Pp +Ignore signals INT QUIT TSTP USR1 +.Pp +.Dl trap date INT +.Pp +Print date upon receiving signal INT +.It type Op Ar name ... +Interpret each name as a command and print the resolution of the command +search. +Possible resolutions are: +shell keyword, alias, shell builtin, +command, tracked alias and not found. +For aliases the alias expansion is +printed; for commands and tracked aliases the complete pathname of the +command is printed. +.It ulimit Xo +.Op Fl H \*(Ba Fl S +.Op Fl a \*(Ba Fl tfdscmlpnv Op Ar value +.Xc +Inquire about or set the hard or soft limits on processes or set new +limits. +The choice between hard limit (which no process is allowed to +violate, and which may not be raised once it has been lowered) and soft +limit (which causes processes to be signaled but not necessarily killed, +and which may be raised) is made with these flags: +.Bl -tag -width Fl +.It Fl H +set or inquire about hard limits +.It Fl S +set or inquire about soft limits. +If neither +.Fl H +nor +.Fl S +is specified, the soft limit is displayed or both limits are set. +If both are specified, the last one wins. +.El +.Pp +The limit to be interrogated or set, then, is chosen by specifying +any one of these flags: +.Bl -tag -width Fl +.It Fl a +show all the current limits +.It Fl t +show or set the limit on CPU time (in seconds) +.It Fl f +show or set the limit on the largest file that can be created +(in 512-byte blocks) +.It Fl d +show or set the limit on the data segment size of a process (in kilobytes) +.It Fl s +show or set the limit on the stack size of a process (in kilobytes) +.It Fl c +show or set the limit on the largest core dump size that can be produced +(in 512-byte blocks) +.It Fl m +show or set the limit on the total physical memory that can be +in use by a process (in kilobytes) +.It Fl l +show or set the limit on how much memory a process can lock with +.Xr mlock 2 +(in kilobytes) +.It Fl p +show or set the limit on the number of processes this user can +have at one time +.It Fl n +show or set the limit on the number files a process can have open at once +.It Fl v +show or set the limit on the total virtual memory that can be +in use by a process (in kilobytes) +.It Fl r +show or set the limit on the real-time scheduling priority of a process +.El +.Pp +If none of these is specified, it is the limit on file size that is shown +or set. +If value is specified, the limit is set to that number; otherwise +the current limit is displayed. +.Pp +Limits of an arbitrary process can be displayed or set using the +.Xr sysctl 8 +utility. +.Pp +.It umask Op Ar mask +Set the value of umask (see +.Xr umask 2 ) +to the specified octal value. +If the argument is omitted, the umask value is printed. +.It unalias Xo +.Op Fl a +.Op Ar name +.Xc +If +.Ar name +is specified, the shell removes that alias. +If +.Fl a +is specified, all aliases are removed. +.It unset Xo +.Op Fl fv +.Ar name ... +.Xc +The specified variables and functions are unset and unexported. +If +.Fl f +or +.Fl v +is specified, the corresponding function or variable is unset, respectively. +If a given name corresponds to both a variable and a function, and no +options are given, only the variable is unset. +.It wait Op Ar job +Wait for the specified job to complete and return the exit status of the +last process in the job. +If the argument is omitted, wait for all jobs to +complete and return an exit status of zero. +.El +.Ss Command Line Editing +When +.Nm +is being used interactively from a terminal, the current command +and the command history (see +.Ic fc +in +.Sx Builtins ) +can be edited using vi-mode command-line editing. +This mode uses commands, described below, +similar to a subset of those described in the vi man page. +The command +.Ql set -o vi +enables vi-mode editing and places sh into vi insert mode. +With vi-mode +enabled, sh can be switched between insert mode and command mode. +It is similar to vi: typing +.Aq ESC +enters vi command mode. +Hitting +.Aq return +while in command mode will pass the line to the shell. +.Sh EXIT STATUS +Errors that are detected by the shell, such as a syntax error, will cause the +shell to exit with a non-zero exit status. +If the shell is not an +interactive shell, the execution of the shell file will be aborted. +Otherwise +the shell will return the exit status of the last command executed, or +if the exit builtin is used with a numeric argument, it will return the +argument. +.Sh ENVIRONMENT +.Bl -tag -width MAILCHECK +.It Ev HOME +Set automatically by +.Xr login 1 +from the user's login directory in the password file +.Pq Xr passwd 4 . +This environment variable also functions as the default argument for the +cd builtin. +.It Ev PATH +The default search path for executables. +See the above section +.Sx Path Search . +.It Ev CDPATH +The search path used with the cd builtin. +.It Ev MAIL +The name of a mail file, that will be checked for the arrival of new mail. +Overridden by +.Ev MAILPATH . +.It Ev MAILCHECK +The frequency in seconds that the shell checks for the arrival of mail +in the files specified by the +.Ev MAILPATH +or the +.Ev MAIL +file. +If set to 0, the check will occur at each prompt. +.It Ev MAILPATH +A colon +.Dq \&: +separated list of file names, for the shell to check for incoming mail. +This environment setting overrides the +.Ev MAIL +setting. +There is a maximum of 10 mailboxes that can be monitored at once. +.It Ev PS1 +The primary prompt string, which defaults to +.Dq $\ , +unless you are the superuser, in which case it defaults to +.Dq #\ . +.It Ev PS2 +The secondary prompt string, which defaults to +.Dq \*[Gt]\ . +.It Ev PS4 +Output before each line when execution trace (set -x) is enabled, +defaults to +.Dq +\ . +.It Ev IFS +Input Field Separators. +This is normally set to +.Aq space , +.Aq tab , +and +.Aq newline . +See the +.Sx White Space Splitting +section for more details. +.It Ev TERM +The default terminal setting for the shell. +This is inherited by +children of the shell, and is used in the history editing modes. +.It Ev HISTSIZE +The number of lines in the history buffer for the shell. +.It Ev PWD +The logical value of the current working directory. This is set by the +.Ic cd +command. +.It Ev OLDPWD +The previous logical value of the current working directory. This is set by +the +.Ic cd +command. +.It Ev PPID +The process ID of the parent process of the shell. +.El +.Sh FILES +.Bl -item -width HOMEprofilexxxx +.It +.Pa $HOME/.profile +.It +.Pa /etc/profile +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr csh 1 , +.Xr echo 1 , +.Xr getopt 1 , +.Xr ksh 1 , +.Xr login 1 , +.Xr printf 1 , +.Xr test 1 , +.Xr getopt 3 , +.Xr passwd 5 , +.\" .Xr profile 4 , +.Xr environ 7 , +.Xr sysctl 8 +.Sh HISTORY +.Nm +is a POSIX-compliant implementation of /bin/sh that aims to be as small as +possible. +.Nm +is a direct descendant of the NetBSD version of ash (the Almquist SHell), +ported to Linux in early 1997. +It was renamed to +.Nm +in 2002. +.Sh BUGS +Setuid shell scripts should be avoided at all costs, as they are a +significant security risk. +.Pp +PS1, PS2, and PS4 should be subject to parameter expansion before +being displayed. diff --git a/src/error.c b/src/error.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..728ff885 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/error.c @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* + * Errors and exceptions. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "jobs.h" +#include "shell.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "eval.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "system.h" + + +/* + * Code to handle exceptions in C. + */ + +struct jmploc *handler; +int exception; +int suppressint; +volatile sig_atomic_t intpending; +int errlinno; + + +static void exverror(int, const char *, va_list) + __attribute__((__noreturn__)); + +/* + * Called to raise an exception. Since C doesn't include exceptions, we + * just do a longjmp to the exception handler. The type of exception is + * stored in the global variable "exception". + */ + +void +exraise(int e) +{ +#ifdef DEBUG + if (handler == NULL) + abort(); +#endif + + if (vforked) + _exit(exitstatus); + + INTOFF; + + exception = e; + longjmp(handler->loc, 1); +} + + +/* + * Called from trap.c when a SIGINT is received. (If the user specifies + * that SIGINT is to be trapped or ignored using the trap builtin, then + * this routine is not called.) Suppressint is nonzero when interrupts + * are held using the INTOFF macro. (The test for iflag is just + * defensive programming.) + */ + +void +onint(void) { + + intpending = 0; + sigclearmask(); + if (!(rootshell && iflag)) { + signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); + raise(SIGINT); + } + exitstatus = SIGINT + 128; + exraise(EXINT); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +static void +exvwarning2(const char *msg, va_list ap) +{ + struct output *errs; + const char *name; + const char *fmt; + + errs = out2; + name = arg0 ? arg0 : "sh"; + if (!commandname) + fmt = "%s: %d: "; + else + fmt = "%s: %d: %s: "; + outfmt(errs, fmt, name, errlinno, commandname); + doformat(errs, msg, ap); +#if FLUSHERR + outc('\n', errs); +#else + outcslow('\n', errs); +#endif +} + +#define exvwarning(a, b, c) exvwarning2(b, c) + +/* + * Exverror is called to raise the error exception. If the second argument + * is not NULL then error prints an error message using printf style + * formatting. It then raises the error exception. + */ +static void +exverror(int cond, const char *msg, va_list ap) +{ +#ifdef DEBUG + if (msg) { + va_list aq; + TRACE(("exverror(%d, \"", cond)); + va_copy(aq, ap); + TRACEV((msg, aq)); + va_end(aq); + TRACE(("\") pid=%d\n", getpid())); + } else + TRACE(("exverror(%d, NULL) pid=%d\n", cond, getpid())); + if (msg) +#endif + exvwarning(-1, msg, ap); + + flushall(); + exraise(cond); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + +void +sh_error(const char *msg, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + exitstatus = 2; + + va_start(ap, msg); + exverror(EXERROR, msg, ap); + /* NOTREACHED */ + va_end(ap); +} + + +void +exerror(int cond, const char *msg, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, msg); + exverror(cond, msg, ap); + /* NOTREACHED */ + va_end(ap); +} + +/* + * error/warning routines for external builtins + */ + +void +sh_warnx(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + exvwarning(-1, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + + +/* + * Return a string describing an error. The returned string may be a + * pointer to a static buffer that will be overwritten on the next call. + * Action describes the operation that got the error. + */ + +const char * +errmsg(int e, int action) +{ + if (e != ENOENT && e != ENOTDIR) + return strerror(e); + + if (action & E_OPEN) + return "No such file"; + else if (action & E_CREAT) + return "Directory nonexistent"; + else + return "not found"; +} + + +#ifdef REALLY_SMALL +void +__inton() { + if (--suppressint == 0 && intpending) { + onint(); + } +} +#endif diff --git a/src/error.h b/src/error.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..94e30a27 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)error.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include +#include + +/* + * Types of operations (passed to the errmsg routine). + */ + +#define E_OPEN 01 /* opening a file */ +#define E_CREAT 02 /* creating a file */ +#define E_EXEC 04 /* executing a program */ + + +/* + * We enclose jmp_buf in a structure so that we can declare pointers to + * jump locations. The global variable handler contains the location to + * jump to when an exception occurs, and the global variable exception + * contains a code identifying the exeception. To implement nested + * exception handlers, the user should save the value of handler on entry + * to an inner scope, set handler to point to a jmploc structure for the + * inner scope, and restore handler on exit from the scope. + */ + +struct jmploc { + jmp_buf loc; +}; + +extern struct jmploc *handler; +extern int exception; + +/* exceptions */ +#define EXINT 0 /* SIGINT received */ +#define EXERROR 1 /* a generic error */ +#define EXEND 3 /* exit the shell */ +#define EXEXIT 4 /* exit the shell via exitcmd */ + + +/* + * These macros allow the user to suspend the handling of interrupt signals + * over a period of time. This is similar to SIGHOLD to or sigblock, but + * much more efficient and portable. (But hacking the kernel is so much + * more fun than worrying about efficiency and portability. :-)) + */ + +extern int suppressint; +extern volatile sig_atomic_t intpending; + +#define barrier() ({ __asm__ __volatile__ ("": : :"memory"); }) +#define INTOFF \ + ({ \ + suppressint++; \ + barrier(); \ + 0; \ + }) +#ifdef REALLY_SMALL +void __inton(void); +#define INTON __inton() +#else +#define INTON \ + ({ \ + barrier(); \ + if (--suppressint == 0 && intpending) onint(); \ + 0; \ + }) +#endif +#define FORCEINTON \ + ({ \ + barrier(); \ + suppressint = 0; \ + if (intpending) onint(); \ + 0; \ + }) +#define SAVEINT(v) ((v) = suppressint) +#define RESTOREINT(v) \ + ({ \ + barrier(); \ + if ((suppressint = (v)) == 0 && intpending) onint(); \ + 0; \ + }) +#define CLEAR_PENDING_INT intpending = 0 +#define int_pending() intpending + +void exraise(int) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +#ifdef USE_NORETURN +void onint(void) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +#else +void onint(void); +#endif +extern int errlinno; +void sh_error(const char *, ...) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +void exerror(int, const char *, ...) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +const char *errmsg(int, int); + +void sh_warnx(const char *, ...); diff --git a/src/eval.c b/src/eval.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b5d61dc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/eval.c @@ -0,0 +1,1147 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* + * Evaluate a command. + */ + +#include "init.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "shell.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "eval.h" +#include "builtins.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "exec.h" +#include "redir.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#ifndef SMALL +#include "myhistedit.h" +#endif + + +int evalskip; /* set if we are skipping commands */ +STATIC int skipcount; /* number of levels to skip */ +MKINIT int loopnest; /* current loop nesting level */ +static int funcline; /* starting line number of current function, or 0 if not in a function */ + + +char *commandname; +int exitstatus; /* exit status of last command */ +int back_exitstatus; /* exit status of backquoted command */ +int savestatus = -1; /* exit status of last command outside traps */ + + +#if !defined(__alpha__) || (defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3) +STATIC +#endif +void evaltreenr(union node *, int) __attribute__ ((__noreturn__)); +STATIC int evalloop(union node *, int); +STATIC int evalfor(union node *, int); +STATIC int evalcase(union node *, int); +STATIC int evalsubshell(union node *, int); +STATIC void expredir(union node *); +STATIC int evalpipe(union node *, int); +#ifdef notyet +STATIC int evalcommand(union node *, int, struct backcmd *); +#else +STATIC int evalcommand(union node *, int); +#endif +STATIC int evalbltin(const struct builtincmd *, int, char **, int); +STATIC int evalfun(struct funcnode *, int, char **, int); +STATIC void prehash(union node *); +STATIC int eprintlist(struct output *, struct strlist *, int); +STATIC int bltincmd(int, char **); + + +STATIC const struct builtincmd bltin = { + .name = nullstr, + .builtin = bltincmd, + .flags = BUILTIN_REGULAR, +}; + + +/* + * Called to reset things after an exception. + */ + +#ifdef mkinit +INCLUDE "eval.h" + +EXITRESET { + if (savestatus >= 0) { + if (exception == EXEXIT || evalskip == SKIPFUNCDEF) + exitstatus = savestatus; + savestatus = -1; + } + evalskip = 0; + loopnest = 0; +} +#endif + + + +/* + * The eval commmand. + */ + +static int evalcmd(int argc, char **argv, int flags) +{ + char *p; + char *concat; + char **ap; + + if (argc > 1) { + p = argv[1]; + if (argc > 2) { + STARTSTACKSTR(concat); + ap = argv + 2; + for (;;) { + concat = stputs(p, concat); + if ((p = *ap++) == NULL) + break; + STPUTC(' ', concat); + } + STPUTC('\0', concat); + p = grabstackstr(concat); + } + return evalstring(p, flags & EV_TESTED); + } + return 0; +} + + +/* + * Execute a command or commands contained in a string. + */ + +int +evalstring(char *s, int flags) +{ + union node *n; + struct stackmark smark; + int status; + + s = sstrdup(s); + setinputstring(s); + setstackmark(&smark); + + status = 0; + for (; (n = parsecmd(0)) != NEOF; popstackmark(&smark)) { + int i; + + i = evaltree(n, flags & ~(parser_eof() ? 0 : EV_EXIT)); + if (n) + status = i; + + if (evalskip) + break; + } + popstackmark(&smark); + popfile(); + stunalloc(s); + + return status; +} + + + +/* + * Evaluate a parse tree. The value is left in the global variable + * exitstatus. + */ + +int +evaltree(union node *n, int flags) +{ + int checkexit = 0; + int (*evalfn)(union node *, int); + struct stackmark smark; + unsigned isor; + int status = 0; + + setstackmark(&smark); + + if (n == NULL) { + TRACE(("evaltree(NULL) called\n")); + goto out; + } + + dotrap(); + +#ifndef SMALL + displayhist = 1; /* show history substitutions done with fc */ +#endif + TRACE(("pid %d, evaltree(%p: %d, %d) called\n", + getpid(), n, n->type, flags)); + switch (n->type) { + default: +#ifdef DEBUG + out1fmt("Node type = %d\n", n->type); +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + flushout(out1); +#endif + break; +#endif + case NNOT: + status = !evaltree(n->nnot.com, EV_TESTED); + goto setstatus; + case NREDIR: + errlinno = lineno = n->nredir.linno; + if (funcline) + lineno -= funcline - 1; + expredir(n->nredir.redirect); + pushredir(n->nredir.redirect); + status = redirectsafe(n->nredir.redirect, REDIR_PUSH) ?: + evaltree(n->nredir.n, flags & EV_TESTED); + if (n->nredir.redirect) + popredir(0); + goto setstatus; + case NCMD: +#ifdef notyet + if (eflag && !(flags & EV_TESTED)) + checkexit = ~0; + status = evalcommand(n, flags, (struct backcmd *)NULL); + goto setstatus; +#else + evalfn = evalcommand; +checkexit: + if (eflag && !(flags & EV_TESTED)) + checkexit = ~0; + goto calleval; +#endif + case NFOR: + evalfn = evalfor; + goto calleval; + case NWHILE: + case NUNTIL: + evalfn = evalloop; + goto calleval; + case NSUBSHELL: + case NBACKGND: + evalfn = evalsubshell; + goto checkexit; + case NPIPE: + evalfn = evalpipe; + goto checkexit; + case NCASE: + evalfn = evalcase; + goto calleval; + case NAND: + case NOR: + case NSEMI: +#if NAND + 1 != NOR +#error NAND + 1 != NOR +#endif +#if NOR + 1 != NSEMI +#error NOR + 1 != NSEMI +#endif + isor = n->type - NAND; + status = evaltree(n->nbinary.ch1, + (flags | ((isor >> 1) - 1)) & EV_TESTED); + if ((!status) == isor || evalskip) + break; + n = n->nbinary.ch2; +evaln: + evalfn = evaltree; +calleval: + status = evalfn(n, flags); + goto setstatus; + case NIF: + status = evaltree(n->nif.test, EV_TESTED); + if (evalskip) + break; + if (!status) { + n = n->nif.ifpart; + goto evaln; + } else if (n->nif.elsepart) { + n = n->nif.elsepart; + goto evaln; + } + status = 0; + goto setstatus; + case NDEFUN: + defun(n); +setstatus: + exitstatus = status; + break; + } +out: + dotrap(); + + if (checkexit & status) + goto exexit; + + if (flags & EV_EXIT) { +exexit: + exraise(EXEND); + } + + popstackmark(&smark); + + return exitstatus; +} + + +#if !defined(__alpha__) || (defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3) +STATIC +#endif +void evaltreenr(union node *n, int flags) +#ifdef HAVE_ATTRIBUTE_ALIAS + __attribute__ ((alias("evaltree"))); +#else +{ + evaltree(n, flags); + abort(); +} +#endif + + +static int skiploop(void) +{ + int skip = evalskip; + + switch (skip) { + case 0: + break; + + case SKIPBREAK: + case SKIPCONT: + if (likely(--skipcount <= 0)) { + evalskip = 0; + break; + } + + skip = SKIPBREAK; + break; + } + + return skip; +} + + +STATIC int +evalloop(union node *n, int flags) +{ + int skip; + int status; + + loopnest++; + status = 0; + flags &= EV_TESTED; + do { + int i; + + i = evaltree(n->nbinary.ch1, EV_TESTED); + skip = skiploop(); + if (skip == SKIPFUNC) + status = i; + if (skip) + continue; + if (n->type != NWHILE) + i = !i; + if (i != 0) + break; + status = evaltree(n->nbinary.ch2, flags); + skip = skiploop(); + } while (!(skip & ~SKIPCONT)); + loopnest--; + + return status; +} + + + +STATIC int +evalfor(union node *n, int flags) +{ + struct arglist arglist; + union node *argp; + struct strlist *sp; + int status; + + errlinno = lineno = n->nfor.linno; + if (funcline) + lineno -= funcline - 1; + + arglist.lastp = &arglist.list; + for (argp = n->nfor.args ; argp ; argp = argp->narg.next) { + expandarg(argp, &arglist, EXP_FULL | EXP_TILDE); + } + *arglist.lastp = NULL; + + status = 0; + loopnest++; + flags &= EV_TESTED; + for (sp = arglist.list ; sp ; sp = sp->next) { + setvar(n->nfor.var, sp->text, 0); + status = evaltree(n->nfor.body, flags); + if (skiploop() & ~SKIPCONT) + break; + } + loopnest--; + + return status; +} + + + +STATIC int +evalcase(union node *n, int flags) +{ + union node *cp; + union node *patp; + struct arglist arglist; + int status = 0; + + errlinno = lineno = n->ncase.linno; + if (funcline) + lineno -= funcline - 1; + + arglist.lastp = &arglist.list; + expandarg(n->ncase.expr, &arglist, EXP_TILDE); + for (cp = n->ncase.cases ; cp && evalskip == 0 ; cp = cp->nclist.next) { + for (patp = cp->nclist.pattern ; patp ; patp = patp->narg.next) { + if (casematch(patp, arglist.list->text)) { + /* Ensure body is non-empty as otherwise + * EV_EXIT may prevent us from setting the + * exit status. + */ + if (evalskip == 0 && cp->nclist.body) { + status = evaltree(cp->nclist.body, + flags); + } + goto out; + } + } + } +out: + return status; +} + + + +/* + * Kick off a subshell to evaluate a tree. + */ + +STATIC int +evalsubshell(union node *n, int flags) +{ + struct job *jp; + int backgnd = (n->type == NBACKGND); + int status; + + errlinno = lineno = n->nredir.linno; + if (funcline) + lineno -= funcline - 1; + + expredir(n->nredir.redirect); + INTOFF; + if (!backgnd && flags & EV_EXIT && !have_traps()) { + forkreset(); + goto nofork; + } + jp = makejob(n, 1); + if (forkshell(jp, n, backgnd) == 0) { + flags |= EV_EXIT; + if (backgnd) + flags &=~ EV_TESTED; +nofork: + INTON; + redirect(n->nredir.redirect, 0); + evaltreenr(n->nredir.n, flags); + /* never returns */ + } + status = 0; + if (! backgnd) + status = waitforjob(jp); + INTON; + return status; +} + + + +/* + * Compute the names of the files in a redirection list. + */ + +STATIC void +expredir(union node *n) +{ + union node *redir; + + for (redir = n ; redir ; redir = redir->nfile.next) { + struct arglist fn; + fn.lastp = &fn.list; + switch (redir->type) { + case NFROMTO: + case NFROM: + case NTO: + case NCLOBBER: + case NAPPEND: + expandarg(redir->nfile.fname, &fn, EXP_TILDE | EXP_REDIR); + redir->nfile.expfname = fn.list->text; + break; + case NFROMFD: + case NTOFD: + if (redir->ndup.vname) { + expandarg(redir->ndup.vname, &fn, EXP_TILDE | EXP_REDIR); + fixredir(redir, fn.list->text, 1); + } + break; + } + } +} + + + +/* + * Evaluate a pipeline. All the processes in the pipeline are children + * of the process creating the pipeline. (This differs from some versions + * of the shell, which make the last process in a pipeline the parent + * of all the rest.) + */ + +STATIC int +evalpipe(union node *n, int flags) +{ + struct job *jp; + struct nodelist *lp; + int pipelen; + int prevfd; + int pip[2]; + int status = 0; + + TRACE(("evalpipe(0x%lx) called\n", (long)n)); + pipelen = 0; + for (lp = n->npipe.cmdlist ; lp ; lp = lp->next) + pipelen++; + flags |= EV_EXIT; + INTOFF; + jp = makejob(n, pipelen); + prevfd = -1; + for (lp = n->npipe.cmdlist ; lp ; lp = lp->next) { + prehash(lp->n); + pip[1] = -1; + if (lp->next) { + if (pipe(pip) < 0) { + close(prevfd); + sh_error("Pipe call failed"); + } + } + if (forkshell(jp, lp->n, n->npipe.backgnd) == 0) { + INTON; + if (pip[1] >= 0) { + close(pip[0]); + } + if (prevfd > 0) { + dup2(prevfd, 0); + close(prevfd); + } + if (pip[1] > 1) { + dup2(pip[1], 1); + close(pip[1]); + } + evaltreenr(lp->n, flags); + /* never returns */ + } + if (prevfd >= 0) + close(prevfd); + prevfd = pip[0]; + close(pip[1]); + } + if (n->npipe.backgnd == 0) { + status = waitforjob(jp); + TRACE(("evalpipe: job done exit status %d\n", status)); + } + INTON; + + return status; +} + + + +/* + * Execute a command inside back quotes. If it's a builtin command, we + * want to save its output in a block obtained from malloc. Otherwise + * we fork off a subprocess and get the output of the command via a pipe. + * Should be called with interrupts off. + */ + +void +evalbackcmd(union node *n, struct backcmd *result) +{ + int pip[2]; + struct job *jp; + + result->fd = -1; + result->buf = NULL; + result->nleft = 0; + result->jp = NULL; + if (n == NULL) { + goto out; + } + + if (pipe(pip) < 0) + sh_error("Pipe call failed"); + jp = makejob(n, 1); + if (forkshell(jp, n, FORK_NOJOB) == 0) { + FORCEINTON; + close(pip[0]); + if (pip[1] != 1) { + dup2(pip[1], 1); + close(pip[1]); + } + ifsfree(); + evaltreenr(n, EV_EXIT); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + close(pip[1]); + result->fd = pip[0]; + result->jp = jp; + +out: + TRACE(("evalbackcmd done: fd=%d buf=0x%x nleft=%d jp=0x%x\n", + result->fd, result->buf, result->nleft, result->jp)); +} + +static struct strlist *fill_arglist(struct arglist *arglist, + union node **argpp) +{ + struct strlist **lastp = arglist->lastp; + union node *argp; + + while ((argp = *argpp)) { + expandarg(argp, arglist, EXP_FULL | EXP_TILDE); + *argpp = argp->narg.next; + if (*lastp) + break; + } + + return *lastp; +} + +static int parse_command_args(struct arglist *arglist, union node **argpp, + const char **path) +{ + struct strlist *sp = arglist->list; + char *cp, c; + + for (;;) { + sp = unlikely(sp->next) ? sp->next : + fill_arglist(arglist, argpp); + if (!sp) + return 0; + cp = sp->text; + if (*cp++ != '-') + break; + if (!(c = *cp++)) + break; + if (c == '-' && !*cp) { + if (likely(!sp->next) && !fill_arglist(arglist, argpp)) + return 0; + sp = sp->next; + break; + } + do { + switch (c) { + case 'p': + *path = defpath; + break; + default: + /* run 'typecmd' for other options */ + return 0; + } + } while ((c = *cp++)); + } + + arglist->list = sp; + return DO_NOFUNC; +} + +/* + * Execute a simple command. + */ + +STATIC int +#ifdef notyet +evalcommand(union node *cmd, int flags, struct backcmd *backcmd) +#else +evalcommand(union node *cmd, int flags) +#endif +{ + struct localvar_list *localvar_stop; + struct parsefile *file_stop; + struct redirtab *redir_stop; + union node *argp; + struct arglist arglist; + struct arglist varlist; + char **argv; + int argc; + struct strlist *osp; + struct strlist *sp; +#ifdef notyet + int pip[2]; +#endif + struct cmdentry cmdentry; + struct job *jp; + char *lastarg; + const char *path; + int spclbltin; + int cmd_flag; + int execcmd; + int status; + char **nargv; + int vflags; + int vlocal; + + errlinno = lineno = cmd->ncmd.linno; + if (funcline) + lineno -= funcline - 1; + + /* First expand the arguments. */ + TRACE(("evalcommand(0x%lx, %d) called\n", (long)cmd, flags)); + file_stop = parsefile; + back_exitstatus = 0; + + cmdentry.cmdtype = CMDBUILTIN; + cmdentry.u.cmd = &bltin; + varlist.lastp = &varlist.list; + *varlist.lastp = NULL; + arglist.lastp = &arglist.list; + *arglist.lastp = NULL; + + cmd_flag = 0; + execcmd = 0; + spclbltin = -1; + vflags = 0; + vlocal = 0; + path = NULL; + + argc = 0; + argp = cmd->ncmd.args; + if ((osp = fill_arglist(&arglist, &argp))) { + int pseudovarflag = 0; + + for (;;) { + find_command(arglist.list->text, &cmdentry, + cmd_flag | DO_REGBLTIN, pathval()); + + vlocal++; + + /* implement bltin and command here */ + if (cmdentry.cmdtype != CMDBUILTIN) + break; + + pseudovarflag = cmdentry.u.cmd->flags & BUILTIN_ASSIGN; + if (likely(spclbltin < 0)) { + spclbltin = + cmdentry.u.cmd->flags & + BUILTIN_SPECIAL + ; + vlocal = spclbltin ^ BUILTIN_SPECIAL; + } + execcmd = cmdentry.u.cmd == EXECCMD; + if (likely(cmdentry.u.cmd != COMMANDCMD)) + break; + + cmd_flag = parse_command_args(&arglist, &argp, &path); + if (!cmd_flag) + break; + } + + for (; argp; argp = argp->narg.next) + expandarg(argp, &arglist, + pseudovarflag && + isassignment(argp->narg.text) ? + EXP_VARTILDE : EXP_FULL | EXP_TILDE); + + for (sp = arglist.list; sp; sp = sp->next) + argc++; + + if (execcmd && argc > 1) + vflags = VEXPORT; + } + + localvar_stop = pushlocalvars(vlocal); + + /* Reserve one extra spot at the front for shellexec. */ + nargv = stalloc(sizeof (char *) * (argc + 2)); + argv = ++nargv; + for (sp = arglist.list ; sp ; sp = sp->next) { + TRACE(("evalcommand arg: %s\n", sp->text)); + *nargv++ = sp->text; + } + *nargv = NULL; + + lastarg = NULL; + if (iflag && funcline == 0 && argc > 0) + lastarg = nargv[-1]; + + preverrout.fd = 2; + expredir(cmd->ncmd.redirect); + redir_stop = pushredir(cmd->ncmd.redirect); + status = redirectsafe(cmd->ncmd.redirect, REDIR_PUSH|REDIR_SAVEFD2); + + if (unlikely(status)) { +bail: + exitstatus = status; + + /* We have a redirection error. */ + if (spclbltin > 0) + exraise(EXERROR); + + goto out; + } + + for (argp = cmd->ncmd.assign; argp; argp = argp->narg.next) { + struct strlist **spp; + + spp = varlist.lastp; + expandarg(argp, &varlist, EXP_VARTILDE); + + if (vlocal) + mklocal((*spp)->text, VEXPORT); + else + setvareq((*spp)->text, vflags); + } + + /* Print the command if xflag is set. */ + if (xflag) { + struct output *out; + int sep; + + out = &preverrout; + outstr(expandstr(ps4val()), out); + sep = 0; + sep = eprintlist(out, varlist.list, sep); + eprintlist(out, osp, sep); + outcslow('\n', out); +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushout(out); +#endif + } + + /* Now locate the command. */ + if (cmdentry.cmdtype != CMDBUILTIN || + !(cmdentry.u.cmd->flags & BUILTIN_REGULAR)) { + path = unlikely(path) ? path : pathval(); + find_command(argv[0], &cmdentry, cmd_flag | DO_ERR, path); + } + + jp = NULL; + + /* Execute the command. */ + switch (cmdentry.cmdtype) { + case CMDUNKNOWN: + status = 127; +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushout(&errout); +#endif + goto bail; + + default: + /* Fork off a child process if necessary. */ + if (!(flags & EV_EXIT) || have_traps()) { + INTOFF; + jp = vforkexec(cmd, argv, path, cmdentry.u.index); + break; + } + shellexec(argv, path, cmdentry.u.index); + /* NOTREACHED */ + + case CMDBUILTIN: + if (evalbltin(cmdentry.u.cmd, argc, argv, flags) && + !(exception == EXERROR && spclbltin <= 0)) { +raise: + longjmp(handler->loc, 1); + } + break; + + case CMDFUNCTION: + if (evalfun(cmdentry.u.func, argc, argv, flags)) + goto raise; + break; + } + + status = waitforjob(jp); + FORCEINTON; + +out: + if (cmd->ncmd.redirect) + popredir(execcmd); + unwindredir(redir_stop); + unwindfiles(file_stop); + unwindlocalvars(localvar_stop); + if (lastarg) + /* dsl: I think this is intended to be used to support + * '_' in 'vi' command mode during line editing... + * However I implemented that within libedit itself. + */ + setvar("_", lastarg, 0); + + return status; +} + +STATIC int +evalbltin(const struct builtincmd *cmd, int argc, char **argv, int flags) +{ + char *volatile savecmdname; + struct jmploc *volatile savehandler; + struct jmploc jmploc; + int status; + int i; + + savecmdname = commandname; + savehandler = handler; + if ((i = setjmp(jmploc.loc))) + goto cmddone; + handler = &jmploc; + commandname = argv[0]; + argptr = argv + 1; + optptr = NULL; /* initialize nextopt */ + if (cmd == EVALCMD) + status = evalcmd(argc, argv, flags); + else + status = (*cmd->builtin)(argc, argv); + flushall(); + if (outerr(out1)) + sh_warnx("%s: I/O error", commandname); + status |= outerr(out1); + exitstatus = status; +cmddone: + freestdout(); + commandname = savecmdname; + handler = savehandler; + + return i; +} + +STATIC int +evalfun(struct funcnode *func, int argc, char **argv, int flags) +{ + volatile struct shparam saveparam; + struct jmploc *volatile savehandler; + struct jmploc jmploc; + int e; + int savefuncline; + int saveloopnest; + + saveparam = shellparam; + savefuncline = funcline; + saveloopnest = loopnest; + savehandler = handler; + if ((e = setjmp(jmploc.loc))) { + goto funcdone; + } + INTOFF; + handler = &jmploc; + shellparam.malloc = 0; + func->count++; + funcline = func->n.ndefun.linno; + loopnest = 0; + INTON; + shellparam.nparam = argc - 1; + shellparam.p = argv + 1; + shellparam.optind = 1; + shellparam.optoff = -1; + evaltree(func->n.ndefun.body, flags & EV_TESTED); +funcdone: + INTOFF; + loopnest = saveloopnest; + funcline = savefuncline; + freefunc(func); + freeparam(&shellparam); + shellparam = saveparam; + handler = savehandler; + INTON; + evalskip &= ~(SKIPFUNC | SKIPFUNCDEF); + return e; +} + + +/* + * Search for a command. This is called before we fork so that the + * location of the command will be available in the parent as well as + * the child. The check for "goodname" is an overly conservative + * check that the name will not be subject to expansion. + */ + +STATIC void +prehash(union node *n) +{ + struct cmdentry entry; + + if (n->type == NCMD && n->ncmd.args) + if (goodname(n->ncmd.args->narg.text)) + find_command(n->ncmd.args->narg.text, &entry, 0, + pathval()); +} + + + +/* + * Builtin commands. Builtin commands whose functions are closely + * tied to evaluation are implemented here. + */ + +/* + * No command given. + */ + +STATIC int +bltincmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + /* + * Preserve exitstatus of a previous possible redirection + * as POSIX mandates + */ + return back_exitstatus; +} + + +/* + * Handle break and continue commands. Break, continue, and return are + * all handled by setting the evalskip flag. The evaluation routines + * above all check this flag, and if it is set they start skipping + * commands rather than executing them. The variable skipcount is + * the number of loops to break/continue, or the number of function + * levels to return. (The latter is always 1.) It should probably + * be an error to break out of more loops than exist, but it isn't + * in the standard shell so we don't make it one here. + */ + +int +breakcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int n = argc > 1 ? number(argv[1]) : 1; + + if (n <= 0) + badnum(argv[1]); + if (n > loopnest) + n = loopnest; + if (n > 0) { + evalskip = (**argv == 'c')? SKIPCONT : SKIPBREAK; + skipcount = n; + } + return 0; +} + + +/* + * The return command. + */ + +int +returncmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int skip; + int status; + + /* + * If called outside a function, do what ksh does; + * skip the rest of the file. + */ + if (argv[1]) { + skip = SKIPFUNC; + status = number(argv[1]); + } else { + skip = SKIPFUNCDEF; + status = exitstatus; + } + evalskip = skip; + + return status; +} + + +int +falsecmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + return 1; +} + + +int +truecmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + return 0; +} + + +int +execcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + if (argc > 1) { + iflag = 0; /* exit on error */ + mflag = 0; + optschanged(); + shellexec(argv + 1, pathval(), 0); + } + return 0; +} + + +STATIC int +eprintlist(struct output *out, struct strlist *sp, int sep) +{ + while (sp) { + const char *p; + + p = " %s"; + p += (1 - sep); + sep |= 1; + outfmt(out, p, sp->text); + sp = sp->next; + } + + return sep; +} diff --git a/src/eval.h b/src/eval.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63e7d865 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/eval.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)eval.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +extern char *commandname; /* currently executing command */ +extern int exitstatus; /* exit status of last command */ +extern int back_exitstatus; /* exit status of backquoted command */ +extern int savestatus; /* exit status of last command outside traps */ + + +struct backcmd { /* result of evalbackcmd */ + int fd; /* file descriptor to read from */ + char *buf; /* buffer */ + int nleft; /* number of chars in buffer */ + struct job *jp; /* job structure for command */ +}; + +/* flags in argument to evaltree */ +#define EV_EXIT 01 /* exit after evaluating tree */ +#define EV_TESTED 02 /* exit status is checked; ignore -e flag */ + +int evalstring(char *, int); +union node; /* BLETCH for ansi C */ +int evaltree(union node *, int); +void evalbackcmd(union node *, struct backcmd *); + +extern int evalskip; + +/* reasons for skipping commands (see comment on breakcmd routine) */ +#define SKIPBREAK (1 << 0) +#define SKIPCONT (1 << 1) +#define SKIPFUNC (1 << 2) +#define SKIPFUNCDEF (1 << 3) diff --git a/src/exec.c b/src/exec.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87354d49 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/exec.c @@ -0,0 +1,908 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef HAVE_PATHS_H +#include +#endif + +/* + * When commands are first encountered, they are entered in a hash table. + * This ensures that a full path search will not have to be done for them + * on each invocation. + * + * We should investigate converting to a linear search, even though that + * would make the command name "hash" a misnomer. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "redir.h" +#include "eval.h" +#include "exec.h" +#include "builtins.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "init.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "alias.h" +#include "system.h" + + +#define CMDTABLESIZE 31 /* should be prime */ +#define ARB 1 /* actual size determined at run time */ + + + +struct tblentry { + struct tblentry *next; /* next entry in hash chain */ + union param param; /* definition of builtin function */ + short cmdtype; /* index identifying command */ + char rehash; /* if set, cd done since entry created */ + char cmdname[ARB]; /* name of command */ +}; + + +STATIC struct tblentry *cmdtable[CMDTABLESIZE]; +STATIC int builtinloc = -1; /* index in path of %builtin, or -1 */ + + +STATIC void tryexec(char *, char **, char **); +STATIC void printentry(struct tblentry *); +STATIC void clearcmdentry(void); +STATIC struct tblentry *cmdlookup(const char *, int); +STATIC void delete_cmd_entry(void); +STATIC void addcmdentry(char *, struct cmdentry *); +STATIC int describe_command(struct output *, char *, const char *, int); + + +/* + * Exec a program. Never returns. If you change this routine, you may + * have to change the find_command routine as well. + */ + +void +shellexec(char **argv, const char *path, int idx) +{ + char *cmdname; + int e; + char **envp; + int exerrno; + + envp = environment(); + if (strchr(argv[0], '/') != NULL) { + tryexec(argv[0], argv, envp); + e = errno; + } else { + e = ENOENT; + while (padvance(&path, argv[0]) >= 0) { + cmdname = stackblock(); + if (--idx < 0 && pathopt == NULL) { + tryexec(cmdname, argv, envp); + if (errno != ENOENT && errno != ENOTDIR) + e = errno; + } + } + } + + /* Map to POSIX errors */ + switch (e) { + default: + exerrno = 126; + break; + case ELOOP: + case ENAMETOOLONG: + case ENOENT: + case ENOTDIR: + exerrno = 127; + break; + } + exitstatus = exerrno; + TRACE(("shellexec failed for %s, errno %d, suppressint %d\n", + argv[0], e, suppressint )); + exerror(EXEND, "%s: %s", argv[0], errmsg(e, E_EXEC)); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + +STATIC void +tryexec(char *cmd, char **argv, char **envp) +{ + char *const path_bshell = _PATH_BSHELL; + +repeat: +#ifdef SYSV + do { + execve(cmd, argv, envp); + } while (errno == EINTR); +#else + execve(cmd, argv, envp); +#endif + if (cmd != path_bshell && errno == ENOEXEC) { + *argv-- = cmd; + *argv = cmd = path_bshell; + goto repeat; + } +} + +static const char *legal_pathopt(const char *opt, const char *term, int magic) +{ + switch (magic) { + case 0: + opt = NULL; + break; + + case 1: + opt = prefix(opt, "builtin") ?: prefix(opt, "func"); + break; + + default: + opt += strcspn(opt, term); + break; + } + + if (opt && *opt == '%') + opt++; + + return opt; +} + +/* + * Do a path search. The variable path (passed by reference) should be + * set to the start of the path before the first call; padvance will update + * this value as it proceeds. Successive calls to padvance will return + * the possible path expansions in sequence. If an option (indicated by + * a percent sign) appears in the path entry then the global variable + * pathopt will be set to point to it; otherwise pathopt will be set to + * NULL. + * + * If magic is 0 then pathopt recognition will be disabled. If magic is + * 1 we shall recognise %builtin/%func. Otherwise we shall accept any + * pathopt. + */ + +const char *pathopt; + +int padvance_magic(const char **path, const char *name, int magic) +{ + const char *term = "%:"; + const char *lpathopt; + const char *p; + char *q; + const char *start; + size_t qlen; + size_t len; + + if (*path == NULL) + return -1; + + lpathopt = NULL; + start = *path; + + if (*start == '%' && (p = legal_pathopt(start + 1, term, magic))) { + lpathopt = start + 1; + start = p; + term = ":"; + } + + len = strcspn(start, term); + p = start + len; + + if (*p == '%') { + size_t extra = strchrnul(p, ':') - p; + + if (legal_pathopt(p + 1, term, magic)) + lpathopt = p + 1; + else + len += extra; + + p += extra; + } + + pathopt = lpathopt; + *path = *p == ':' ? p + 1 : NULL; + + /* "2" is for '/' and '\0' */ + qlen = len + strlen(name) + 2; + q = growstackto(qlen); + + if (likely(len)) { + q = mempcpy(q, start, len); + *q++ = '/'; + } + strcpy(q, name); + + return qlen; +} + + + +/*** Command hashing code ***/ + + +int +hashcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct tblentry **pp; + struct tblentry *cmdp; + int c; + struct cmdentry entry; + char *name; + + while ((c = nextopt("r")) != '\0') { + clearcmdentry(); + return 0; + } + if (*argptr == NULL) { + for (pp = cmdtable ; pp < &cmdtable[CMDTABLESIZE] ; pp++) { + for (cmdp = *pp ; cmdp ; cmdp = cmdp->next) { + if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDNORMAL) + printentry(cmdp); + } + } + return 0; + } + c = 0; + while ((name = *argptr) != NULL) { + if ((cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0)) && + (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDNORMAL || + (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDBUILTIN && + !(cmdp->param.cmd->flags & BUILTIN_REGULAR) && + builtinloc > 0))) + delete_cmd_entry(); + find_command(name, &entry, DO_ERR, pathval()); + if (entry.cmdtype == CMDUNKNOWN) + c = 1; + argptr++; + } + return c; +} + + +STATIC void +printentry(struct tblentry *cmdp) +{ + int idx; + const char *path; + char *name; + + idx = cmdp->param.index; + path = pathval(); + do { + padvance(&path, cmdp->cmdname); + } while (--idx >= 0); + name = stackblock(); + out1str(name); + out1fmt(snlfmt, cmdp->rehash ? "*" : nullstr); +} + + + +/* + * Resolve a command name. If you change this routine, you may have to + * change the shellexec routine as well. + */ + +void +find_command(char *name, struct cmdentry *entry, int act, const char *path) +{ + struct tblentry *cmdp; + int idx; + int prev; + char *fullname; + struct stat64 statb; + int e; + int updatetbl; + struct builtincmd *bcmd; + int len; + + /* If name contains a slash, don't use PATH or hash table */ + if (strchr(name, '/') != NULL) { + entry->u.index = -1; + if (act & DO_ABS) { + while (stat64(name, &statb) < 0) { +#ifdef SYSV + if (errno == EINTR) + continue; +#endif + entry->cmdtype = CMDUNKNOWN; + return; + } + } + entry->cmdtype = CMDNORMAL; + return; + } + + updatetbl = (path == pathval()); + if (!updatetbl) + act |= DO_ALTPATH; + + /* If name is in the table, check answer will be ok */ + if ((cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0)) != NULL) { + int bit; + + switch (cmdp->cmdtype) { + default: +#if DEBUG + abort(); +#endif + case CMDNORMAL: + bit = DO_ALTPATH | DO_REGBLTIN; + break; + case CMDFUNCTION: + bit = DO_NOFUNC; + break; + case CMDBUILTIN: + bit = cmdp->param.cmd->flags & BUILTIN_REGULAR ? + 0 : DO_REGBLTIN; + break; + } + if (act & bit) { + if (act & bit & DO_REGBLTIN) + goto fail; + + updatetbl = 0; + cmdp = NULL; + } else if (cmdp->rehash == 0) + /* if not invalidated by cd, we're done */ + goto success; + } + + /* If %builtin not in path, check for builtin next */ + bcmd = find_builtin(name); + if (bcmd && ((bcmd->flags & BUILTIN_REGULAR) | (act & DO_ALTPATH) | + (builtinloc <= 0))) + goto builtin_success; + + if (act & DO_REGBLTIN) + goto fail; + + /* We have to search path. */ + prev = -1; /* where to start */ + if (cmdp && cmdp->rehash) { /* doing a rehash */ + if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDBUILTIN) + prev = builtinloc; + else + prev = cmdp->param.index; + } + + e = ENOENT; + idx = -1; +loop: + while ((len = padvance(&path, name)) >= 0) { + const char *lpathopt = pathopt; + + fullname = stackblock(); + idx++; + if (lpathopt) { + if (*lpathopt == 'b') { + if (bcmd) + goto builtin_success; + continue; + } else if (!(act & DO_NOFUNC)) { + /* handled below */ + } else { + /* ignore unimplemented options */ + continue; + } + } + /* if rehash, don't redo absolute path names */ + if (fullname[0] == '/' && idx <= prev) { + if (idx < prev) + continue; + TRACE(("searchexec \"%s\": no change\n", name)); + goto success; + } + while (stat64(fullname, &statb) < 0) { +#ifdef SYSV + if (errno == EINTR) + continue; +#endif + if (errno != ENOENT && errno != ENOTDIR) + e = errno; + goto loop; + } + e = EACCES; /* if we fail, this will be the error */ + if (!S_ISREG(statb.st_mode)) + continue; + if (lpathopt) { /* this is a %func directory */ + stalloc(len); + readcmdfile(fullname); + if ((cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0)) == NULL || + cmdp->cmdtype != CMDFUNCTION) + sh_error("%s not defined in %s", name, + fullname); + stunalloc(fullname); + goto success; + } +#ifdef notdef + /* XXX this code stops root executing stuff, and is buggy + if you need a group from the group list. */ + if (statb.st_uid == geteuid()) { + if ((statb.st_mode & 0100) == 0) + goto loop; + } else if (statb.st_gid == getegid()) { + if ((statb.st_mode & 010) == 0) + goto loop; + } else { + if ((statb.st_mode & 01) == 0) + goto loop; + } +#endif + TRACE(("searchexec \"%s\" returns \"%s\"\n", name, fullname)); + if (!updatetbl) { + entry->cmdtype = CMDNORMAL; + entry->u.index = idx; + return; + } + INTOFF; + cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 1); + cmdp->cmdtype = CMDNORMAL; + cmdp->param.index = idx; + INTON; + goto success; + } + + /* We failed. If there was an entry for this command, delete it */ + if (cmdp && updatetbl) + delete_cmd_entry(); + if (act & DO_ERR) + sh_warnx("%s: %s", name, errmsg(e, E_EXEC)); +fail: + entry->cmdtype = CMDUNKNOWN; + return; + +builtin_success: + if (!updatetbl) { + entry->cmdtype = CMDBUILTIN; + entry->u.cmd = bcmd; + return; + } + INTOFF; + cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 1); + cmdp->cmdtype = CMDBUILTIN; + cmdp->param.cmd = bcmd; + INTON; +success: + cmdp->rehash = 0; + entry->cmdtype = cmdp->cmdtype; + entry->u = cmdp->param; +} + + + +/* + * Search the table of builtin commands. + */ + +struct builtincmd * +find_builtin(const char *name) +{ + struct builtincmd *bp; + + bp = bsearch( + &name, builtincmd, NUMBUILTINS, sizeof(struct builtincmd), + pstrcmp + ); + return bp; +} + + + +/* + * Called when a cd is done. Marks all commands so the next time they + * are executed they will be rehashed. + */ + +void +hashcd(void) +{ + struct tblentry **pp; + struct tblentry *cmdp; + + for (pp = cmdtable ; pp < &cmdtable[CMDTABLESIZE] ; pp++) { + for (cmdp = *pp ; cmdp ; cmdp = cmdp->next) { + if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDNORMAL || ( + cmdp->cmdtype == CMDBUILTIN && + !(cmdp->param.cmd->flags & BUILTIN_REGULAR) && + builtinloc > 0 + )) + cmdp->rehash = 1; + } + } +} + + + +/* + * Fix command hash table when PATH changed. + * Called before PATH is changed. The argument is the new value of PATH; + * pathval() still returns the old value at this point. + * Called with interrupts off. + */ + +void +changepath(const char *newval) +{ + const char *new; + int idx; + int bltin; + + new = newval; + idx = 0; + bltin = -1; + for (;;) { + if (*new == '%' && prefix(new + 1, "builtin")) { + bltin = idx; + break; + } + new = strchr(new, ':'); + if (!new) + break; + idx++; + new++; + } + builtinloc = bltin; + clearcmdentry(); +} + + +/* + * Clear out command entries. The argument specifies the first entry in + * PATH which has changed. + */ + +STATIC void +clearcmdentry(void) +{ + struct tblentry **tblp; + struct tblentry **pp; + struct tblentry *cmdp; + + INTOFF; + for (tblp = cmdtable ; tblp < &cmdtable[CMDTABLESIZE] ; tblp++) { + pp = tblp; + while ((cmdp = *pp) != NULL) { + if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDNORMAL || + (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDBUILTIN && + !(cmdp->param.cmd->flags & BUILTIN_REGULAR) && + builtinloc > 0)) { + *pp = cmdp->next; + ckfree(cmdp); + } else { + pp = &cmdp->next; + } + } + } + INTON; +} + + + +/* + * Locate a command in the command hash table. If "add" is nonzero, + * add the command to the table if it is not already present. The + * variable "lastcmdentry" is set to point to the address of the link + * pointing to the entry, so that delete_cmd_entry can delete the + * entry. + * + * Interrupts must be off if called with add != 0. + */ + +struct tblentry **lastcmdentry; + + +STATIC struct tblentry * +cmdlookup(const char *name, int add) +{ + unsigned int hashval; + const char *p; + struct tblentry *cmdp; + struct tblentry **pp; + + p = name; + hashval = (unsigned char)*p << 4; + while (*p) + hashval += (unsigned char)*p++; + hashval &= 0x7FFF; + pp = &cmdtable[hashval % CMDTABLESIZE]; + for (cmdp = *pp ; cmdp ; cmdp = cmdp->next) { + if (equal(cmdp->cmdname, name)) + break; + pp = &cmdp->next; + } + if (add && cmdp == NULL) { + cmdp = *pp = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct tblentry) - ARB + + strlen(name) + 1); + cmdp->next = NULL; + cmdp->cmdtype = CMDUNKNOWN; + strcpy(cmdp->cmdname, name); + } + lastcmdentry = pp; + return cmdp; +} + +/* + * Delete the command entry returned on the last lookup. + */ + +STATIC void +delete_cmd_entry(void) +{ + struct tblentry *cmdp; + + INTOFF; + cmdp = *lastcmdentry; + *lastcmdentry = cmdp->next; + if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDFUNCTION) + freefunc(cmdp->param.func); + ckfree(cmdp); + INTON; +} + + + +#ifdef notdef +void +getcmdentry(char *name, struct cmdentry *entry) +{ + struct tblentry *cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0); + + if (cmdp) { + entry->u = cmdp->param; + entry->cmdtype = cmdp->cmdtype; + } else { + entry->cmdtype = CMDUNKNOWN; + entry->u.index = 0; + } +} +#endif + + +/* + * Add a new command entry, replacing any existing command entry for + * the same name - except special builtins. + */ + +STATIC void +addcmdentry(char *name, struct cmdentry *entry) +{ + struct tblentry *cmdp; + + cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 1); + if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDFUNCTION) { + freefunc(cmdp->param.func); + } + cmdp->cmdtype = entry->cmdtype; + cmdp->param = entry->u; + cmdp->rehash = 0; +} + + +/* + * Define a shell function. + */ + +void +defun(union node *func) +{ + struct cmdentry entry; + + INTOFF; + entry.cmdtype = CMDFUNCTION; + entry.u.func = copyfunc(func); + addcmdentry(func->ndefun.text, &entry); + INTON; +} + + +/* + * Delete a function if it exists. + */ + +void +unsetfunc(const char *name) +{ + struct tblentry *cmdp; + + if ((cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0)) != NULL && + cmdp->cmdtype == CMDFUNCTION) + delete_cmd_entry(); +} + +/* + * Locate and print what a word is... + */ + +int +typecmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int i; + int err = 0; + + for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) { + err |= describe_command(out1, argv[i], NULL, 1); + } + return err; +} + +STATIC int +describe_command(out, command, path, verbose) + struct output *out; + char *command; + const char *path; + int verbose; +{ + struct cmdentry entry; + struct tblentry *cmdp; + const struct alias *ap; + + if (verbose) { + outstr(command, out); + } + + /* First look at the keywords */ + if (findkwd(command)) { + outstr(verbose ? " is a shell keyword" : command, out); + goto out; + } + + /* Then look at the aliases */ + if ((ap = lookupalias(command, 0)) != NULL) { + if (verbose) { + outfmt(out, " is an alias for %s", ap->val); + } else { + outstr("alias ", out); + printalias(ap); + return 0; + } + goto out; + } + + /* Then if the standard search path is used, check if it is + * a tracked alias. + */ + if (path == NULL) { + path = pathval(); + cmdp = cmdlookup(command, 0); + } else { + cmdp = NULL; + } + + if (cmdp != NULL) { + entry.cmdtype = cmdp->cmdtype; + entry.u = cmdp->param; + } else { + /* Finally use brute force */ + find_command(command, &entry, DO_ABS, path); + } + + switch (entry.cmdtype) { + case CMDNORMAL: { + int j = entry.u.index; + char *p; + if (j == -1) { + p = command; + } else { + do { + padvance(&path, command); + } while (--j >= 0); + p = stackblock(); + } + if (verbose) { + outfmt( + out, " is%s %s", + cmdp ? " a tracked alias for" : nullstr, p + ); + } else { + outstr(p, out); + } + break; + } + + case CMDFUNCTION: + if (verbose) { + outstr(" is a shell function", out); + } else { + outstr(command, out); + } + break; + + case CMDBUILTIN: + if (verbose) { + outfmt( + out, " is a %sshell builtin", + entry.u.cmd->flags & BUILTIN_SPECIAL ? + "special " : nullstr + ); + } else { + outstr(command, out); + } + break; + + default: + if (verbose) { + outstr(": not found\n", out); + } + return 127; + } + +out: + outc('\n', out); + return 0; +} + +int +commandcmd(argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + char *cmd; + int c; + enum { + VERIFY_BRIEF = 1, + VERIFY_VERBOSE = 2, + } verify = 0; + const char *path = NULL; + + while ((c = nextopt("pvV")) != '\0') + if (c == 'V') + verify |= VERIFY_VERBOSE; + else if (c == 'v') + verify |= VERIFY_BRIEF; +#ifdef DEBUG + else if (c != 'p') + abort(); +#endif + else + path = defpath; + + cmd = *argptr; + if (verify && cmd) + return describe_command(out1, cmd, path, verify - VERIFY_BRIEF); + + return 0; +} diff --git a/src/exec.h b/src/exec.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..423b07e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/exec.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)exec.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 6/8/95 + */ + +/* values of cmdtype */ +#define CMDUNKNOWN -1 /* no entry in table for command */ +#define CMDNORMAL 0 /* command is an executable program */ +#define CMDFUNCTION 1 /* command is a shell function */ +#define CMDBUILTIN 2 /* command is a shell builtin */ + + +struct cmdentry { + int cmdtype; + union param { + int index; + const struct builtincmd *cmd; + struct funcnode *func; + } u; +}; + + +/* action to find_command() */ +#define DO_ERR 0x01 /* prints errors */ +#define DO_ABS 0x02 /* checks absolute paths */ +#define DO_NOFUNC 0x04 /* don't return shell functions, for command */ +#define DO_ALTPATH 0x08 /* using alternate path */ +#define DO_REGBLTIN 0x10 /* regular built-ins and functions only */ + +union node; + +extern const char *pathopt; /* set by padvance */ + +void shellexec(char **, const char *, int) + __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +int padvance_magic(const char **path, const char *name, int magic); +int hashcmd(int, char **); +void find_command(char *, struct cmdentry *, int, const char *); +struct builtincmd *find_builtin(const char *); +void hashcd(void); +void changepath(const char *); +#ifdef notdef +void getcmdentry(char *, struct cmdentry *); +#endif +void defun(union node *); +void unsetfunc(const char *); +int typecmd(int, char **); +int commandcmd(int, char **); + +static inline int padvance(const char **path, const char *name) +{ + return padvance_magic(path, name, 1); +} diff --git a/src/expand.c b/src/expand.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1730670e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/expand.c @@ -0,0 +1,1753 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef HAVE_GETPWNAM +#include +#endif +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH +#include +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_GLOB +#include +#endif +#include +#include + +/* + * Routines to expand arguments to commands. We have to deal with + * backquotes, shell variables, and file metacharacters. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "eval.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "system.h" + +/* + * _rmescape() flags + */ +#define RMESCAPE_ALLOC 0x1 /* Allocate a new string */ +#define RMESCAPE_GLOB 0x2 /* Add backslashes for glob */ +#define RMESCAPE_GROW 0x8 /* Grow strings instead of stalloc */ +#define RMESCAPE_HEAP 0x10 /* Malloc strings instead of stalloc */ + +/* Add CTLESC when necessary. */ +#define QUOTES_ESC (EXP_FULL | EXP_CASE) + +/* + * Structure specifying which parts of the string should be searched + * for IFS characters. + */ + +struct ifsregion { + struct ifsregion *next; /* next region in list */ + int begoff; /* offset of start of region */ + int endoff; /* offset of end of region */ + int nulonly; /* search for nul bytes only */ +}; + +/* output of current string */ +static char *expdest; +/* list of back quote expressions */ +static struct nodelist *argbackq; +/* first struct in list of ifs regions */ +static struct ifsregion ifsfirst; +/* last struct in list */ +static struct ifsregion *ifslastp; +/* holds expanded arg list */ +static struct arglist exparg; + +static char *argstr(char *p, int flag); +static char *exptilde(char *startp, int flag); +static char *expari(char *start, int flag); +STATIC void expbackq(union node *, int); +STATIC char *evalvar(char *, int); +static size_t strtodest(const char *p, int flags); +static size_t memtodest(const char *p, size_t len, int flags); +STATIC ssize_t varvalue(char *, int, int, int); +STATIC void expandmeta(struct strlist *); +#ifdef HAVE_GLOB +STATIC void addglob(const glob_t *); +#else +STATIC void expmeta(char *, unsigned, unsigned); +STATIC struct strlist *expsort(struct strlist *); +STATIC struct strlist *msort(struct strlist *, int); +#endif +STATIC void addfname(char *); +STATIC int patmatch(char *, const char *); +#ifndef HAVE_FNMATCH +STATIC int pmatch(const char *, const char *); +#else +#define pmatch(a, b) !fnmatch((a), (b), 0) +#endif +static size_t cvtnum(intmax_t num, int flags); +STATIC size_t esclen(const char *, const char *); +STATIC char *scanleft(char *, char *, char *, char *, int, int); +STATIC char *scanright(char *, char *, char *, char *, int, int); +STATIC void varunset(const char *, const char *, const char *, int) + __attribute__((__noreturn__)); + + +/* + * Prepare a pattern for a glob(3) call. + * + * Returns an stalloced string. + */ + +STATIC inline char * +preglob(const char *pattern, int flag) { + flag |= RMESCAPE_GLOB; + return _rmescapes((char *)pattern, flag); +} + + +STATIC size_t +esclen(const char *start, const char *p) { + size_t esc = 0; + + while (p > start && *--p == (char)CTLESC) { + esc++; + } + return esc; +} + + +static inline const char *getpwhome(const char *name) +{ +#ifdef HAVE_GETPWNAM + struct passwd *pw = getpwnam(name); + return pw ? pw->pw_dir : 0; +#else + return 0; +#endif +} + + +/* + * Perform variable substitution and command substitution on an argument, + * placing the resulting list of arguments in arglist. If EXP_FULL is true, + * perform splitting and file name expansion. When arglist is NULL, perform + * here document expansion. + */ + +void +expandarg(union node *arg, struct arglist *arglist, int flag) +{ + struct strlist *sp; + char *p; + + argbackq = arg->narg.backquote; + STARTSTACKSTR(expdest); + argstr(arg->narg.text, flag); + if (arglist == NULL) { + /* here document expanded */ + goto out; + } + p = grabstackstr(expdest); + exparg.lastp = &exparg.list; + /* + * TODO - EXP_REDIR + */ + if (flag & EXP_FULL) { + ifsbreakup(p, -1, &exparg); + *exparg.lastp = NULL; + exparg.lastp = &exparg.list; + expandmeta(exparg.list); + } else { + sp = (struct strlist *)stalloc(sizeof (struct strlist)); + sp->text = p; + *exparg.lastp = sp; + exparg.lastp = &sp->next; + } + *exparg.lastp = NULL; + if (exparg.list) { + *arglist->lastp = exparg.list; + arglist->lastp = exparg.lastp; + } + +out: + ifsfree(); +} + + + +/* + * Perform variable and command substitution. If EXP_FULL is set, output CTLESC + * characters to allow for further processing. Otherwise treat + * $@ like $* since no splitting will be performed. + */ + +static char *argstr(char *p, int flag) +{ + static const char spclchars[] = { + '=', + ':', + CTLQUOTEMARK, + CTLENDVAR, + CTLESC, + CTLVAR, + CTLBACKQ, + CTLARI, + CTLENDARI, + 0 + }; + const char *reject = spclchars; + int c; + int breakall = (flag & (EXP_WORD | EXP_QUOTED)) == EXP_WORD; + int inquotes; + size_t length; + int startloc; + + reject += !!(flag & EXP_VARTILDE2); + reject += flag & EXP_VARTILDE ? 0 : 2; + inquotes = 0; + length = 0; + if (flag & EXP_TILDE) { + flag &= ~EXP_TILDE; +tilde: + if (*p == '~') + p = exptilde(p, flag); + } +start: + startloc = expdest - (char *)stackblock(); + for (;;) { + int end; + + length += strcspn(p + length, reject); + end = 0; + c = (signed char)p[length]; + if (!(c & 0x80) || c == CTLENDARI || c == CTLENDVAR) { + /* + * c == '=' || c == ':' || c == '\0' || + * c == CTLENDARI || c == CTLENDVAR + */ + length++; + /* c == '\0' || c == CTLENDARI || c == CTLENDVAR */ + end = !!((c - 1) & 0x80); + } + if (length > 0 && !(flag & EXP_DISCARD)) { + int newloc; + char *q; + + q = stnputs(p, length, expdest); + q[-1] &= end - 1; + expdest = q - (flag & EXP_WORD ? end : 0); + newloc = q - (char *)stackblock() - end; + if (breakall && !inquotes && newloc > startloc) { + recordregion(startloc, newloc, 0); + } + startloc = newloc; + } + p += length + 1; + length = 0; + + if (end) + break; + + switch (c) { + case '=': + flag |= EXP_VARTILDE2; + reject++; + /* fall through */ + case ':': + /* + * sort of a hack - expand tildes in variable + * assignments (after the first '=' and after ':'s). + */ + if (*--p == '~') { + goto tilde; + } + continue; + case CTLQUOTEMARK: + /* "$@" syntax adherence hack */ + if (!inquotes && !memcmp(p, dolatstr + 1, + DOLATSTRLEN - 1)) { + p = evalvar(p + 1, flag | EXP_QUOTED) + 1; + goto start; + } + inquotes ^= EXP_QUOTED; +addquote: + if (flag & QUOTES_ESC) { + p--; + length++; + startloc++; + } + break; + case CTLESC: + startloc++; + length++; + goto addquote; + case CTLVAR: + p = evalvar(p, flag | inquotes); + goto start; + case CTLBACKQ: + expbackq(argbackq->n, flag | inquotes); + goto start; + case CTLARI: + p = expari(p, flag | inquotes); + goto start; + } + } + return p - 1; +} + +static char *exptilde(char *startp, int flag) +{ + signed char c; + char *name; + const char *home; + char *p; + + p = startp; + name = p + 1; + + while ((c = *++p) != '\0') { + switch(c) { + case CTLESC: + return (startp); + case CTLQUOTEMARK: + return (startp); + case ':': + if (flag & EXP_VARTILDE) + goto done; + break; + case '/': + case CTLENDVAR: + goto done; + } + } +done: + if (flag & EXP_DISCARD) + goto out; + *p = '\0'; + if (*name == '\0') { + home = lookupvar(homestr); + } else { + home = getpwhome(name); + } + *p = c; + if (!home) + goto lose; + strtodest(home, flag | EXP_QUOTED); +out: + return (p); +lose: + return (startp); +} + + +void +removerecordregions(int endoff) +{ + if (ifslastp == NULL) + return; + + if (ifsfirst.endoff > endoff) { + while (ifsfirst.next != NULL) { + struct ifsregion *ifsp; + INTOFF; + ifsp = ifsfirst.next->next; + ckfree(ifsfirst.next); + ifsfirst.next = ifsp; + INTON; + } + if (ifsfirst.begoff > endoff) + ifslastp = NULL; + else { + ifslastp = &ifsfirst; + ifsfirst.endoff = endoff; + } + return; + } + + ifslastp = &ifsfirst; + while (ifslastp->next && ifslastp->next->begoff < endoff) + ifslastp=ifslastp->next; + while (ifslastp->next != NULL) { + struct ifsregion *ifsp; + INTOFF; + ifsp = ifslastp->next->next; + ckfree(ifslastp->next); + ifslastp->next = ifsp; + INTON; + } + if (ifslastp->endoff > endoff) + ifslastp->endoff = endoff; +} + + +/* + * Expand arithmetic expression. Backup to start of expression, + * evaluate, place result in (backed up) result, adjust string position. + */ +static char *expari(char *start, int flag) +{ + struct stackmark sm; + int begoff; + int endoff; + int len; + intmax_t result; + char *p; + + p = stackblock(); + begoff = expdest - p; + p = argstr(start, flag & EXP_DISCARD); + + if (flag & EXP_DISCARD) + goto out; + + start = stackblock(); + endoff = expdest - start; + start += begoff; + STADJUST(start - expdest, expdest); + + removerecordregions(begoff); + + if (likely(flag & QUOTES_ESC)) + rmescapes(start); + + pushstackmark(&sm, endoff); + result = arith(start); + popstackmark(&sm); + + len = cvtnum(result, flag); + + if (likely(!(flag & EXP_QUOTED))) + recordregion(begoff, begoff + len, 0); + +out: + return p; +} + + +/* + * Expand stuff in backwards quotes. + */ + +STATIC void +expbackq(union node *cmd, int flag) +{ + struct backcmd in; + int i; + char buf[128]; + char *p; + char *dest; + int startloc; + struct stackmark smark; + + if (flag & EXP_DISCARD) + goto out; + + INTOFF; + startloc = expdest - (char *)stackblock(); + pushstackmark(&smark, startloc); + evalbackcmd(cmd, (struct backcmd *) &in); + popstackmark(&smark); + + p = in.buf; + i = in.nleft; + if (i == 0) + goto read; + for (;;) { + memtodest(p, i, flag); +read: + if (in.fd < 0) + break; + do { + i = read(in.fd, buf, sizeof buf); + } while (i < 0 && errno == EINTR); + TRACE(("expbackq: read returns %d\n", i)); + if (i <= 0) + break; + p = buf; + } + + if (in.buf) + ckfree(in.buf); + if (in.fd >= 0) { + close(in.fd); + back_exitstatus = waitforjob(in.jp); + } + INTON; + + /* Eat all trailing newlines */ + dest = expdest; + for (; dest > ((char *)stackblock() + startloc) && dest[-1] == '\n';) + STUNPUTC(dest); + expdest = dest; + + if (!(flag & EXP_QUOTED)) + recordregion(startloc, dest - (char *)stackblock(), 0); + TRACE(("evalbackq: size=%d: \"%.*s\"\n", + (dest - (char *)stackblock()) - startloc, + (dest - (char *)stackblock()) - startloc, + stackblock() + startloc)); + +out: + argbackq = argbackq->next; +} + + +STATIC char * +scanleft( + char *startp, char *rmesc, char *rmescend, char *str, int quotes, + int zero +) { + char *loc; + char *loc2; + char c; + + loc = startp; + loc2 = rmesc; + do { + int match; + const char *s = loc2; + c = *loc2; + if (zero) { + *loc2 = '\0'; + s = rmesc; + } + match = pmatch(str, s); + *loc2 = c; + if (match) + return loc; + if (quotes && *loc == (char)CTLESC) + loc++; + loc++; + loc2++; + } while (c); + return 0; +} + + +STATIC char * +scanright( + char *startp, char *rmesc, char *rmescend, char *str, int quotes, + int zero +) { + int esc = 0; + char *loc; + char *loc2; + + for (loc = str - 1, loc2 = rmescend; loc >= startp; loc2--) { + int match; + char c = *loc2; + const char *s = loc2; + if (zero) { + *loc2 = '\0'; + s = rmesc; + } + match = pmatch(str, s); + *loc2 = c; + if (match) + return loc; + loc--; + if (quotes) { + if (--esc < 0) { + esc = esclen(startp, loc); + } + if (esc % 2) { + esc--; + loc--; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +static char *subevalvar(char *start, char *str, int strloc, int startloc, + int varflags, int flag) +{ + int subtype = varflags & VSTYPE; + int quotes = flag & QUOTES_ESC; + char *startp; + char *loc; + long amount; + char *rmesc, *rmescend; + int zero; + char *(*scan)(char *, char *, char *, char *, int , int); + char *p; + + p = argstr(start, (flag & EXP_DISCARD) | EXP_TILDE | + (str ? 0 : EXP_CASE)); + if (flag & EXP_DISCARD) + return p; + + startp = stackblock() + startloc; + + switch (subtype) { + case VSASSIGN: + setvar(str, startp, 0); + + loc = startp; + goto out; + + case VSQUESTION: + varunset(start, str, startp, varflags); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + + subtype -= VSTRIMRIGHT; +#ifdef DEBUG + if (subtype < 0 || subtype > 3) + abort(); +#endif + + rmesc = startp; + rmescend = stackblock() + strloc; + if (quotes) { + rmesc = _rmescapes(startp, RMESCAPE_ALLOC | RMESCAPE_GROW); + if (rmesc != startp) { + rmescend = expdest; + startp = stackblock() + startloc; + } + } + rmescend--; + str = stackblock() + strloc; + preglob(str, 0); + + /* zero = subtype == VSTRIMLEFT || subtype == VSTRIMLEFTMAX */ + zero = subtype >> 1; + /* VSTRIMLEFT/VSTRIMRIGHTMAX -> scanleft */ + scan = (subtype & 1) ^ zero ? scanleft : scanright; + + loc = scan(startp, rmesc, rmescend, str, quotes, zero); + if (loc) { + if (zero) { + memmove(startp, loc, str - loc); + loc = startp + (str - loc) - 1; + } + *loc = '\0'; + } else + loc = str - 1; + +out: + amount = loc - expdest; + STADJUST(amount, expdest); + + /* Remove any recorded regions beyond start of variable */ + removerecordregions(startloc); + + return p; +} + + +/* + * Expand a variable, and return a pointer to the next character in the + * input string. + */ +STATIC char * +evalvar(char *p, int flag) +{ + int subtype; + int varflags; + char *var; + int patloc; + int startloc; + ssize_t varlen; + int discard; + int quoted; + + varflags = *p++; + subtype = varflags & VSTYPE; + + quoted = flag & EXP_QUOTED; + var = p; + startloc = expdest - (char *)stackblock(); + p = strchr(p, '=') + 1; + +again: + varlen = varvalue(var, varflags, flag, quoted); + if (varflags & VSNUL) + varlen--; + + discard = varlen < 0 ? EXP_DISCARD : 0; + + switch (subtype) { + case VSPLUS: + discard ^= EXP_DISCARD; + /* fall through */ + + case 0: + case VSMINUS: + p = argstr(p, flag | EXP_TILDE | EXP_WORD | + (discard ^ EXP_DISCARD)); + goto record; + + case VSASSIGN: + case VSQUESTION: + p = subevalvar(p, var, 0, startloc, varflags, + (flag & ~QUOTES_ESC) | + (discard ^ EXP_DISCARD)); + + if ((flag | ~discard) & EXP_DISCARD) + goto record; + + varflags &= ~VSNUL; + subtype = VSNORMAL; + goto again; + } + + if ((discard & ~flag) && uflag) + varunset(p, var, 0, 0); + + if (subtype == VSLENGTH) { + p++; + if (flag & EXP_DISCARD) + return p; + cvtnum(varlen > 0 ? varlen : 0, flag); + goto really_record; + } + + if (subtype == VSNORMAL) + goto record; + +#ifdef DEBUG + switch (subtype) { + case VSTRIMLEFT: + case VSTRIMLEFTMAX: + case VSTRIMRIGHT: + case VSTRIMRIGHTMAX: + break; + default: + abort(); + } +#endif + + flag |= discard; + if (!(flag & EXP_DISCARD)) { + /* + * Terminate the string and start recording the pattern + * right after it + */ + STPUTC('\0', expdest); + } + + patloc = expdest - (char *)stackblock(); + p = subevalvar(p, NULL, patloc, startloc, varflags, flag); + +record: + if ((flag | discard) & EXP_DISCARD) + return p; + +really_record: + if (quoted) { + quoted = *var == '@' && shellparam.nparam; + if (!quoted) + return p; + } + recordregion(startloc, expdest - (char *)stackblock(), quoted); + return p; +} + + +/* + * Put a string on the stack. + */ + +static size_t memtodest(const char *p, size_t len, int flags) +{ + const char *syntax = flags & EXP_QUOTED ? DQSYNTAX : BASESYNTAX; + char *q; + char *s; + + if (unlikely(!len)) + return 0; + + q = makestrspace(len * 2, expdest); + s = q; + + do { + int c = (signed char)*p++; + if (c) { + if ((flags & QUOTES_ESC) && + ((syntax[c] == CCTL) || + (flags & EXP_QUOTED && syntax[c] == CBACK))) + USTPUTC(CTLESC, q); + } else if (!(flags & EXP_KEEPNUL)) + continue; + USTPUTC(c, q); + } while (--len); + + expdest = q; + return q - s; +} + + +static size_t strtodest(const char *p, int flags) +{ + size_t len = strlen(p); + memtodest(p, len, flags); + return len; +} + + + +/* + * Add the value of a specialized variable to the stack string. + */ + +STATIC ssize_t +varvalue(char *name, int varflags, int flags, int quoted) +{ + int num; + char *p; + int i; + int sep; + char sepc; + char **ap; + int subtype = varflags & VSTYPE; + int discard = (subtype == VSPLUS || subtype == VSLENGTH) | + (flags & EXP_DISCARD); + ssize_t len = 0; + char c; + + if (!subtype) { + if (discard) + return -1; + + sh_error("Bad substitution"); + } + + flags |= EXP_KEEPNUL; + flags &= discard ? ~QUOTES_ESC : ~0; + sep = (flags & EXP_FULL) << CHAR_BIT; + + switch (*name) { + case '$': + num = rootpid; + goto numvar; + case '?': + num = exitstatus; + goto numvar; + case '#': + num = shellparam.nparam; + goto numvar; + case '!': + num = backgndpid; + if (num == 0) + return -1; +numvar: + len = cvtnum(num, flags); + break; + case '-': + p = makestrspace(NOPTS, expdest); + for (i = NOPTS - 1; i >= 0; i--) { + if (optlist[i] && optletters[i]) { + USTPUTC(optletters[i], p); + len++; + } + } + expdest = p; + break; + case '@': + if (quoted && sep) + goto param; + /* fall through */ + case '*': + /* We will set c to 0 or ~0 depending on whether + * we're doing field splitting. We won't do field + * splitting if either we're quoted or sep is zero. + * + * Instead of testing (quoted || !sep) the following + * trick optimises away any branches by using the + * fact that EXP_QUOTED (which is the only bit that + * can be set in quoted) is the same as EXP_FULL << + * CHAR_BIT (which is the only bit that can be set + * in sep). + */ +#if EXP_QUOTED >> CHAR_BIT != EXP_FULL +#error The following two lines expect EXP_QUOTED == EXP_FULL << CHAR_BIT +#endif + c = !((quoted | ~sep) & EXP_QUOTED) - 1; + sep &= ~quoted; + sep |= ifsset() ? (unsigned char)(c & ifsval()[0]) : ' '; +param: + sepc = sep; + if (!(ap = shellparam.p)) + return -1; + while ((p = *ap++)) { + len += strtodest(p, flags); + + if (*ap && sep) { + len++; + memtodest(&sepc, 1, flags); + } + } + break; + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + num = atoi(name); + if (num < 0 || num > shellparam.nparam) + return -1; + p = num ? shellparam.p[num - 1] : arg0; + goto value; + default: + p = lookupvar(name); +value: + if (!p) + return -1; + + len = strtodest(p, flags); + break; + } + + if (discard) + STADJUST(-len, expdest); + + return len; +} + + + +/* + * Record the fact that we have to scan this region of the + * string for IFS characters. + */ + +void +recordregion(int start, int end, int nulonly) +{ + struct ifsregion *ifsp; + + if (ifslastp == NULL) { + ifsp = &ifsfirst; + } else { + INTOFF; + ifsp = (struct ifsregion *)ckmalloc(sizeof (struct ifsregion)); + ifsp->next = NULL; + ifslastp->next = ifsp; + INTON; + } + ifslastp = ifsp; + ifslastp->begoff = start; + ifslastp->endoff = end; + ifslastp->nulonly = nulonly; +} + + + +/* + * Break the argument string into pieces based upon IFS and add the + * strings to the argument list. The regions of the string to be + * searched for IFS characters have been stored by recordregion. + * If maxargs is non-negative, at most maxargs arguments will be created, by + * joining together the last arguments. + */ +void +ifsbreakup(char *string, int maxargs, struct arglist *arglist) +{ + struct ifsregion *ifsp; + struct strlist *sp; + char *start; + char *p; + char *q; + char *r = NULL; + const char *ifs, *realifs; + int ifsspc; + int nulonly; + + + start = string; + if (ifslastp != NULL) { + ifsspc = 0; + nulonly = 0; + realifs = ifsset() ? ifsval() : defifs; + ifsp = &ifsfirst; + do { + int afternul; + + p = string + ifsp->begoff; + afternul = nulonly; + nulonly = ifsp->nulonly; + ifs = nulonly ? nullstr : realifs; + ifsspc = 0; + while (p < string + ifsp->endoff) { + int c; + bool isifs; + bool isdefifs; + + q = p; + c = *p++; + if (c == (char)CTLESC) + c = *p++; + + isifs = strchr(ifs, c); + isdefifs = false; + if (isifs) + isdefifs = strchr(defifs, c); + + /* If only reading one more argument: + * If we have exactly one field, + * read that field without its terminator. + * If we have more than one field, + * read all fields including their terminators, + * except for trailing IFS whitespace. + * + * This means that if we have only IFS + * characters left, and at most one + * of them is non-whitespace, we stop + * reading here. + * Otherwise, we read all the remaining + * characters except for trailing + * IFS whitespace. + * + * In any case, r indicates the start + * of the characters to remove, or NULL + * if no characters should be removed. + */ + if (!maxargs) { + if (isdefifs) { + if (!r) + r = q; + continue; + } + + if (!(isifs && ifsspc)) + r = NULL; + + ifsspc = 0; + continue; + } + + if (ifsspc) { + if (isifs) + q = p; + + start = q; + + if (isdefifs) + continue; + + isifs = false; + } + + if (isifs) { + if (!(afternul || nulonly)) + ifsspc = isdefifs; + /* Ignore IFS whitespace at start */ + if (q == start && ifsspc) { + start = p; + ifsspc = 0; + continue; + } + if (maxargs > 0 && !--maxargs) { + r = q; + continue; + } + *q = '\0'; + sp = (struct strlist *)stalloc(sizeof *sp); + sp->text = start; + *arglist->lastp = sp; + arglist->lastp = &sp->next; + start = p; + continue; + } + + ifsspc = 0; + } + } while ((ifsp = ifsp->next) != NULL); + if (nulonly) + goto add; + } + + if (r) + *r = '\0'; + + if (!*start) + return; + +add: + sp = (struct strlist *)stalloc(sizeof *sp); + sp->text = start; + *arglist->lastp = sp; + arglist->lastp = &sp->next; +} + +void ifsfree(void) +{ + struct ifsregion *p = ifsfirst.next; + + if (!p) + goto out; + + INTOFF; + do { + struct ifsregion *ifsp; + ifsp = p->next; + ckfree(p); + p = ifsp; + } while (p); + ifsfirst.next = NULL; + INTON; + +out: + ifslastp = NULL; +} + + + +/* + * Expand shell metacharacters. At this point, the only control characters + * should be escapes. The results are stored in the list exparg. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_GLOB +STATIC void +expandmeta(struct strlist *str) +{ + /* TODO - EXP_REDIR */ + + while (str) { + const char *p; + glob_t pglob; + int i; + + if (fflag) + goto nometa; + INTOFF; + p = preglob(str->text, RMESCAPE_ALLOC | RMESCAPE_HEAP); + i = glob(p, GLOB_NOMAGIC, 0, &pglob); + if (p != str->text) + ckfree(p); + switch (i) { + case 0: + if ((pglob.gl_flags & (GLOB_NOMAGIC | GLOB_NOCHECK)) == + (GLOB_NOMAGIC | GLOB_NOCHECK)) + goto nometa2; + addglob(&pglob); + globfree(&pglob); + INTON; + break; + case GLOB_NOMATCH: +nometa2: + globfree(&pglob); + INTON; +nometa: + *exparg.lastp = str; + rmescapes(str->text); + exparg.lastp = &str->next; + break; + default: /* GLOB_NOSPACE */ + sh_error("Out of space"); + } + str = str->next; + } +} + + +/* + * Add the result of glob(3) to the list. + */ + +STATIC void +addglob(pglob) + const glob_t *pglob; +{ + char **p = pglob->gl_pathv; + + do { + addfname(*p); + } while (*++p); +} + + +#else /* HAVE_GLOB */ +STATIC char *expdir; +STATIC unsigned expdir_max; + + +STATIC void +expandmeta(struct strlist *str) +{ + static const char metachars[] = { + '*', '?', '[', 0 + }; + /* TODO - EXP_REDIR */ + + while (str) { + struct strlist **savelastp; + struct strlist *sp; + char *p; + unsigned len; + + if (fflag) + goto nometa; + if (!strpbrk(str->text, metachars)) + goto nometa; + savelastp = exparg.lastp; + + INTOFF; + p = preglob(str->text, RMESCAPE_ALLOC | RMESCAPE_HEAP); + len = strlen(p); + expdir_max = len + PATH_MAX; + expdir = ckmalloc(expdir_max); + + expmeta(p, len, 0); + ckfree(expdir); + if (p != str->text) + ckfree(p); + INTON; + if (exparg.lastp == savelastp) { + /* + * no matches + */ +nometa: + *exparg.lastp = str; + rmescapes(str->text); + exparg.lastp = &str->next; + } else { + *exparg.lastp = NULL; + *savelastp = sp = expsort(*savelastp); + while (sp->next != NULL) + sp = sp->next; + exparg.lastp = &sp->next; + } + str = str->next; + } +} + + +/* + * Do metacharacter (i.e. *, ?, [...]) expansion. + */ + +STATIC void +expmeta(char *name, unsigned name_len, unsigned expdir_len) +{ + char *enddir = expdir + expdir_len; + char *p; + const char *cp; + char *start; + char *endname; + int metaflag; + struct stat64 statb; + DIR *dirp; + struct dirent64 *dp; + int atend; + int matchdot; + int esc; + + metaflag = 0; + start = name; + for (p = name; esc = 0, *p; p += esc + 1) { + if (*p == '*' || *p == '?') + metaflag = 1; + else if (*p == '[') { + char *q = p + 1; + if (*q == '!') + q++; + for (;;) { + if (*q == '\\') + q++; + if (*q == '/' || *q == '\0') + break; + if (*++q == ']') { + metaflag = 1; + break; + } + } + } else { + if (*p == '\\' && p[1]) + esc++; + if (p[esc] == '/') { + if (metaflag) + break; + start = p + esc + 1; + } + } + } + if (metaflag == 0) { /* we've reached the end of the file name */ + if (!expdir_len) + return; + p = name; + do { + if (*p == '\\' && p[1]) + p++; + *enddir++ = *p; + } while (*p++); + if (lstat64(expdir, &statb) >= 0) + addfname(expdir); + return; + } + endname = p; + if (name < start) { + p = name; + do { + if (*p == '\\' && p[1]) + p++; + *enddir++ = *p++; + } while (p < start); + } + *enddir = 0; + cp = expdir; + expdir_len = enddir - cp; + if (!expdir_len) + cp = "."; + if ((dirp = opendir(cp)) == NULL) + return; + if (*endname == 0) { + atend = 1; + } else { + atend = 0; + *endname = '\0'; + endname += esc + 1; + } + name_len -= endname - name; + matchdot = 0; + p = start; + if (*p == '\\') + p++; + if (*p == '.') + matchdot++; + while (! int_pending() && (dp = readdir64(dirp)) != NULL) { + if (dp->d_name[0] == '.' && ! matchdot) + continue; + if (pmatch(start, dp->d_name)) { + if (atend) { + scopy(dp->d_name, enddir); + addfname(expdir); + } else { + unsigned offset; + unsigned len; + + p = stpcpy(enddir, dp->d_name); + *p = '/'; + + offset = p - expdir + 1; + len = offset + name_len + NAME_MAX; + if (len > expdir_max) { + len += PATH_MAX; + expdir = ckrealloc(expdir, len); + expdir_max = len; + } + + expmeta(endname, name_len, offset); + enddir = expdir + expdir_len; + } + } + } + closedir(dirp); + if (! atend) + endname[-esc - 1] = esc ? '\\' : '/'; +} +#endif /* HAVE_GLOB */ + + +/* + * Add a file name to the list. + */ + +STATIC void +addfname(char *name) +{ + struct strlist *sp; + + sp = (struct strlist *)stalloc(sizeof *sp); + sp->text = sstrdup(name); + *exparg.lastp = sp; + exparg.lastp = &sp->next; +} + + +#ifndef HAVE_GLOB +/* + * Sort the results of file name expansion. It calculates the number of + * strings to sort and then calls msort (short for merge sort) to do the + * work. + */ + +STATIC struct strlist * +expsort(struct strlist *str) +{ + int len; + struct strlist *sp; + + len = 0; + for (sp = str ; sp ; sp = sp->next) + len++; + return msort(str, len); +} + + +STATIC struct strlist * +msort(struct strlist *list, int len) +{ + struct strlist *p, *q = NULL; + struct strlist **lpp; + int half; + int n; + + if (len <= 1) + return list; + half = len >> 1; + p = list; + for (n = half ; --n >= 0 ; ) { + q = p; + p = p->next; + } + q->next = NULL; /* terminate first half of list */ + q = msort(list, half); /* sort first half of list */ + p = msort(p, len - half); /* sort second half */ + lpp = &list; + for (;;) { + if (strcmp(p->text, q->text) < 0) { + *lpp = p; + lpp = &p->next; + if ((p = *lpp) == NULL) { + *lpp = q; + break; + } + } else { + *lpp = q; + lpp = &q->next; + if ((q = *lpp) == NULL) { + *lpp = p; + break; + } + } + } + return list; +} +#endif + + +/* + * Returns true if the pattern matches the string. + */ + +STATIC inline int +patmatch(char *pattern, const char *string) +{ + return pmatch(preglob(pattern, 0), string); +} + + +#ifndef HAVE_FNMATCH +STATIC int ccmatch(const char *p, int chr, const char **r) +{ + static const struct class { + char name[10]; + int (*fn)(int); + } classes[] = { + { .name = ":alnum:]", .fn = isalnum }, + { .name = ":cntrl:]", .fn = iscntrl }, + { .name = ":lower:]", .fn = islower }, + { .name = ":space:]", .fn = isspace }, + { .name = ":alpha:]", .fn = isalpha }, + { .name = ":digit:]", .fn = isdigit }, + { .name = ":print:]", .fn = isprint }, + { .name = ":upper:]", .fn = isupper }, + { .name = ":blank:]", .fn = isblank }, + { .name = ":graph:]", .fn = isgraph }, + { .name = ":punct:]", .fn = ispunct }, + { .name = ":xdigit:]", .fn = isxdigit }, + }; + const struct class *class, *end; + + end = classes + sizeof(classes) / sizeof(classes[0]); + for (class = classes; class < end; class++) { + const char *q; + + q = prefix(p, class->name); + if (!q) + continue; + *r = q; + return class->fn(chr); + } + + *r = 0; + return 0; +} + +STATIC int +pmatch(const char *pattern, const char *string) +{ + const char *p, *q; + char c; + + p = pattern; + q = string; + for (;;) { + switch (c = *p++) { + case '\0': + goto breakloop; + case '\\': + if (*p) { + c = *p++; + } + goto dft; + case '?': + if (*q++ == '\0') + return 0; + break; + case '*': + c = *p; + while (c == '*') + c = *++p; + if (c != '\\' && c != '?' && c != '*' && c != '[') { + while (*q != c) { + if (*q == '\0') + return 0; + q++; + } + } + do { + if (pmatch(p, q)) + return 1; + } while (*q++ != '\0'); + return 0; + case '[': { + const char *startp; + int invert, found; + char chr; + + startp = p; + invert = 0; + if (*p == '!') { + invert++; + p++; + } + found = 0; + chr = *q; + if (chr == '\0') + return 0; + c = *p++; + do { + if (!c) { + p = startp; + c = '['; + goto dft; + } + if (c == '[') { + const char *r; + + found |= !!ccmatch(p, chr, &r); + if (r) { + p = r; + continue; + } + } else if (c == '\\') + c = *p++; + if (*p == '-' && p[1] != ']') { + p++; + if (*p == '\\') + p++; + if (chr >= c && chr <= *p) + found = 1; + p++; + } else { + if (chr == c) + found = 1; + } + } while ((c = *p++) != ']'); + if (found == invert) + return 0; + q++; + break; + } +dft: default: + if (*q++ != c) + return 0; + break; + } + } +breakloop: + if (*q != '\0') + return 0; + return 1; +} +#endif + + + +/* + * Remove any CTLESC characters from a string. + */ + +char * +_rmescapes(char *str, int flag) +{ + char *p, *q, *r; + int notescaped; + int globbing; + + p = strpbrk(str, qchars); + if (!p) { + return str; + } + q = p; + r = str; + if (flag & RMESCAPE_ALLOC) { + size_t len = p - str; + size_t fulllen = len + strlen(p) + 1; + + if (flag & RMESCAPE_GROW) { + int strloc = str - (char *)stackblock(); + + r = makestrspace(fulllen, expdest); + str = (char *)stackblock() + strloc; + p = str + len; + } else if (flag & RMESCAPE_HEAP) { + r = ckmalloc(fulllen); + } else { + r = stalloc(fulllen); + } + q = r; + if (len > 0) { + q = mempcpy(q, str, len); + } + } + globbing = flag & RMESCAPE_GLOB; + notescaped = globbing; + while (*p) { + if (*p == (char)CTLQUOTEMARK) { + p++; + notescaped = globbing; + continue; + } + if (*p == '\\') { + /* naked back slash */ + notescaped = 0; + goto copy; + } + if (*p == (char)CTLESC) { + p++; + if (notescaped) + *q++ = '\\'; + } + notescaped = globbing; +copy: + *q++ = *p++; + } + *q = '\0'; + if (flag & RMESCAPE_GROW) { + expdest = r; + STADJUST(q - r + 1, expdest); + } + return r; +} + + + +/* + * See if a pattern matches in a case statement. + */ + +int +casematch(union node *pattern, char *val) +{ + struct stackmark smark; + int result; + + setstackmark(&smark); + argbackq = pattern->narg.backquote; + STARTSTACKSTR(expdest); + argstr(pattern->narg.text, EXP_TILDE | EXP_CASE); + ifsfree(); + result = patmatch(stackblock(), val); + popstackmark(&smark); + return result; +} + +/* + * Our own itoa(). + */ + +static size_t cvtnum(intmax_t num, int flags) +{ + int len = max_int_length(sizeof(num)); + char buf[len]; + + len = fmtstr(buf, len, "%" PRIdMAX, num); + return memtodest(buf, len, flags); +} + +STATIC void +varunset(const char *end, const char *var, const char *umsg, int varflags) +{ + const char *msg; + const char *tail; + + tail = nullstr; + msg = "parameter not set"; + if (umsg) { + if (*end == (char)CTLENDVAR) { + if (varflags & VSNUL) + tail = " or null"; + } else + msg = umsg; + } + sh_error("%.*s: %s%s", end - var - 1, var, msg, tail); +} + +#ifdef mkinit + +INCLUDE "expand.h" + +EXITRESET { + ifsfree(); +} + +#endif diff --git a/src/expand.h b/src/expand.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c44b8481 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/expand.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)expand.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include + +struct strlist { + struct strlist *next; + char *text; +}; + + +struct arglist { + struct strlist *list; + struct strlist **lastp; +}; + +/* + * expandarg() flags + */ +#define EXP_FULL 0x1 /* perform word splitting & file globbing */ +#define EXP_TILDE 0x2 /* do normal tilde expansion */ +#define EXP_VARTILDE 0x4 /* expand tildes in an assignment */ +#define EXP_REDIR 0x8 /* file glob for a redirection (1 match only) */ +#define EXP_CASE 0x10 /* keeps quotes around for CASE pattern */ +#define EXP_VARTILDE2 0x40 /* expand tildes after colons only */ +#define EXP_WORD 0x80 /* expand word in parameter expansion */ +#define EXP_QUOTED 0x100 /* expand word in double quotes */ +#define EXP_KEEPNUL 0x200 /* do not skip NUL characters */ +#define EXP_DISCARD 0x400 /* discard result of expansion */ + + +union node; +void expandarg(union node *, struct arglist *, int); +#define rmescapes(p) _rmescapes((p), 0) +char *_rmescapes(char *, int); +int casematch(union node *, char *); +void recordregion(int, int, int); +void removerecordregions(int); +void ifsbreakup(char *, int, struct arglist *); +void ifsfree(void); + +/* From arith.y */ +intmax_t arith(const char *); +int expcmd(int , char **); +#ifdef USE_LEX +void arith_lex_reset(void); +#else +#define arith_lex_reset() +#endif +int yylex(void); diff --git a/src/funcs/cmv b/src/funcs/cmv new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91a67c53 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/cmv @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +# Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)cmv 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# Conditional move--don't replace an existing file. + +cmv() { + if test $# != 2 + then echo "cmv: arg count" + return 2 + fi + if test -f "$2" -o -w "$2" + then echo "$2 exists" + return 2 + fi + /bin/mv "$1" "$2" +} diff --git a/src/funcs/dirs b/src/funcs/dirs new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5f6ce635 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/dirs @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +# Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)dirs 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# pushd, popd, and dirs --- written by Chris Bertin +# Pixel Computer Inc. ...!wjh12!pixel!pixutl!chris +# as modified by Patrick Elam of GTRI and Kenneth Almquist at UW + +pushd () { + SAVE=`pwd` + if [ "$1" = "" ] + then if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] + then echo "pushd: directory stack empty." + return 1 + fi + set $DSTACK + cd $1 || return + shift 1 + DSTACK="$*" + else cd $1 > /dev/null || return + fi + DSTACK="$SAVE $DSTACK" + dirs +} + +popd () { + if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] + then echo "popd: directory stack empty." + return 1 + fi + set $DSTACK + cd $1 + shift + DSTACK=$* + dirs +} + +dirs () { + echo "`pwd` $DSTACK" + return 0 +} diff --git a/src/funcs/kill b/src/funcs/kill new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c5df95f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/kill @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +# Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)kill 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# Convert job names to process ids and then run /bin/kill. + +kill() { + local args x + args= + for x in "$@" + do case $x in + %*) x=`jobid "$x"` ;; + esac + args="$args $x" + done + /bin/kill $args +} diff --git a/src/funcs/login b/src/funcs/login new file mode 100644 index 00000000..215e5352 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/login @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +# Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)login 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# replaces the login builtin in the BSD shell +login () exec login "$@" diff --git a/src/funcs/newgrp b/src/funcs/newgrp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec0e7e5a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/newgrp @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +# Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)newgrp 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +newgrp() exec newgrp "$@" diff --git a/src/funcs/popd b/src/funcs/popd new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7bccf50d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/popd @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +# Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)popd 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# pushd, popd, and dirs --- written by Chris Bertin +# Pixel Computer Inc. ...!wjh12!pixel!pixutl!chris +# as modified by Patrick Elam of GTRI and Kenneth Almquist at UW + +pushd () { + SAVE=`pwd` + if [ "$1" = "" ] + then if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] + then echo "pushd: directory stack empty." + return 1 + fi + set $DSTACK + cd $1 || return + shift 1 + DSTACK="$*" + else cd $1 > /dev/null || return + fi + DSTACK="$SAVE $DSTACK" + dirs +} + +popd () { + if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] + then echo "popd: directory stack empty." + return 1 + fi + set $DSTACK + cd $1 + shift + DSTACK=$* + dirs +} + +dirs () { + echo "`pwd` $DSTACK" + return 0 +} diff --git a/src/funcs/pushd b/src/funcs/pushd new file mode 100644 index 00000000..19ac8e08 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/pushd @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +# Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)pushd 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# pushd, popd, and dirs --- written by Chris Bertin +# Pixel Computer Inc. ...!wjh12!pixel!pixutl!chris +# as modified by Patrick Elam of GTRI and Kenneth Almquist at UW + +pushd () { + SAVE=`pwd` + if [ "$1" = "" ] + then if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] + then echo "pushd: directory stack empty." + return 1 + fi + set $DSTACK + cd $1 || return + shift 1 + DSTACK="$*" + else cd $1 > /dev/null || return + fi + DSTACK="$SAVE $DSTACK" + dirs +} + +popd () { + if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] + then echo "popd: directory stack empty." + return 1 + fi + set $DSTACK + cd $1 + shift + DSTACK=$* + dirs +} + +dirs () { + echo "`pwd` $DSTACK" + return 0 +} diff --git a/src/funcs/suspend b/src/funcs/suspend new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44844678 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/suspend @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +# Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)suspend 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +suspend() { + local - + set +j + kill -TSTP 0 +} diff --git a/src/histedit.c b/src/histedit.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5c90aba --- /dev/null +++ b/src/histedit.c @@ -0,0 +1,494 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#ifdef HAVE_PATHS_H +#include +#endif +#include +#include +#include +#include +/* + * Editline and history functions (and glue). + */ +#include "shell.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "error.h" +#ifndef SMALL +#include "myhistedit.h" +#include "eval.h" +#include "memalloc.h" + +#define MAXHISTLOOPS 4 /* max recursions through fc */ +#define DEFEDITOR "ed" /* default editor *should* be $EDITOR */ + +History *hist; /* history cookie */ +EditLine *el; /* editline cookie */ +int displayhist; +static FILE *el_in, *el_out; + +STATIC const char *fc_replace(const char *, char *, char *); + +#ifdef DEBUG +extern FILE *tracefile; +#endif + +/* + * Set history and editing status. Called whenever the status may + * have changed (figures out what to do). + */ +void +histedit(void) +{ + FILE *el_err; + +#define editing (Eflag || Vflag) + + if (iflag) { + if (!hist) { + /* + * turn history on + */ + INTOFF; + hist = history_init(); + INTON; + + if (hist != NULL) + sethistsize(histsizeval()); + else + out2str("sh: can't initialize history\n"); + } + if (editing && !el && isatty(0)) { /* && isatty(2) ??? */ + /* + * turn editing on + */ + INTOFF; + if (el_in == NULL) + el_in = fdopen(0, "r"); + if (el_out == NULL) + el_out = fdopen(2, "w"); + if (el_in == NULL || el_out == NULL) + goto bad; + el_err = el_out; +#if DEBUG + if (tracefile) + el_err = tracefile; +#endif + el = el_init(arg0, el_in, el_out, el_err); + if (el != NULL) { + if (hist) + el_set(el, EL_HIST, history, hist); + el_set(el, EL_PROMPT, getprompt); + } else { +bad: + out2str("sh: can't initialize editing\n"); + } + INTON; + } else if (!editing && el) { + INTOFF; + el_end(el); + el = NULL; + INTON; + } + if (el) { + if (Vflag) + el_set(el, EL_EDITOR, "vi"); + else if (Eflag) + el_set(el, EL_EDITOR, "emacs"); + el_source(el, NULL); + } + } else { + INTOFF; + if (el) { /* no editing if not interactive */ + el_end(el); + el = NULL; + } + if (hist) { + history_end(hist); + hist = NULL; + } + INTON; + } +} + + +void +sethistsize(const char *hs) +{ + int histsize; + HistEvent he; + + if (hist != NULL) { + if (hs == NULL || *hs == '\0' || + (histsize = atoi(hs)) < 0) + histsize = 100; + history(hist, &he, H_SETSIZE, histsize); + } +} + +void +setterm(const char *term) +{ + if (el != NULL && term != NULL) + if (el_set(el, EL_TERMINAL, term) != 0) { + outfmt(out2, "sh: Can't set terminal type %s\n", term); + outfmt(out2, "sh: Using dumb terminal settings.\n"); + } +} + +/* + * This command is provided since POSIX decided to standardize + * the Korn shell fc command. Oh well... + */ +int +histcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int ch; + const char *editor = NULL; + HistEvent he; + int lflg = 0, nflg = 0, rflg = 0, sflg = 0; + int i, retval; + const char *firststr, *laststr; + int first, last, direction; + char *pat = NULL, *repl; /* ksh "fc old=new" crap */ + static int active = 0; + struct jmploc jmploc; + struct jmploc *volatile savehandler; + char editfile[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; + FILE *efp; +#ifdef __GNUC__ + /* Avoid longjmp clobbering */ + (void) &editor; + (void) &lflg; + (void) &nflg; + (void) &rflg; + (void) &sflg; + (void) &firststr; + (void) &laststr; + (void) &pat; + (void) &repl; + (void) &efp; + (void) &argc; + (void) &argv; +#endif + + if (hist == NULL) + sh_error("history not active"); + + if (argc == 1) + sh_error("missing history argument"); + +#ifdef __GLIBC__ + optind = 0; +#else + optreset = 1; optind = 1; /* initialize getopt */ +#endif + while (not_fcnumber(argv[optind]) && + (ch = getopt(argc, argv, ":e:lnrs")) != -1) + switch ((char)ch) { + case 'e': + editor = optionarg; + break; + case 'l': + lflg = 1; + break; + case 'n': + nflg = 1; + break; + case 'r': + rflg = 1; + break; + case 's': + sflg = 1; + break; + case ':': + sh_error("option -%c expects argument", optopt); + /* NOTREACHED */ + case '?': + default: + sh_error("unknown option: -%c", optopt); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + argc -= optind, argv += optind; + + /* + * If executing... + */ + if (lflg == 0 || editor || sflg) { + lflg = 0; /* ignore */ + editfile[0] = '\0'; + /* + * Catch interrupts to reset active counter and + * cleanup temp files. + */ + if (setjmp(jmploc.loc)) { + active = 0; + if (*editfile) + unlink(editfile); + handler = savehandler; + longjmp(handler->loc, 1); + } + savehandler = handler; + handler = &jmploc; + if (++active > MAXHISTLOOPS) { + active = 0; + displayhist = 0; + sh_error("called recursively too many times"); + } + /* + * Set editor. + */ + if (sflg == 0) { + if (editor == NULL && + (editor = bltinlookup("FCEDIT")) == NULL && + (editor = bltinlookup("EDITOR")) == NULL) + editor = DEFEDITOR; + if (editor[0] == '-' && editor[1] == '\0') { + sflg = 1; /* no edit */ + editor = NULL; + } + } + } + + /* + * If executing, parse [old=new] now + */ + if (lflg == 0 && argc > 0 && + ((repl = strchr(argv[0], '=')) != NULL)) { + pat = argv[0]; + *repl++ = '\0'; + argc--, argv++; + } + /* + * determine [first] and [last] + */ + switch (argc) { + case 0: + firststr = lflg ? "-16" : "-1"; + laststr = "-1"; + break; + case 1: + firststr = argv[0]; + laststr = lflg ? "-1" : argv[0]; + break; + case 2: + firststr = argv[0]; + laststr = argv[1]; + break; + default: + sh_error("too many args"); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + /* + * Turn into event numbers. + */ + first = str_to_event(firststr, 0); + last = str_to_event(laststr, 1); + + if (rflg) { + i = last; + last = first; + first = i; + } + /* + * XXX - this should not depend on the event numbers + * always increasing. Add sequence numbers or offset + * to the history element in next (diskbased) release. + */ + direction = first < last ? H_PREV : H_NEXT; + + /* + * If editing, grab a temp file. + */ + if (editor) { + int fd; + INTOFF; /* easier */ + sprintf(editfile, "%s_shXXXXXX", _PATH_TMP); + if ((fd = mkstemp(editfile)) < 0) + sh_error("can't create temporary file %s", editfile); + if ((efp = fdopen(fd, "w")) == NULL) { + close(fd); + sh_error("can't allocate stdio buffer for temp"); + } + } + + /* + * Loop through selected history events. If listing or executing, + * do it now. Otherwise, put into temp file and call the editor + * after. + * + * The history interface needs rethinking, as the following + * convolutions will demonstrate. + */ + history(hist, &he, H_FIRST); + retval = history(hist, &he, H_NEXT_EVENT, first); + for (;retval != -1; retval = history(hist, &he, direction)) { + if (lflg) { + if (!nflg) + out1fmt("%5d ", he.num); + out1str(he.str); + } else { + const char *s = pat ? + fc_replace(he.str, pat, repl) : he.str; + + if (sflg) { + if (displayhist) { + out2str(s); + } + + evalstring(s, 0); + if (displayhist && hist) { + /* + * XXX what about recursive and + * relative histnums. + */ + history(hist, &he, H_ENTER, s); + } + } else + fputs(s, efp); + } + /* + * At end? (if we were to lose last, we'd sure be + * messed up). + */ + if (he.num == last) + break; + } + if (editor) { + char *editcmd; + + fclose(efp); + editcmd = stalloc(strlen(editor) + strlen(editfile) + 2); + sprintf(editcmd, "%s %s", editor, editfile); + /* XXX - should use no JC command */ + evalstring(editcmd, 0); + INTON; + readcmdfile(editfile); /* XXX - should read back - quick tst */ + unlink(editfile); + } + + if (lflg == 0 && active > 0) + --active; + if (displayhist) + displayhist = 0; + return 0; +} + +STATIC const char * +fc_replace(const char *s, char *p, char *r) +{ + char *dest; + int plen = strlen(p); + + STARTSTACKSTR(dest); + while (*s) { + if (*s == *p && strncmp(s, p, plen) == 0) { + while (*r) + STPUTC(*r++, dest); + s += plen; + *p = '\0'; /* so no more matches */ + } else + STPUTC(*s++, dest); + } + STACKSTRNUL(dest); + dest = grabstackstr(dest); + + return (dest); +} + +int +not_fcnumber(char *s) +{ + if (s == NULL) + return 0; + if (*s == '-') + s++; + return (!is_number(s)); +} + +int +str_to_event(const char *str, int last) +{ + HistEvent he; + const char *s = str; + int relative = 0; + int i, retval; + + retval = history(hist, &he, H_FIRST); + switch (*s) { + case '-': + relative = 1; + /*FALLTHROUGH*/ + case '+': + s++; + } + if (is_number(s)) { + i = atoi(s); + if (relative) { + while (retval != -1 && i--) { + retval = history(hist, &he, H_NEXT); + } + if (retval == -1) + retval = history(hist, &he, H_LAST); + } else { + retval = history(hist, &he, H_NEXT_EVENT, i); + if (retval == -1) { + /* + * the notion of first and last is + * backwards to that of the history package + */ + retval = history(hist, &he, + last ? H_FIRST : H_LAST); + } + } + if (retval == -1) + sh_error("history number %s not found (internal error)", + str); + } else { + /* + * pattern + */ + retval = history(hist, &he, H_PREV_STR, str); + if (retval == -1) + sh_error("history pattern not found: %s", str); + } + return (he.num); +} +#endif diff --git a/src/init.h b/src/init.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d56fb28e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/init.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)init.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +void init(void); +void exitreset(void); +void forkreset(void); +void reset(void); diff --git a/src/input.c b/src/input.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..17544e78 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/input.c @@ -0,0 +1,502 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include /* defines BUFSIZ */ +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* + * This file implements the input routines used by the parser. + */ + +#include "eval.h" +#include "shell.h" +#include "redir.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "alias.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "main.h" +#ifndef SMALL +#include "myhistedit.h" +#endif + +#define EOF_NLEFT -99 /* value of parsenleft when EOF pushed back */ +#define IBUFSIZ (BUFSIZ + 1) + + +MKINIT struct parsefile basepf; /* top level input file */ +MKINIT char basebuf[IBUFSIZ]; /* buffer for top level input file */ +struct parsefile *parsefile = &basepf; /* current input file */ +int whichprompt; /* 1 == PS1, 2 == PS2 */ + +STATIC void pushfile(void); +static int preadfd(void); +static void setinputfd(int fd, int push); +static int preadbuffer(void); + +#ifdef mkinit +INCLUDE +INCLUDE +INCLUDE "input.h" +INCLUDE "error.h" + +INIT { + basepf.nextc = basepf.buf = basebuf; + basepf.linno = 1; +} + +RESET { + /* clear input buffer */ + basepf.lleft = basepf.nleft = 0; + popallfiles(); +} + +FORKRESET { + popallfiles(); + if (parsefile->fd > 0) { + close(parsefile->fd); + parsefile->fd = 0; + } +} +#endif + + +/* + * Read a character from the script, returning PEOF on end of file. + * Nul characters in the input are silently discarded. + */ + +int +pgetc(void) +{ + int c; + + if (parsefile->unget) + return parsefile->lastc[--parsefile->unget]; + + if (--parsefile->nleft >= 0) + c = (signed char)*parsefile->nextc++; + else + c = preadbuffer(); + + parsefile->lastc[1] = parsefile->lastc[0]; + parsefile->lastc[0] = c; + + return c; +} + + +/* + * Same as pgetc(), but ignores PEOA. + */ + +int +pgetc2() +{ + int c; + do { + c = pgetc(); + } while (c == PEOA); + return c; +} + + +static int +preadfd(void) +{ + int nr; + char *buf = parsefile->buf; + parsefile->nextc = buf; + +retry: +#ifndef SMALL + if (parsefile->fd == 0 && el) { + static const char *rl_cp; + static int el_len; + + if (rl_cp == NULL) { + struct stackmark smark; + pushstackmark(&smark, stackblocksize()); + rl_cp = el_gets(el, &el_len); + popstackmark(&smark); + } + if (rl_cp == NULL) + nr = 0; + else { + nr = el_len; + if (nr > IBUFSIZ - 1) + nr = IBUFSIZ - 1; + memcpy(buf, rl_cp, nr); + if (nr != el_len) { + el_len -= nr; + rl_cp += nr; + } else + rl_cp = 0; + } + + } else +#endif + nr = read(parsefile->fd, buf, IBUFSIZ - 1); + + + if (nr < 0) { + if (errno == EINTR) + goto retry; + if (parsefile->fd == 0 && errno == EWOULDBLOCK) { + int flags = fcntl(0, F_GETFL, 0); + if (flags >= 0 && flags & O_NONBLOCK) { + flags &=~ O_NONBLOCK; + if (fcntl(0, F_SETFL, flags) >= 0) { + out2str("sh: turning off NDELAY mode\n"); + goto retry; + } + } + } + } + return nr; +} + +/* + * Refill the input buffer and return the next input character: + * + * 1) If a string was pushed back on the input, pop it; + * 2) If an EOF was pushed back (parsenleft == EOF_NLEFT) or we are reading + * from a string so we can't refill the buffer, return EOF. + * 3) If the is more stuff in this buffer, use it else call read to fill it. + * 4) Process input up to the next newline, deleting nul characters. + */ + +static int preadbuffer(void) +{ + char *q; + int more; +#ifndef SMALL + int something; +#endif + char savec; + + if (unlikely(parsefile->strpush)) { + if ( + parsefile->nleft == -1 && + parsefile->strpush->ap && + parsefile->nextc[-1] != ' ' && + parsefile->nextc[-1] != '\t' + ) { + return PEOA; + } + popstring(); + return pgetc(); + } + if (unlikely(parsefile->nleft == EOF_NLEFT || + parsefile->buf == NULL)) + return PEOF; + flushall(); + + more = parsefile->lleft; + if (more <= 0) { +again: + if ((more = preadfd()) <= 0) { + parsefile->lleft = parsefile->nleft = EOF_NLEFT; + return PEOF; + } + } + + q = parsefile->nextc; + + /* delete nul characters */ +#ifndef SMALL + something = 0; +#endif + for (;;) { + int c; + + more--; + c = *q; + + if (!c) + memmove(q, q + 1, more); + else { + q++; + + if (c == '\n') { + parsefile->nleft = q - parsefile->nextc - 1; + break; + } + +#ifndef SMALL + switch (c) { + default: + something = 1; + /* fall through */ + case '\t': + case ' ': + break; + } +#endif + } + + if (more <= 0) { + parsefile->nleft = q - parsefile->nextc - 1; + if (parsefile->nleft < 0) + goto again; + break; + } + } + parsefile->lleft = more; + + savec = *q; + *q = '\0'; + +#ifndef SMALL + if (parsefile->fd == 0 && hist && something) { + HistEvent he; + INTOFF; + history(hist, &he, whichprompt == 1? H_ENTER : H_APPEND, + parsefile->nextc); + INTON; + } +#endif + + if (vflag) { + out2str(parsefile->nextc); +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushout(out2); +#endif + } + + *q = savec; + + return (signed char)*parsefile->nextc++; +} + +/* + * Undo a call to pgetc. Only two characters may be pushed back. + * PEOF may be pushed back. + */ + +void +pungetc(void) +{ + parsefile->unget++; +} + +/* + * Push a string back onto the input at this current parsefile level. + * We handle aliases this way. + */ +void +pushstring(char *s, void *ap) +{ + struct strpush *sp; + size_t len; + + len = strlen(s); + INTOFF; +/*dprintf("*** calling pushstring: %s, %d\n", s, len);*/ + if (parsefile->strpush) { + sp = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct strpush)); + sp->prev = parsefile->strpush; + parsefile->strpush = sp; + } else + sp = parsefile->strpush = &(parsefile->basestrpush); + sp->prevstring = parsefile->nextc; + sp->prevnleft = parsefile->nleft; + sp->unget = parsefile->unget; + memcpy(sp->lastc, parsefile->lastc, sizeof(sp->lastc)); + sp->ap = (struct alias *)ap; + if (ap) { + ((struct alias *)ap)->flag |= ALIASINUSE; + sp->string = s; + } + parsefile->nextc = s; + parsefile->nleft = len; + parsefile->unget = 0; + INTON; +} + +void +popstring(void) +{ + struct strpush *sp = parsefile->strpush; + + INTOFF; + if (sp->ap) { + if (parsefile->nextc[-1] == ' ' || + parsefile->nextc[-1] == '\t') { + checkkwd |= CHKALIAS; + } + if (sp->string != sp->ap->val) { + ckfree(sp->string); + } + sp->ap->flag &= ~ALIASINUSE; + if (sp->ap->flag & ALIASDEAD) { + unalias(sp->ap->name); + } + } + parsefile->nextc = sp->prevstring; + parsefile->nleft = sp->prevnleft; + parsefile->unget = sp->unget; + memcpy(parsefile->lastc, sp->lastc, sizeof(sp->lastc)); +/*dprintf("*** calling popstring: restoring to '%s'\n", parsenextc);*/ + parsefile->strpush = sp->prev; + if (sp != &(parsefile->basestrpush)) + ckfree(sp); + INTON; +} + +/* + * Set the input to take input from a file. If push is set, push the + * old input onto the stack first. + */ + +int +setinputfile(const char *fname, int flags) +{ + int fd; + + INTOFF; + if ((fd = open64(fname, O_RDONLY)) < 0) { + if (flags & INPUT_NOFILE_OK) + goto out; + exitstatus = 127; + exerror(EXERROR, "Can't open %s", fname); + } + if (fd < 10) + fd = savefd(fd, fd); + setinputfd(fd, flags & INPUT_PUSH_FILE); +out: + INTON; + return fd; +} + + +/* + * Like setinputfile, but takes an open file descriptor. Call this with + * interrupts off. + */ + +static void +setinputfd(int fd, int push) +{ + if (push) { + pushfile(); + parsefile->buf = 0; + } + parsefile->fd = fd; + if (parsefile->buf == NULL) + parsefile->buf = ckmalloc(IBUFSIZ); + parsefile->lleft = parsefile->nleft = 0; + plinno = 1; +} + + +/* + * Like setinputfile, but takes input from a string. + */ + +void +setinputstring(char *string) +{ + INTOFF; + pushfile(); + parsefile->nextc = string; + parsefile->nleft = strlen(string); + parsefile->buf = NULL; + plinno = 1; + INTON; +} + + + +/* + * To handle the "." command, a stack of input files is used. Pushfile + * adds a new entry to the stack and popfile restores the previous level. + */ + +STATIC void +pushfile(void) +{ + struct parsefile *pf; + + pf = (struct parsefile *)ckmalloc(sizeof (struct parsefile)); + pf->prev = parsefile; + pf->fd = -1; + pf->strpush = NULL; + pf->basestrpush.prev = NULL; + pf->unget = 0; + parsefile = pf; +} + + +void +popfile(void) +{ + struct parsefile *pf = parsefile; + + INTOFF; + if (pf->fd >= 0) + close(pf->fd); + if (pf->buf) + ckfree(pf->buf); + while (pf->strpush) + popstring(); + parsefile = pf->prev; + ckfree(pf); + INTON; +} + + +void unwindfiles(struct parsefile *stop) +{ + while (parsefile != stop) + popfile(); +} + + +/* + * Return to top level. + */ + +void +popallfiles(void) +{ + unwindfiles(&basepf); +} diff --git a/src/input.h b/src/input.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8acc6e9f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/input.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)input.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +/* PEOF (the end of file marker) is defined in syntax.h */ + +enum { + INPUT_PUSH_FILE = 1, + INPUT_NOFILE_OK = 2, +}; + +struct alias; + +struct strpush { + struct strpush *prev; /* preceding string on stack */ + char *prevstring; + int prevnleft; + struct alias *ap; /* if push was associated with an alias */ + char *string; /* remember the string since it may change */ + + /* Remember last two characters for pungetc. */ + int lastc[2]; + + /* Number of outstanding calls to pungetc. */ + int unget; +}; + +/* + * The parsefile structure pointed to by the global variable parsefile + * contains information about the current file being read. + */ + +struct parsefile { + struct parsefile *prev; /* preceding file on stack */ + int linno; /* current line */ + int fd; /* file descriptor (or -1 if string) */ + int nleft; /* number of chars left in this line */ + int lleft; /* number of chars left in this buffer */ + char *nextc; /* next char in buffer */ + char *buf; /* input buffer */ + struct strpush *strpush; /* for pushing strings at this level */ + struct strpush basestrpush; /* so pushing one is fast */ + + /* Remember last two characters for pungetc. */ + int lastc[2]; + + /* Number of outstanding calls to pungetc. */ + int unget; +}; + +extern struct parsefile *parsefile; + +/* + * The input line number. Input.c just defines this variable, and saves + * and restores it when files are pushed and popped. The user of this + * package must set its value. + */ +#define plinno (parsefile->linno) + +int pgetc(void); +int pgetc2(void); +void pungetc(void); +void pushstring(char *, void *); +void popstring(void); +int setinputfile(const char *, int); +void setinputstring(char *); +void popfile(void); +void unwindfiles(struct parsefile *); +void popallfiles(void); diff --git a/src/jobs.c b/src/jobs.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4c13c0f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jobs.c @@ -0,0 +1,1545 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef HAVE_PATHS_H +#include +#endif +#include +#include +#ifdef BSD +#include +#include +#include +#endif +#include + +#include "shell.h" +#if JOBS +#include +#undef CEOF /* syntax.h redefines this */ +#endif +#include "exec.h" +#include "eval.h" +#include "init.h" +#include "redir.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "system.h" + +/* mode flags for set_curjob */ +#define CUR_DELETE 2 +#define CUR_RUNNING 1 +#define CUR_STOPPED 0 + +/* mode flags for dowait */ +#define DOWAIT_NONBLOCK 0 +#define DOWAIT_BLOCK 1 +#define DOWAIT_WAITCMD 2 + +/* array of jobs */ +static struct job *jobtab; +/* size of array */ +static unsigned njobs; +/* pid of last background process */ +pid_t backgndpid; + +#if JOBS +/* pgrp of shell on invocation */ +static int initialpgrp; +/* control terminal */ +static int ttyfd = -1; +#endif + +/* current job */ +static struct job *curjob; + +/* Set if we are in the vforked child */ +int vforked; + +STATIC void set_curjob(struct job *, unsigned); +STATIC int jobno(const struct job *); +STATIC int sprint_status(char *, int, int); +STATIC void freejob(struct job *); +STATIC struct job *getjob(const char *, int); +STATIC struct job *growjobtab(void); +STATIC void forkchild(struct job *, union node *, int); +STATIC void forkparent(struct job *, union node *, int, pid_t); +STATIC int dowait(int, struct job *); +#ifdef SYSV +STATIC int onsigchild(void); +#endif +STATIC int waitproc(int, int *); +STATIC char *commandtext(union node *); +STATIC void cmdtxt(union node *); +STATIC void cmdlist(union node *, int); +STATIC void cmdputs(const char *); +STATIC void showpipe(struct job *, struct output *); +STATIC int getstatus(struct job *); + +#if JOBS +static int restartjob(struct job *, int); +static void xtcsetpgrp(int, pid_t); +#endif + +STATIC void +set_curjob(struct job *jp, unsigned mode) +{ + struct job *jp1; + struct job **jpp, **curp; + + /* first remove from list */ + jpp = curp = &curjob; + do { + jp1 = *jpp; + if (jp1 == jp) + break; + jpp = &jp1->prev_job; + } while (1); + *jpp = jp1->prev_job; + + /* Then re-insert in correct position */ + jpp = curp; + switch (mode) { + default: +#ifdef DEBUG + abort(); +#endif + case CUR_DELETE: + /* job being deleted */ + break; + case CUR_RUNNING: + /* newly created job or backgrounded job, + put after all stopped jobs. */ + do { + jp1 = *jpp; + if (!JOBS || !jp1 || jp1->state != JOBSTOPPED) + break; + jpp = &jp1->prev_job; + } while (1); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ +#if JOBS + case CUR_STOPPED: +#endif + /* newly stopped job - becomes curjob */ + jp->prev_job = *jpp; + *jpp = jp; + break; + } +} + +#if JOBS +/* + * Turn job control on and off. + * + * Note: This code assumes that the third arg to ioctl is a character + * pointer, which is true on Berkeley systems but not System V. Since + * System V doesn't have job control yet, this isn't a problem now. + * + * Called with interrupts off. + */ + +int jobctl; + +void +setjobctl(int on) +{ + int fd; + int pgrp; + + if (on == jobctl || rootshell == 0) + return; + if (on) { + int ofd; + ofd = fd = open64(_PATH_TTY, O_RDWR); + if (fd < 0) { + fd += 3; + while (!isatty(fd)) + if (--fd < 0) + goto out; + } + fd = savefd(fd, ofd); + do { /* while we are in the background */ + if ((pgrp = tcgetpgrp(fd)) < 0) { +out: + sh_warnx("can't access tty; job control turned off"); + mflag = on = 0; + goto close; + } + if (pgrp == getpgrp()) + break; + killpg(0, SIGTTIN); + } while (1); + initialpgrp = pgrp; + + setsignal(SIGTSTP); + setsignal(SIGTTOU); + setsignal(SIGTTIN); + pgrp = rootpid; + setpgid(0, pgrp); + xtcsetpgrp(fd, pgrp); + } else { + /* turning job control off */ + fd = ttyfd; + pgrp = initialpgrp; + xtcsetpgrp(fd, pgrp); + setpgid(0, pgrp); + setsignal(SIGTSTP); + setsignal(SIGTTOU); + setsignal(SIGTTIN); +close: + close(fd); + fd = -1; + } + ttyfd = fd; + jobctl = on; +} +#endif + + +int +killcmd(argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + extern char *signal_names[]; + int signo = -1; + int list = 0; + int i; + pid_t pid; + struct job *jp; + + if (argc <= 1) { +usage: + sh_error( +"Usage: kill [-s sigspec | -signum | -sigspec] [pid | job]... or\n" +"kill -l [exitstatus]" + ); + } + + if (**++argv == '-') { + signo = decode_signal(*argv + 1, 1); + if (signo < 0) { + int c; + + while ((c = nextopt("ls:")) != '\0') + switch (c) { + default: +#ifdef DEBUG + abort(); +#endif + case 'l': + list = 1; + break; + case 's': + signo = decode_signal(optionarg, 1); + if (signo < 0) { + sh_error( + "invalid signal number or name: %s", + optionarg + ); + } + break; + } + argv = argptr; + } else + argv++; + } + + if (!list && signo < 0) + signo = SIGTERM; + + if ((signo < 0 || !*argv) ^ list) { + goto usage; + } + + if (list) { + struct output *out; + + out = out1; + if (!*argv) { + outstr("0\n", out); + for (i = 1; i < NSIG; i++) { + outfmt(out, snlfmt, signal_names[i]); + } + return 0; + } + signo = number(*argv); + if (signo > 128) + signo -= 128; + if (0 < signo && signo < NSIG) + outfmt(out, snlfmt, signal_names[signo]); + else + sh_error("invalid signal number or exit status: %s", + *argv); + return 0; + } + + i = 0; + do { + if (**argv == '%') { + jp = getjob(*argv, 0); + pid = -jp->ps[0].pid; + } else + pid = **argv == '-' ? + -number(*argv + 1) : number(*argv); + if (kill(pid, signo) != 0) { + sh_warnx("%s\n", strerror(errno)); + i = 1; + } + } while (*++argv); + + return i; +} + +STATIC int +jobno(const struct job *jp) +{ + return jp - jobtab + 1; +} + +#if JOBS +int +fgcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct job *jp; + struct output *out; + int mode; + int retval; + + mode = (**argv == 'f') ? FORK_FG : FORK_BG; + nextopt(nullstr); + argv = argptr; + out = out1; + do { + jp = getjob(*argv, 1); + if (mode == FORK_BG) { + set_curjob(jp, CUR_RUNNING); + outfmt(out, "[%d] ", jobno(jp)); + } + outstr(jp->ps->cmd, out); + showpipe(jp, out); + retval = restartjob(jp, mode); + } while (*argv && *++argv); + return retval; +} + +int bgcmd(int argc, char **argv) +#ifdef HAVE_ALIAS_ATTRIBUTE + __attribute__((__alias__("fgcmd"))); +#else +{ + return fgcmd(argc, argv); +} +#endif + + +STATIC int +restartjob(struct job *jp, int mode) +{ + struct procstat *ps; + int i; + int status; + pid_t pgid; + + INTOFF; + if (jp->state == JOBDONE) + goto out; + jp->state = JOBRUNNING; + pgid = jp->ps->pid; + if (mode == FORK_FG) + xtcsetpgrp(ttyfd, pgid); + killpg(pgid, SIGCONT); + ps = jp->ps; + i = jp->nprocs; + do { + if (WIFSTOPPED(ps->status)) { + ps->status = -1; + } + } while (ps++, --i); +out: + status = (mode == FORK_FG) ? waitforjob(jp) : 0; + INTON; + return status; +} +#endif + +STATIC int +sprint_status(char *os, int status, int sigonly) +{ + char *s = os; + int st; + + st = WEXITSTATUS(status); + if (!WIFEXITED(status)) { +#if JOBS + st = WSTOPSIG(status); + if (!WIFSTOPPED(status)) +#endif + st = WTERMSIG(status); + if (sigonly) { + if (st == SIGINT || st == SIGPIPE) + goto out; +#if JOBS + if (WIFSTOPPED(status)) + goto out; +#endif + } + s = stpncpy(s, strsignal(st), 32); +#ifdef WCOREDUMP + if (WCOREDUMP(status)) { + s = stpcpy(s, " (core dumped)"); + } +#endif + } else if (!sigonly) { + if (st) + s += fmtstr(s, 16, "Done(%d)", st); + else + s = stpcpy(s, "Done"); + } + +out: + return s - os; +} + +static void +showjob(struct output *out, struct job *jp, int mode) +{ + struct procstat *ps; + struct procstat *psend; + int col; + int indent; + char s[80]; + + ps = jp->ps; + + if (mode & SHOW_PGID) { + /* just output process (group) id of pipeline */ + outfmt(out, "%d\n", ps->pid); + return; + } + + col = fmtstr(s, 16, "[%d] ", jobno(jp)); + indent = col; + + if (jp == curjob) + s[col - 2] = '+'; + else if (curjob && jp == curjob->prev_job) + s[col - 2] = '-'; + + if (mode & SHOW_PID) + col += fmtstr(s + col, 16, "%d ", ps->pid); + + psend = ps + jp->nprocs; + + if (jp->state == JOBRUNNING) { + scopy("Running", s + col); + col += strlen("Running"); + } else { + int status = psend[-1].status; +#if JOBS + if (jp->state == JOBSTOPPED) + status = jp->stopstatus; +#endif + col += sprint_status(s + col, status, 0); + } + + goto start; + + do { + /* for each process */ + col = fmtstr(s, 48, " |\n%*c%d ", indent, ' ', ps->pid) - 3; + +start: + outfmt( + out, "%s%*c%s", + s, 33 - col >= 0 ? 33 - col : 0, ' ', ps->cmd + ); + if (!(mode & SHOW_PID)) { + showpipe(jp, out); + break; + } + if (++ps == psend) { + outcslow('\n', out); + break; + } + } while (1); + + jp->changed = 0; + + if (jp->state == JOBDONE) { + TRACE(("showjob: freeing job %d\n", jobno(jp))); + freejob(jp); + } +} + + +int +jobscmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int mode, m; + struct output *out; + + mode = 0; + while ((m = nextopt("lp"))) + if (m == 'l') + mode = SHOW_PID; + else + mode = SHOW_PGID; + + out = out1; + argv = argptr; + if (*argv) + do + showjob(out, getjob(*argv,0), mode); + while (*++argv); + else + showjobs(out, mode); + + return 0; +} + + +/* + * Print a list of jobs. If "change" is nonzero, only print jobs whose + * statuses have changed since the last call to showjobs. + */ + +void +showjobs(struct output *out, int mode) +{ + struct job *jp; + + TRACE(("showjobs(%x) called\n", mode)); + + /* If not even one job changed, there is nothing to do */ + dowait(DOWAIT_NONBLOCK, NULL); + + for (jp = curjob; jp; jp = jp->prev_job) { + if (!(mode & SHOW_CHANGED) || jp->changed) + showjob(out, jp, mode); + } +} + +/* + * Mark a job structure as unused. + */ + +STATIC void +freejob(struct job *jp) +{ + struct procstat *ps; + int i; + + INTOFF; + for (i = jp->nprocs, ps = jp->ps ; --i >= 0 ; ps++) { + if (ps->cmd != nullstr) + ckfree(ps->cmd); + } + if (jp->ps != &jp->ps0) + ckfree(jp->ps); + jp->used = 0; + set_curjob(jp, CUR_DELETE); + INTON; +} + + + +int +waitcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct job *job; + int retval; + struct job *jp; + + nextopt(nullstr); + retval = 0; + + argv = argptr; + if (!*argv) { + /* wait for all jobs */ + for (;;) { + jp = curjob; + while (1) { + if (!jp) { + /* no running procs */ + goto out; + } + if (jp->state == JOBRUNNING) + break; + jp->waited = 1; + jp = jp->prev_job; + } + if (!dowait(DOWAIT_WAITCMD, 0)) + goto sigout; + } + } + + retval = 127; + do { + if (**argv != '%') { + pid_t pid = number(*argv); + job = curjob; + goto start; + do { + if (job->ps[job->nprocs - 1].pid == pid) + break; + job = job->prev_job; +start: + if (!job) + goto repeat; + } while (1); + } else + job = getjob(*argv, 0); + /* loop until process terminated or stopped */ + if (!dowait(DOWAIT_WAITCMD, job)) + goto sigout; + job->waited = 1; + retval = getstatus(job); +repeat: + ; + } while (*++argv); + +out: + return retval; + +sigout: + retval = 128 + pending_sig; + goto out; +} + + + +/* + * Convert a job name to a job structure. + */ + +STATIC struct job * +getjob(const char *name, int getctl) +{ + struct job *jp; + struct job *found; + const char *err_msg = "No such job: %s"; + unsigned num; + int c; + const char *p; + char *(*match)(const char *, const char *); + + jp = curjob; + p = name; + if (!p) + goto currentjob; + + if (*p != '%') + goto err; + + c = *++p; + if (!c) + goto currentjob; + + if (!p[1]) { + if (c == '+' || c == '%') { +currentjob: + err_msg = "No current job"; + goto check; + } else if (c == '-') { + if (jp) + jp = jp->prev_job; + err_msg = "No previous job"; +check: + if (!jp) + goto err; + goto gotit; + } + } + + if (is_number(p)) { + num = atoi(p); + if (num > 0 && num <= njobs) { + jp = jobtab + num - 1; + if (jp->used) + goto gotit; + goto err; + } + } + + match = prefix; + if (*p == '?') { + match = strstr; + p++; + } + + found = 0; + while (jp) { + if (match(jp->ps[0].cmd, p)) { + if (found) + goto err; + found = jp; + err_msg = "%s: ambiguous"; + } + jp = jp->prev_job; + } + + if (!found) + goto err; + jp = found; + +gotit: +#if JOBS + err_msg = "job %s not created under job control"; + if (getctl && jp->jobctl == 0) + goto err; +#endif + return jp; +err: + sh_error(err_msg, name); +} + + + +/* + * Return a new job structure. + * Called with interrupts off. + */ + +struct job * +makejob(union node *node, int nprocs) +{ + int i; + struct job *jp; + + for (i = njobs, jp = jobtab ; ; jp++) { + if (--i < 0) { + jp = growjobtab(); + break; + } + if (jp->used == 0) + break; + if (jp->state != JOBDONE || !jp->waited) + continue; + if (jobctl) + continue; + freejob(jp); + break; + } + memset(jp, 0, sizeof(*jp)); +#if JOBS + if (jobctl) + jp->jobctl = 1; +#endif + jp->prev_job = curjob; + curjob = jp; + jp->used = 1; + jp->ps = &jp->ps0; + if (nprocs > 1) { + jp->ps = ckmalloc(nprocs * sizeof (struct procstat)); + } + TRACE(("makejob(0x%lx, %d) returns %%%d\n", (long)node, nprocs, + jobno(jp))); + return jp; +} + +STATIC struct job * +growjobtab(void) +{ + size_t len; + ptrdiff_t offset; + struct job *jp, *jq; + + len = njobs * sizeof(*jp); + jq = jobtab; + jp = ckrealloc(jq, len + 4 * sizeof(*jp)); + + offset = (char *)jp - (char *)jq; + if (offset) { + /* Relocate pointers */ + size_t l = len; + + jq = (struct job *)((char *)jq + l); + while (l) { + l -= sizeof(*jp); + jq--; +#define joff(p) ((struct job *)((char *)(p) + l)) +#define jmove(p) (p) = (void *)((char *)(p) + offset) + if (likely(joff(jp)->ps == &jq->ps0)) + jmove(joff(jp)->ps); + if (joff(jp)->prev_job) + jmove(joff(jp)->prev_job); + } + if (curjob) + jmove(curjob); +#undef joff +#undef jmove + } + + njobs += 4; + jobtab = jp; + jp = (struct job *)((char *)jp + len); + jq = jp + 3; + do { + jq->used = 0; + } while (--jq >= jp); + return jp; +} + + +/* + * Fork off a subshell. If we are doing job control, give the subshell its + * own process group. Jp is a job structure that the job is to be added to. + * N is the command that will be evaluated by the child. Both jp and n may + * be NULL. The mode parameter can be one of the following: + * FORK_FG - Fork off a foreground process. + * FORK_BG - Fork off a background process. + * FORK_NOJOB - Like FORK_FG, but don't give the process its own + * process group even if job control is on. + * + * When job control is turned off, background processes have their standard + * input redirected to /dev/null (except for the second and later processes + * in a pipeline). + * + * Called with interrupts off. + */ + +static void forkchild(struct job *jp, union node *n, int mode) +{ + int lvforked; + int oldlvl; + + TRACE(("Child shell %d\n", getpid())); + + oldlvl = shlvl; + lvforked = vforked; + + if (!lvforked) { + shlvl++; + + forkreset(); + +#if JOBS + /* do job control only in root shell */ + jobctl = 0; +#endif + } + +#if JOBS + if (mode != FORK_NOJOB && jp->jobctl && !oldlvl) { + pid_t pgrp; + + if (jp->nprocs == 0) + pgrp = getpid(); + else + pgrp = jp->ps[0].pid; + /* This can fail because we are doing it in the parent also */ + (void)setpgid(0, pgrp); + if (mode == FORK_FG) + xtcsetpgrp(ttyfd, pgrp); + setsignal(SIGTSTP); + setsignal(SIGTTOU); + } else +#endif + if (mode == FORK_BG) { + ignoresig(SIGINT); + ignoresig(SIGQUIT); + if (jp->nprocs == 0) { + close(0); + if (open64(_PATH_DEVNULL, O_RDONLY) != 0) + sh_error("Can't open %s", _PATH_DEVNULL); + } + } + if (!oldlvl && iflag) { + if (mode != FORK_BG) { + setsignal(SIGINT); + setsignal(SIGQUIT); + } + setsignal(SIGTERM); + } + + if (lvforked) + return; + + for (jp = curjob; jp; jp = jp->prev_job) + freejob(jp); +} + +static void forkparent(struct job *jp, union node *n, int mode, pid_t pid) +{ + if (pid < 0) { + TRACE(("Fork failed, errno=%d", errno)); + if (jp) + freejob(jp); + sh_error("Cannot fork"); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + + TRACE(("In parent shell: child = %d\n", pid)); + if (!jp) + return; +#if JOBS + if (mode != FORK_NOJOB && jp->jobctl) { + int pgrp; + + if (jp->nprocs == 0) + pgrp = pid; + else + pgrp = jp->ps[0].pid; + /* This can fail because we are doing it in the child also */ + (void)setpgid(pid, pgrp); + } +#endif + if (mode == FORK_BG) { + backgndpid = pid; /* set $! */ + set_curjob(jp, CUR_RUNNING); + } + if (jp) { + struct procstat *ps = &jp->ps[jp->nprocs++]; + ps->pid = pid; + ps->status = -1; + ps->cmd = nullstr; + if (jobctl && n) + ps->cmd = commandtext(n); + } +} + +int +forkshell(struct job *jp, union node *n, int mode) +{ + int pid; + + TRACE(("forkshell(%%%d, %p, %d) called\n", jobno(jp), n, mode)); + pid = fork(); + if (pid == 0) + forkchild(jp, n, mode); + else + forkparent(jp, n, mode, pid); + + return pid; +} + +struct job *vforkexec(union node *n, char **argv, const char *path, int idx) +{ + struct job *jp; + int pid; + + jp = makejob(n, 1); + + sigblockall(NULL); + vforked++; + + pid = vfork(); + + if (!pid) { + forkchild(jp, n, FORK_FG); + sigclearmask(); + shellexec(argv, path, idx); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + + vforked = 0; + sigclearmask(); + forkparent(jp, n, FORK_FG, pid); + + return jp; +} + +/* + * Wait for job to finish. + * + * Under job control we have the problem that while a child process is + * running interrupts generated by the user are sent to the child but not + * to the shell. This means that an infinite loop started by an inter- + * active user may be hard to kill. With job control turned off, an + * interactive user may place an interactive program inside a loop. If + * the interactive program catches interrupts, the user doesn't want + * these interrupts to also abort the loop. The approach we take here + * is to have the shell ignore interrupt signals while waiting for a + * forground process to terminate, and then send itself an interrupt + * signal if the child process was terminated by an interrupt signal. + * Unfortunately, some programs want to do a bit of cleanup and then + * exit on interrupt; unless these processes terminate themselves by + * sending a signal to themselves (instead of calling exit) they will + * confuse this approach. + * + * Called with interrupts off. + */ + +int +waitforjob(struct job *jp) +{ + int st; + + TRACE(("waitforjob(%%%d) called\n", jp ? jobno(jp) : 0)); + dowait(jp ? DOWAIT_BLOCK : DOWAIT_NONBLOCK, jp); + if (!jp) + return exitstatus; + + st = getstatus(jp); +#if JOBS + if (jp->jobctl) { + xtcsetpgrp(ttyfd, rootpid); + /* + * This is truly gross. + * If we're doing job control, then we did a TIOCSPGRP which + * caused us (the shell) to no longer be in the controlling + * session -- so we wouldn't have seen any ^C/SIGINT. So, we + * intuit from the subprocess exit status whether a SIGINT + * occurred, and if so interrupt ourselves. Yuck. - mycroft + */ + if (jp->sigint) + raise(SIGINT); + } +#endif + if (! JOBS || jp->state == JOBDONE) + freejob(jp); + return st; +} + + + +/* + * Wait for a process to terminate. + */ + +static int waitone(int block, struct job *job) +{ + int pid; + int status; + struct job *jp; + struct job *thisjob = NULL; + int state; + + INTOFF; + TRACE(("dowait(%d) called\n", block)); + pid = waitproc(block, &status); + TRACE(("wait returns pid %d, status=%d\n", pid, status)); + if (pid <= 0) + goto out; + + for (jp = curjob; jp; jp = jp->prev_job) { + struct procstat *sp; + struct procstat *spend; + if (jp->state == JOBDONE) + continue; + state = JOBDONE; + spend = jp->ps + jp->nprocs; + sp = jp->ps; + do { + if (sp->pid == pid) { + TRACE(("Job %d: changing status of proc %d from 0x%x to 0x%x\n", jobno(jp), pid, sp->status, status)); + sp->status = status; + thisjob = jp; + } + if (sp->status == -1) + state = JOBRUNNING; +#if JOBS + if (state == JOBRUNNING) + continue; + if (WIFSTOPPED(sp->status)) { + jp->stopstatus = sp->status; + state = JOBSTOPPED; + } +#endif + } while (++sp < spend); + if (thisjob) + goto gotjob; + } + goto out; + +gotjob: + if (state != JOBRUNNING) { + thisjob->changed = 1; + + if (thisjob->state != state) { + TRACE(("Job %d: changing state from %d to %d\n", jobno(thisjob), thisjob->state, state)); + thisjob->state = state; +#if JOBS + if (state == JOBSTOPPED) { + set_curjob(thisjob, CUR_STOPPED); + } +#endif + } + } + +out: + INTON; + + if (thisjob && thisjob == job) { + char s[48 + 1]; + int len; + + len = sprint_status(s, status, 1); + if (len) { + s[len] = '\n'; + s[len + 1] = 0; + outstr(s, out2); + } + } + return pid; +} + +static int dowait(int block, struct job *jp) +{ + int gotchld = *(volatile int *)&gotsigchld; + int rpid; + int pid; + + if (jp && jp->state != JOBRUNNING) + block = DOWAIT_NONBLOCK; + + if (block == DOWAIT_NONBLOCK && !gotchld) + return 1; + + rpid = 1; + + do { + pid = waitone(block, jp); + rpid &= !!pid; + + if (!pid || (jp && jp->state != JOBRUNNING)) + block = DOWAIT_NONBLOCK; + } while (pid >= 0); + + return rpid; +} + +/* + * Do a wait system call. If block is zero, we return -1 rather than + * blocking. If block is DOWAIT_WAITCMD, we return 0 when a signal + * other than SIGCHLD interrupted the wait. + * + * We use sigsuspend in conjunction with a non-blocking wait3 in + * order to ensure that waitcmd exits promptly upon the reception + * of a signal. + * + * For code paths other than waitcmd we either use a blocking wait3 + * or a non-blocking wait3. For the latter case the caller of dowait + * must ensure that it is called over and over again until all dead + * children have been reaped. Otherwise zombies may linger. + */ + + +STATIC int +waitproc(int block, int *status) +{ + sigset_t oldmask; + int flags = block == DOWAIT_BLOCK ? 0 : WNOHANG; + int err; + +#if JOBS + if (jobctl) + flags |= WUNTRACED; +#endif + + do { + gotsigchld = 0; + do + err = wait3(status, flags, NULL); + while (err < 0 && errno == EINTR); + + if (err || (err = -!block)) + break; + + sigblockall(&oldmask); + + while (!gotsigchld && !pending_sig) + sigsuspend(&oldmask); + + sigclearmask(); + } while (gotsigchld); + + return err; +} + +/* + * return 1 if there are stopped jobs, otherwise 0 + */ +int job_warning; +int +stoppedjobs(void) +{ + struct job *jp; + int retval; + + retval = 0; + if (job_warning) + goto out; + jp = curjob; + if (jp && jp->state == JOBSTOPPED) { + out2str("You have stopped jobs.\n"); + job_warning = 2; + retval++; + } + +out: + return retval; +} + +/* + * Return a string identifying a command (to be printed by the + * jobs command). + */ + +STATIC char *cmdnextc; + +STATIC char * +commandtext(union node *n) +{ + char *name; + + STARTSTACKSTR(cmdnextc); + cmdtxt(n); + name = stackblock(); + TRACE(("commandtext: name %p, end %p\n", name, cmdnextc)); + return savestr(name); +} + + +STATIC void +cmdtxt(union node *n) +{ + union node *np; + struct nodelist *lp; + const char *p; + char s[2]; + + if (!n) + return; + switch (n->type) { + default: +#if DEBUG + abort(); +#endif + case NPIPE: + lp = n->npipe.cmdlist; + for (;;) { + cmdtxt(lp->n); + lp = lp->next; + if (!lp) + break; + cmdputs(" | "); + } + break; + case NSEMI: + p = "; "; + goto binop; + case NAND: + p = " && "; + goto binop; + case NOR: + p = " || "; +binop: + cmdtxt(n->nbinary.ch1); + cmdputs(p); + n = n->nbinary.ch2; + goto donode; + case NREDIR: + case NBACKGND: + n = n->nredir.n; + goto donode; + case NNOT: + cmdputs("!"); + n = n->nnot.com; +donode: + cmdtxt(n); + break; + case NIF: + cmdputs("if "); + cmdtxt(n->nif.test); + cmdputs("; then "); + if (n->nif.elsepart) { + cmdtxt(n->nif.ifpart); + cmdputs("; else "); + n = n->nif.elsepart; + } else { + n = n->nif.ifpart; + } + p = "; fi"; + goto dotail; + case NSUBSHELL: + cmdputs("("); + n = n->nredir.n; + p = ")"; + goto dotail; + case NWHILE: + p = "while "; + goto until; + case NUNTIL: + p = "until "; +until: + cmdputs(p); + cmdtxt(n->nbinary.ch1); + n = n->nbinary.ch2; + p = "; done"; +dodo: + cmdputs("; do "); +dotail: + cmdtxt(n); + goto dotail2; + case NFOR: + cmdputs("for "); + cmdputs(n->nfor.var); + cmdputs(" in "); + cmdlist(n->nfor.args, 1); + n = n->nfor.body; + p = "; done"; + goto dodo; + case NDEFUN: + cmdputs(n->ndefun.text); + p = "() { ... }"; + goto dotail2; + case NCMD: + cmdlist(n->ncmd.args, 1); + cmdlist(n->ncmd.redirect, 0); + break; + case NARG: + p = n->narg.text; +dotail2: + cmdputs(p); + break; + case NHERE: + case NXHERE: + p = "<<..."; + goto dotail2; + case NCASE: + cmdputs("case "); + cmdputs(n->ncase.expr->narg.text); + cmdputs(" in "); + for (np = n->ncase.cases; np; np = np->nclist.next) { + cmdtxt(np->nclist.pattern); + cmdputs(") "); + cmdtxt(np->nclist.body); + cmdputs(";; "); + } + p = "esac"; + goto dotail2; + case NTO: + p = ">"; + goto redir; + case NCLOBBER: + p = ">|"; + goto redir; + case NAPPEND: + p = ">>"; + goto redir; + case NTOFD: + p = ">&"; + goto redir; + case NFROM: + p = "<"; + goto redir; + case NFROMFD: + p = "<&"; + goto redir; + case NFROMTO: + p = "<>"; +redir: + s[0] = n->nfile.fd + '0'; + s[1] = '\0'; + cmdputs(s); + cmdputs(p); + if (n->type == NTOFD || n->type == NFROMFD) { + s[0] = n->ndup.dupfd + '0'; + p = s; + goto dotail2; + } else { + n = n->nfile.fname; + goto donode; + } + } +} + +STATIC void +cmdlist(union node *np, int sep) +{ + for (; np; np = np->narg.next) { + if (!sep) + cmdputs(spcstr); + cmdtxt(np); + if (sep && np->narg.next) + cmdputs(spcstr); + } +} + + +STATIC void +cmdputs(const char *s) +{ + const char *p, *str; + char cc[2] = " "; + char *nextc; + signed char c; + int subtype = 0; + int quoted = 0; + static const char vstype[VSTYPE + 1][4] = { + "", "}", "-", "+", "?", "=", + "%", "%%", "#", "##", + }; + + nextc = makestrspace((strlen(s) + 1) * 8, cmdnextc); + p = s; + while ((c = *p++) != 0) { + str = 0; + switch (c) { + case CTLESC: + c = *p++; + break; + case CTLVAR: + subtype = *p++; + if ((subtype & VSTYPE) == VSLENGTH) + str = "${#"; + else + str = "${"; + goto dostr; + case CTLENDVAR: + str = "\"}"; + str += !(quoted & 1); + quoted >>= 1; + subtype = 0; + goto dostr; + case CTLBACKQ: + str = "$(...)"; + goto dostr; + case CTLARI: + str = "$(("; + goto dostr; + case CTLENDARI: + str = "))"; + goto dostr; + case CTLQUOTEMARK: + quoted ^= 1; + c = '"'; + break; + case '=': + if (subtype == 0) + break; + if ((subtype & VSTYPE) != VSNORMAL) + quoted <<= 1; + str = vstype[subtype & VSTYPE]; + if (subtype & VSNUL) + c = ':'; + else + goto checkstr; + break; + case '\'': + case '\\': + case '"': + case '$': + /* These can only happen inside quotes */ + cc[0] = c; + str = cc; + c = '\\'; + break; + default: + break; + } + USTPUTC(c, nextc); +checkstr: + if (!str) + continue; +dostr: + while ((c = *str++)) { + USTPUTC(c, nextc); + } + } + if (quoted & 1) { + USTPUTC('"', nextc); + } + *nextc = 0; + cmdnextc = nextc; +} + + +STATIC void +showpipe(struct job *jp, struct output *out) +{ + struct procstat *sp; + struct procstat *spend; + + spend = jp->ps + jp->nprocs; + for (sp = jp->ps + 1; sp < spend; sp++) + outfmt(out, " | %s", sp->cmd); + outcslow('\n', out); + flushall(); +} + + +#if JOBS +STATIC void +xtcsetpgrp(int fd, pid_t pgrp) +{ + if (tcsetpgrp(fd, pgrp)) + sh_error("Cannot set tty process group (%s)", strerror(errno)); +} +#endif + + +STATIC int +getstatus(struct job *job) { + int status; + int retval; + + status = job->ps[job->nprocs - 1].status; + retval = WEXITSTATUS(status); + if (!WIFEXITED(status)) { +#if JOBS + retval = WSTOPSIG(status); + if (!WIFSTOPPED(status)) +#endif + { + /* XXX: limits number of signals */ + retval = WTERMSIG(status); +#if JOBS + if (retval == SIGINT) + job->sigint = 1; +#endif + } + retval += 128; + } + TRACE(("getstatus: job %d, nproc %d, status %x, retval %x\n", + jobno(job), job->nprocs, status, retval)); + return retval; +} diff --git a/src/jobs.h b/src/jobs.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ac6c56d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jobs.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)jobs.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include +#include + +/* Mode argument to forkshell. Don't change FORK_FG or FORK_BG. */ +#define FORK_FG 0 +#define FORK_BG 1 +#define FORK_NOJOB 2 + +/* mode flags for showjob(s) */ +#define SHOW_PGID 0x01 /* only show pgid - for jobs -p */ +#define SHOW_PID 0x04 /* include process pid */ +#define SHOW_CHANGED 0x08 /* only jobs whose state has changed */ + + +/* + * A job structure contains information about a job. A job is either a + * single process or a set of processes contained in a pipeline. In the + * latter case, pidlist will be non-NULL, and will point to a -1 terminated + * array of pids. + */ + +struct procstat { + pid_t pid; /* process id */ + int status; /* last process status from wait() */ + char *cmd; /* text of command being run */ +}; + +struct job { + struct procstat ps0; /* status of process */ + struct procstat *ps; /* status or processes when more than one */ +#if JOBS + int stopstatus; /* status of a stopped job */ +#endif + uint32_t + nprocs: 16, /* number of processes */ + state: 8, +#define JOBRUNNING 0 /* at least one proc running */ +#define JOBSTOPPED 1 /* all procs are stopped */ +#define JOBDONE 2 /* all procs are completed */ +#if JOBS + sigint: 1, /* job was killed by SIGINT */ + jobctl: 1, /* job running under job control */ +#endif + waited: 1, /* true if this entry has been waited for */ + used: 1, /* true if this entry is in used */ + changed: 1; /* true if status has changed */ + struct job *prev_job; /* previous job */ +}; + +union node; + +extern pid_t backgndpid; /* pid of last background process */ +extern int job_warning; /* user was warned about stopped jobs */ +#if JOBS +extern int jobctl; /* true if doing job control */ +#else +#define jobctl 0 +#endif +extern int vforked; /* Set if we are in the vforked child */ + +void setjobctl(int); +int killcmd(int, char **); +int fgcmd(int, char **); +int bgcmd(int, char **); +int jobscmd(int, char **); +struct output; +void showjobs(struct output *, int); +int waitcmd(int, char **); +struct job *makejob(union node *, int); +int forkshell(struct job *, union node *, int); +struct job *vforkexec(union node *n, char **argv, const char *path, int idx); +int waitforjob(struct job *); +int stoppedjobs(void); + +#if ! JOBS +#define setjobctl(on) ((void)(on)) /* do nothing */ +#endif diff --git a/src/machdep.h b/src/machdep.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f2ff0ad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/machdep.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)machdep.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +/* + * Most machines require the value returned from malloc to be aligned + * in some way. The following macro will get this right on many machines. + */ + +#define SHELL_SIZE (sizeof(union {int i; char *cp; double d; }) - 1) +/* + * It appears that grabstackstr() will barf with such alignments + * because stalloc() will return a string allocated in a new stackblock. + */ +#define SHELL_ALIGN(nbytes) (((nbytes) + SHELL_SIZE) & ~SHELL_SIZE) diff --git a/src/mail.c b/src/mail.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8eacb2d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mail.c @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* + * Routines to check for mail. (Perhaps make part of main.c?) + */ +#include +#include +#include + +#include "shell.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "exec.h" /* defines padvance() */ +#include "var.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "mail.h" +#include "mystring.h" + + +#define MAXMBOXES 10 + +/* times of mailboxes */ +static time_t mailtime[MAXMBOXES]; +/* Set if MAIL or MAILPATH is changed. */ +static int changed; + + + +/* + * Print appropriate message(s) if mail has arrived. If changed is set, + * then the value of MAIL has changed, so we just update the values. + */ + +void +chkmail(void) +{ + const char *mpath; + char *p; + char *q; + time_t *mtp; + struct stackmark smark; + struct stat64 statb; + + setstackmark(&smark); + mpath = mpathset() ? mpathval() : mailval(); + for (mtp = mailtime; mtp < mailtime + MAXMBOXES; mtp++) { + int len; + + len = padvance_magic(&mpath, nullstr, 2); + if (!len) + break; + p = stackblock(); + if (*p == '\0') + continue; + for (q = p ; *q ; q++); +#ifdef DEBUG + if (q[-1] != '/') + abort(); +#endif + q[-1] = '\0'; /* delete trailing '/' */ + if (stat64(p, &statb) < 0) { + *mtp = 0; + continue; + } + if (!changed && statb.st_mtime != *mtp) { + outfmt( + &errout, snlfmt, + pathopt ? pathopt : "you have mail" + ); + } + *mtp = statb.st_mtime; + } + changed = 0; + popstackmark(&smark); +} + + +void +changemail(const char *val) +{ + changed++; +} diff --git a/src/mail.h b/src/mail.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c6b21d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mail.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)mail.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +void chkmail(void); +void changemail(const char *); diff --git a/src/main.c b/src/main.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a285346 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main.c @@ -0,0 +1,363 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + + +#include "shell.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "mail.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "eval.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "init.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "exec.h" +#include "cd.h" + +#define PROFILE 0 + +int rootpid; +int shlvl; +#ifdef __GLIBC__ +int *dash_errno; +#endif +#if PROFILE +short profile_buf[16384]; +extern int etext(); +#endif +MKINIT struct jmploc main_handler; + +STATIC void read_profile(const char *); +STATIC char *find_dot_file(char *); +static int cmdloop(int); +int main(int, char **); + +/* + * Main routine. We initialize things, parse the arguments, execute + * profiles if we're a login shell, and then call cmdloop to execute + * commands. The setjmp call sets up the location to jump to when an + * exception occurs. When an exception occurs the variable "state" + * is used to figure out how far we had gotten. + */ + +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char *shinit; + volatile int state; + struct stackmark smark; + int login; + +#ifdef __GLIBC__ + dash_errno = __errno_location(); +#endif + +#if PROFILE + monitor(4, etext, profile_buf, sizeof profile_buf, 50); +#endif + state = 0; + if (unlikely(setjmp(main_handler.loc))) { + int e; + int s; + + exitreset(); + + e = exception; + + s = state; + if (e == EXEND || e == EXEXIT || s == 0 || iflag == 0 || shlvl) + exitshell(); + + reset(); + + if (e == EXINT +#if ATTY + && (! attyset() || equal(termval(), "emacs")) +#endif + ) { + out2c('\n'); +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushout(out2); +#endif + } + popstackmark(&smark); + FORCEINTON; /* enable interrupts */ + if (s == 1) + goto state1; + else if (s == 2) + goto state2; + else if (s == 3) + goto state3; + else + goto state4; + } + handler = &main_handler; +#ifdef DEBUG + opentrace(); + trputs("Shell args: "); trargs(argv); +#endif + rootpid = getpid(); + init(); + setstackmark(&smark); + login = procargs(argc, argv); + if (login) { + state = 1; + read_profile("/etc/profile"); +state1: + state = 2; + read_profile("$HOME/.profile"); + } +state2: + state = 3; + if ( +#ifndef linux + getuid() == geteuid() && getgid() == getegid() && +#endif + iflag + ) { + if ((shinit = lookupvar("ENV")) != NULL && *shinit != '\0') { + read_profile(shinit); + } + } + popstackmark(&smark); +state3: + state = 4; + if (minusc) + evalstring(minusc, sflag ? 0 : EV_EXIT); + + if (sflag || minusc == NULL) { +state4: /* XXX ??? - why isn't this before the "if" statement */ + cmdloop(1); + } +#if PROFILE + monitor(0); +#endif +#if GPROF + { + extern void _mcleanup(void); + _mcleanup(); + } +#endif + exitshell(); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + +/* + * Read and execute commands. "Top" is nonzero for the top level command + * loop; it turns on prompting if the shell is interactive. + */ + +static int +cmdloop(int top) +{ + union node *n; + struct stackmark smark; + int inter; + int status = 0; + int numeof = 0; + + TRACE(("cmdloop(%d) called\n", top)); + for (;;) { + int skip; + + setstackmark(&smark); + if (jobctl) + showjobs(out2, SHOW_CHANGED); + inter = 0; + if (iflag && top) { + inter++; + chkmail(); + } + n = parsecmd(inter); + /* showtree(n); DEBUG */ + if (n == NEOF) { + if (!top || numeof >= 50) + break; + if (!stoppedjobs()) { + if (!Iflag) { + if (iflag) { + out2c('\n'); +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushout(out2); +#endif + } + break; + } + out2str("\nUse \"exit\" to leave shell.\n"); + } + numeof++; + } else if (nflag == 0) { + int i; + + job_warning = (job_warning == 2) ? 1 : 0; + numeof = 0; + i = evaltree(n, 0); + if (n) + status = i; + } + popstackmark(&smark); + + skip = evalskip; + if (skip) { + evalskip &= ~(SKIPFUNC | SKIPFUNCDEF); + break; + } + } + + return status; +} + + + +/* + * Read /etc/profile or .profile. Return on error. + */ + +STATIC void +read_profile(const char *name) +{ + name = expandstr(name); + if (setinputfile(name, INPUT_PUSH_FILE | INPUT_NOFILE_OK) < 0) + return; + + cmdloop(0); + popfile(); +} + + + +/* + * Read a file containing shell functions. + */ + +void +readcmdfile(char *name) +{ + setinputfile(name, INPUT_PUSH_FILE); + cmdloop(0); + popfile(); +} + + + +/* + * Take commands from a file. To be compatible we should do a path + * search for the file, which is necessary to find sub-commands. + */ + + +STATIC char * +find_dot_file(char *basename) +{ + char *fullname; + const char *path = pathval(); + struct stat64 statb; + int len; + + /* don't try this for absolute or relative paths */ + if (strchr(basename, '/')) + return basename; + + while ((len = padvance(&path, basename)) >= 0) { + fullname = stackblock(); + if ((!pathopt || *pathopt == 'f') && + !stat64(fullname, &statb) && S_ISREG(statb.st_mode)) { + /* This will be freed by the caller. */ + return stalloc(len); + } + } + + /* not found in the PATH */ + sh_error("%s: not found", basename); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +int +dotcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int status = 0; + + nextopt(nullstr); + argv = argptr; + + if (*argv) { + char *fullname; + + fullname = find_dot_file(*argv); + setinputfile(fullname, INPUT_PUSH_FILE); + commandname = fullname; + status = cmdloop(0); + popfile(); + } + + return status; +} + + +int +exitcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + if (stoppedjobs()) + return 0; + + if (argc > 1) + savestatus = number(argv[1]); + + exraise(EXEXIT); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +#ifdef mkinit +INCLUDE "error.h" + +FORKRESET { + handler = &main_handler; +} +#endif diff --git a/src/main.h b/src/main.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..19e49835 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)main.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include + +/* pid of main shell */ +extern int rootpid; +/* shell level: 0 for the main shell, 1 for its children, and so on */ +extern int shlvl; +#define rootshell (!shlvl) + +#ifdef __GLIBC__ +/* glibc sucks */ +extern int *dash_errno; +#undef errno +#define errno (*dash_errno) +#endif + +void readcmdfile(char *); +int dotcmd(int, char **); +int exitcmd(int, char **); diff --git a/src/memalloc.c b/src/memalloc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60637da1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/memalloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include + +#include "shell.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "machdep.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "system.h" + +/* + * Like malloc, but returns an error when out of space. + */ + +pointer +ckmalloc(size_t nbytes) +{ + pointer p; + + p = malloc(nbytes); + if (p == NULL) + sh_error("Out of space"); + return p; +} + + +/* + * Same for realloc. + */ + +pointer +ckrealloc(pointer p, size_t nbytes) +{ + p = realloc(p, nbytes); + if (p == NULL) + sh_error("Out of space"); + return p; +} + + +/* + * Make a copy of a string in safe storage. + */ + +char * +savestr(const char *s) +{ + char *p = strdup(s); + if (!p) + sh_error("Out of space"); + return p; +} + + +/* + * Parse trees for commands are allocated in lifo order, so we use a stack + * to make this more efficient, and also to avoid all sorts of exception + * handling code to handle interrupts in the middle of a parse. + * + * The size 504 was chosen because the Ultrix malloc handles that size + * well. + */ + +/* minimum size of a block */ +#define MINSIZE SHELL_ALIGN(504) + +struct stack_block { + struct stack_block *prev; + char space[MINSIZE]; +}; + +struct stack_block stackbase; +struct stack_block *stackp = &stackbase; +char *stacknxt = stackbase.space; +size_t stacknleft = MINSIZE; +char *sstrend = stackbase.space + MINSIZE; + +pointer +stalloc(size_t nbytes) +{ + char *p; + size_t aligned; + + aligned = SHELL_ALIGN(nbytes); + if (aligned > stacknleft) { + size_t len; + size_t blocksize; + struct stack_block *sp; + + blocksize = aligned; + if (blocksize < MINSIZE) + blocksize = MINSIZE; + len = sizeof(struct stack_block) - MINSIZE + blocksize; + if (len < blocksize) + sh_error("Out of space"); + INTOFF; + sp = ckmalloc(len); + sp->prev = stackp; + stacknxt = sp->space; + stacknleft = blocksize; + sstrend = stacknxt + blocksize; + stackp = sp; + INTON; + } + p = stacknxt; + stacknxt += aligned; + stacknleft -= aligned; + return p; +} + + +void +stunalloc(pointer p) +{ +#ifdef DEBUG + if (!p || (stacknxt < (char *)p) || ((char *)p < stackp->space)) { + write(2, "stunalloc\n", 10); + abort(); + } +#endif + stacknleft += stacknxt - (char *)p; + stacknxt = p; +} + + + +void pushstackmark(struct stackmark *mark, size_t len) +{ + mark->stackp = stackp; + mark->stacknxt = stacknxt; + mark->stacknleft = stacknleft; + grabstackblock(len); +} + +void setstackmark(struct stackmark *mark) +{ + pushstackmark(mark, stacknxt == stackp->space && stackp != &stackbase); +} + + +void +popstackmark(struct stackmark *mark) +{ + struct stack_block *sp; + + INTOFF; + while (stackp != mark->stackp) { + sp = stackp; + stackp = sp->prev; + ckfree(sp); + } + stacknxt = mark->stacknxt; + stacknleft = mark->stacknleft; + sstrend = mark->stacknxt + mark->stacknleft; + INTON; +} + + +/* + * When the parser reads in a string, it wants to stick the string on the + * stack and only adjust the stack pointer when it knows how big the + * string is. Stackblock (defined in stack.h) returns a pointer to a block + * of space on top of the stack and stackblocklen returns the length of + * this block. Growstackblock will grow this space by at least one byte, + * possibly moving it (like realloc). Grabstackblock actually allocates the + * part of the block that has been used. + */ + +static void growstackblock(size_t min) +{ + size_t newlen; + + newlen = stacknleft * 2; + if (newlen < stacknleft) + sh_error("Out of space"); + min = SHELL_ALIGN(min | 128); + if (newlen < min) + newlen += min; + + if (stacknxt == stackp->space && stackp != &stackbase) { + struct stack_block *sp; + struct stack_block *prevstackp; + size_t grosslen; + + INTOFF; + sp = stackp; + prevstackp = sp->prev; + grosslen = newlen + sizeof(struct stack_block) - MINSIZE; + sp = ckrealloc((pointer)sp, grosslen); + sp->prev = prevstackp; + stackp = sp; + stacknxt = sp->space; + stacknleft = newlen; + sstrend = sp->space + newlen; + INTON; + } else { + char *oldspace = stacknxt; + int oldlen = stacknleft; + char *p = stalloc(newlen); + + /* free the space we just allocated */ + stacknxt = memcpy(p, oldspace, oldlen); + stacknleft += newlen; + } +} + +/* + * The following routines are somewhat easier to use than the above. + * The user declares a variable of type STACKSTR, which may be declared + * to be a register. The macro STARTSTACKSTR initializes things. Then + * the user uses the macro STPUTC to add characters to the string. In + * effect, STPUTC(c, p) is the same as *p++ = c except that the stack is + * grown as necessary. When the user is done, she can just leave the + * string there and refer to it using stackblock(). Or she can allocate + * the space for it using grabstackstr(). If it is necessary to allow + * someone else to use the stack temporarily and then continue to grow + * the string, the user should use grabstack to allocate the space, and + * then call ungrabstr(p) to return to the previous mode of operation. + * + * USTPUTC is like STPUTC except that it doesn't check for overflow. + * CHECKSTACKSPACE can be called before USTPUTC to ensure that there + * is space for at least one character. + */ + +void * +growstackstr(void) +{ + size_t len = stackblocksize(); + + growstackblock(0); + return stackblock() + len; +} + +char *growstackto(size_t len) +{ + if (stackblocksize() < len) + growstackblock(len); + return stackblock(); +} + +/* + * Called from CHECKSTRSPACE. + */ + +char * +makestrspace(size_t newlen, char *p) +{ + size_t len = p - stacknxt; + + return growstackto(len + newlen) + len; +} + +char * +stnputs(const char *s, size_t n, char *p) +{ + p = makestrspace(n, p); + p = mempcpy(p, s, n); + return p; +} + +char * +stputs(const char *s, char *p) +{ + return stnputs(s, strlen(s), p); +} diff --git a/src/memalloc.h b/src/memalloc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9adf764 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/memalloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)memalloc.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include +#include + +struct stackmark { + struct stack_block *stackp; + char *stacknxt; + size_t stacknleft; +}; + + +extern char *stacknxt; +extern size_t stacknleft; +extern char *sstrend; + +pointer ckmalloc(size_t); +pointer ckrealloc(pointer, size_t); +char *savestr(const char *); +pointer stalloc(size_t); +void stunalloc(pointer); +void pushstackmark(struct stackmark *mark, size_t len); +void setstackmark(struct stackmark *); +void popstackmark(struct stackmark *); +void *growstackstr(void); +char *growstackto(size_t len); +char *makestrspace(size_t, char *); +char *stnputs(const char *, size_t, char *); +char *stputs(const char *, char *); + + +static inline void grabstackblock(size_t len) +{ + stalloc(len); +} + +static inline char *_STPUTC(int c, char *p) { + if (p == sstrend) + p = growstackstr(); + *p++ = c; + return p; +} + +#define stackblock() ((void *)stacknxt) +#define stackblocksize() stacknleft +#define STARTSTACKSTR(p) ((p) = stackblock()) +#define STPUTC(c, p) ((p) = _STPUTC((c), (p))) +#define CHECKSTRSPACE(n, p) \ + ({ \ + char *q = (p); \ + size_t l = (n); \ + size_t m = sstrend - q; \ + if (l > m) \ + (p) = makestrspace(l, q); \ + 0; \ + }) +#define USTPUTC(c, p) (*p++ = (c)) +#define STACKSTRNUL(p) ((p) == sstrend? (p = growstackstr(), *p = '\0') : (*p = '\0')) +#define STUNPUTC(p) (--p) +#define STTOPC(p) p[-1] +#define STADJUST(amount, p) (p += (amount)) + +#define grabstackstr(p) stalloc((char *)(p) - (char *)stackblock()) +#define ungrabstackstr(s, p) stunalloc((s)) +#define stackstrend() ((void *)sstrend) + +#define ckfree(p) free((pointer)(p)) diff --git a/src/miscbltin.c b/src/miscbltin.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ccbbcb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/miscbltin.c @@ -0,0 +1,506 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* + * Miscelaneous builtins. + */ + +#include /* quad_t */ +#include /* BSD4_4 */ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "shell.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "miscbltin.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "trap.h" + +#undef rflag + + +/** handle one line of the read command. + * more fields than variables -> remainder shall be part of last variable. + * less fields than variables -> remaining variables unset. + * + * @param line complete line of input + * @param ac argument count + * @param ap argument (variable) list + * @param len length of line including trailing '\0' + */ +static void +readcmd_handle_line(char *s, int ac, char **ap) +{ + struct arglist arglist; + struct strlist *sl; + + s = grabstackstr(s); + + arglist.lastp = &arglist.list; + + ifsbreakup(s, ac, &arglist); + *arglist.lastp = NULL; + ifsfree(); + + sl = arglist.list; + + do { + if (!sl) { + /* nullify remaining arguments */ + do { + setvar(*ap, nullstr, 0); + } while (*++ap); + + return; + } + + /* set variable to field */ + rmescapes(sl->text); + setvar(*ap, sl->text, 0); + sl = sl->next; + } while (*++ap); +} + +/* + * The read builtin. The -e option causes backslashes to escape the + * following character. The -p option followed by an argument prompts + * with the argument. + * + * This uses unbuffered input, which may be avoidable in some cases. + */ + +int +readcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char **ap; + char c; + int rflag; + char *prompt; + char *p; + int startloc; + int newloc; + int status; + int i; + + rflag = 0; + prompt = NULL; + while ((i = nextopt("p:r")) != '\0') { + if (i == 'p') + prompt = optionarg; + else + rflag = 1; + } + if (prompt && isatty(0)) { + out2str(prompt); +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushall(); +#endif + } + if (*(ap = argptr) == NULL) + sh_error("arg count"); + + status = 0; + STARTSTACKSTR(p); + + goto start; + + for (;;) { + switch (read(0, &c, 1)) { + case 1: + break; + default: + if (errno == EINTR && !pending_sig) + continue; + /* fall through */ + case 0: + status = 1; + goto out; + } + if (c == '\0') + continue; + if (newloc >= startloc) { + if (c == '\n') + goto resetbs; + goto put; + } + if (!rflag && c == '\\') { + newloc = p - (char *)stackblock(); + continue; + } + if (c == '\n') + break; +put: + CHECKSTRSPACE(2, p); + if (strchr(qchars, c)) + USTPUTC(CTLESC, p); + USTPUTC(c, p); + + if (newloc >= startloc) { +resetbs: + recordregion(startloc, newloc, 0); +start: + startloc = p - (char *)stackblock(); + newloc = startloc - 1; + } + } +out: + recordregion(startloc, p - (char *)stackblock(), 0); + STACKSTRNUL(p); + readcmd_handle_line(p + 1, argc - (ap - argv), ap); + return status; +} + + + +/* + * umask builtin + * + * This code was ripped from pdksh 5.2.14 and hacked for use with + * dash by Herbert Xu. + * + * Public domain. + */ + +int +umaskcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char *ap; + int mask; + int i; + int symbolic_mode = 0; + + while ((i = nextopt("S")) != '\0') { + symbolic_mode = 1; + } + + INTOFF; + mask = umask(0); + umask(mask); + INTON; + + if ((ap = *argptr) == NULL) { + if (symbolic_mode) { + char buf[18]; + int j; + + mask = ~mask; + ap = buf; + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) { + *ap++ = "ugo"[i]; + *ap++ = '='; + for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) + if (mask & (1 << (8 - (3*i + j)))) + *ap++ = "rwx"[j]; + *ap++ = ','; + } + ap[-1] = '\0'; + out1fmt("%s\n", buf); + } else { + out1fmt("%.4o\n", mask); + } + } else { + int new_mask; + + if (isdigit((unsigned char) *ap)) { + new_mask = 0; + do { + if (*ap >= '8' || *ap < '0') + sh_error(illnum, *argptr); + new_mask = (new_mask << 3) + (*ap - '0'); + } while (*++ap != '\0'); + } else { + int positions, new_val; + char op; + + mask = ~mask; + new_mask = mask; + positions = 0; + while (*ap) { + while (*ap && strchr("augo", *ap)) + switch (*ap++) { + case 'a': positions |= 0111; break; + case 'u': positions |= 0100; break; + case 'g': positions |= 0010; break; + case 'o': positions |= 0001; break; + } + if (!positions) + positions = 0111; /* default is a */ + if (!strchr("=+-", op = *ap)) + break; + ap++; + new_val = 0; + while (*ap && strchr("rwxugoXs", *ap)) + switch (*ap++) { + case 'r': new_val |= 04; break; + case 'w': new_val |= 02; break; + case 'x': new_val |= 01; break; + case 'u': new_val |= mask >> 6; + break; + case 'g': new_val |= mask >> 3; + break; + case 'o': new_val |= mask >> 0; + break; + case 'X': if (mask & 0111) + new_val |= 01; + break; + case 's': /* ignored */ + break; + } + new_val = (new_val & 07) * positions; + switch (op) { + case '-': + new_mask &= ~new_val; + break; + case '=': + new_mask = new_val + | (new_mask & ~(positions * 07)); + break; + case '+': + new_mask |= new_val; + } + if (*ap == ',') { + positions = 0; + ap++; + } else if (!strchr("=+-", *ap)) + break; + } + if (*ap) { + sh_error("Illegal mode: %s", *argptr); + return 1; + } + new_mask = ~new_mask; + } + umask(new_mask); + } + return 0; +} + +#ifdef HAVE_GETRLIMIT +/* + * ulimit builtin + * + * This code, originally by Doug Gwyn, Doug Kingston, Eric Gisin, and + * Michael Rendell was ripped from pdksh 5.0.8 and hacked for use with + * ash by J.T. Conklin. + * + * Public domain. + */ + +struct limits { + const char *name; + int cmd; + int factor; /* multiply by to get rlim_{cur,max} values */ + char option; +}; + +static const struct limits limits[] = { +#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU + { "time(seconds)", RLIMIT_CPU, 1, 't' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_FSIZE + { "file(blocks)", RLIMIT_FSIZE, 512, 'f' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA + { "data(kbytes)", RLIMIT_DATA, 1024, 'd' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK + { "stack(kbytes)", RLIMIT_STACK, 1024, 's' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE + { "coredump(blocks)", RLIMIT_CORE, 512, 'c' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS + { "memory(kbytes)", RLIMIT_RSS, 1024, 'm' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_MEMLOCK + { "locked memory(kbytes)", RLIMIT_MEMLOCK, 1024, 'l' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC + { "process", RLIMIT_NPROC, 1, 'p' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE + { "nofiles", RLIMIT_NOFILE, 1, 'n' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_AS + { "vmemory(kbytes)", RLIMIT_AS, 1024, 'v' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_LOCKS + { "locks", RLIMIT_LOCKS, 1, 'w' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_RTPRIO + { "rtprio", RLIMIT_RTPRIO, 1, 'r' }, +#endif + { (char *) 0, 0, 0, '\0' } +}; + +enum limtype { SOFT = 0x1, HARD = 0x2 }; + +static void printlim(enum limtype how, const struct rlimit *limit, + const struct limits *l) +{ + rlim_t val; + + val = limit->rlim_max; + if (how & SOFT) + val = limit->rlim_cur; + + if (val == RLIM_INFINITY) + out1fmt("unlimited\n"); + else { + val /= l->factor; + out1fmt("%" PRIdMAX "\n", (intmax_t) val); + } +} + +int +ulimitcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int c; + rlim_t val = 0; + enum limtype how = SOFT | HARD; + const struct limits *l; + int set, all = 0; + int optc, what; + struct rlimit limit; + + what = 'f'; + while ((optc = nextopt("HSa" +#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU + "t" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_FSIZE + "f" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA + "d" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK + "s" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE + "c" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS + "m" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_MEMLOCK + "l" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC + "p" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE + "n" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_AS + "v" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_LOCKS + "w" +#endif + )) != '\0') + switch (optc) { + case 'H': + how = HARD; + break; + case 'S': + how = SOFT; + break; + case 'a': + all = 1; + break; + default: + what = optc; + } + + for (l = limits; l->option != what; l++) + ; + + set = *argptr ? 1 : 0; + if (set) { + char *p = *argptr; + + if (all || argptr[1]) + sh_error("too many arguments"); + if (strcmp(p, "unlimited") == 0) + val = RLIM_INFINITY; + else { + val = (rlim_t) 0; + + while ((c = *p++) >= '0' && c <= '9') + { + val = (val * 10) + (long)(c - '0'); + if (val < (rlim_t) 0) + break; + } + if (c) + sh_error("bad number"); + val *= l->factor; + } + } + if (all) { + for (l = limits; l->name; l++) { + getrlimit(l->cmd, &limit); + out1fmt("%-20s ", l->name); + printlim(how, &limit, l); + } + return 0; + } + + getrlimit(l->cmd, &limit); + if (set) { + if (how & HARD) + limit.rlim_max = val; + if (how & SOFT) + limit.rlim_cur = val; + if (setrlimit(l->cmd, &limit) < 0) + sh_error("error setting limit (%s)", strerror(errno)); + } else { + printlim(how, &limit, l); + } + return 0; +} +#endif diff --git a/src/miscbltin.h b/src/miscbltin.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd9a8d1c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/miscbltin.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1997 Christos Zoulas. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES + * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. + * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, + * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT + * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF + * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +int readcmd(int, char **); +int umaskcmd(int, char **); +int ulimitcmd(int, char **); diff --git a/src/mkbuiltins b/src/mkbuiltins new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f1f25932 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mkbuiltins @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +#!/bin/sh - +# $NetBSD: mkbuiltins,v 1.17 2002/11/24 22:35:41 christos Exp $ +# +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +# Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)mkbuiltins 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +tempfile=mktemp +if ! type tempfile > /dev/null 2>&1 && ! type mktemp > /dev/null 2>&1; then + _my_tempfile() + { + local index=0 + while test -f "${TMPDIR:-/tmp}/builtin.$$.$index"; do + index=`expr $index + 1` + done + + touch "${TMPDIR:-/tmp}/builtin.$$.$index" + echo "${TMPDIR:-/tmp}/builtin.$$.$index" + } + + tempfile="_my_tempfile" +elif ! type tempfile > /dev/null 2>&1; then + tempfile="mktemp ${TMPDIR:-/tmp}/builtin.XXXXXX" +fi + +trap 'rm -f $temp $temp2' EXIT +temp=$($tempfile) +temp2=$($tempfile) + +builtins=$1 + +exec > builtins.c +cat <<\! +/* + * This file was generated by the mkbuiltins program. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "builtins.h" + +! +< $builtins sed '/^#/d; /^ *$/d' > $temp +awk '{ printf "int %s(int, char **);\n", $1}' $temp +echo ' +const struct builtincmd builtincmd[] = {' +awk '{ for (i = 2 ; i <= NF ; i++) { + line = $i "\t" $1 + if ($i ~ /^-/) + line = $(++i) "\t" line + print line + }}' $temp | LC_ALL= LC_COLLATE=C sort -k 1,1 | tee $temp2 | awk '{ + opt = "" + if (NF > 2) { + opt = substr($2, 2) + $2 = $3 + } + mask = 0 + cmd = $2 + if (opt ~ /n/) { cmd = "NULL" } + if (opt ~ /s/) { mask += 1 } + if (opt ~ /[su]/) { mask += 2 } + if (opt ~ /a/) { mask += 4 } + printf "\t{ \"%s\", %s, %d },\n", $1, cmd, mask + }' +echo '};' + +exec > builtins.h +cat <<\! +/* + * This file was generated by the mkbuiltins program. + */ + +! +sed 's/ -[a-z]*//' $temp2 | nl -ba -v0 | + LC_ALL= LC_COLLATE=C sort -u -k 3,3 | + tr abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ | + awk '{ printf "#define %s (builtincmd + %d)\n", $3, $1}' +printf '\n#define NUMBUILTINS %d\n' $(wc -l < $temp2) +echo ' +#define BUILTIN_SPECIAL 0x1 +#define BUILTIN_REGULAR 0x2 +#define BUILTIN_ASSIGN 0x4 + +struct builtincmd { + const char *name; + int (*builtin)(int, char **); + unsigned flags; +}; + +extern const struct builtincmd builtincmd[];' diff --git a/src/mkinit.c b/src/mkinit.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9025862e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mkinit.c @@ -0,0 +1,493 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* + * This program scans all the source files for code to handle various + * special events and combines this code into one file. This (allegedly) + * improves the structure of the program since there is no need for + * anyone outside of a module to know that that module performs special + * operations on particular events. + * + * Usage: mkinit sourcefile... + */ + + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + + +/* + * OUTFILE is the name of the output file. Output is initially written + * to the file OUTTEMP, which is then moved to OUTFILE. + */ + +#define OUTFILE "init.c" +#define OUTTEMP "init.c.new" + + +/* + * A text structure is basicly just a string that grows as more characters + * are added onto the end of it. It is implemented as a linked list of + * blocks of characters. The routines addstr and addchar append a string + * or a single character, respectively, to a text structure. Writetext + * writes the contents of a text structure to a file. + */ + +#define BLOCKSIZE 512 + +struct text { + char *nextc; + int nleft; + struct block *start; + struct block *last; +}; + +struct block { + struct block *next; + char text[BLOCKSIZE]; +}; + + +/* + * There is one event structure for each event that mkinit handles. + */ + +struct event { + char *name; /* name of event (e.g. INIT) */ + char *routine; /* name of routine called on event */ + char *comment; /* comment describing routine */ + struct text code; /* code for handling event */ +}; + + +char writer[] = "\ +/*\n\ + * This file was generated by the mkinit program.\n\ + */\n\ +\n"; + +char init[] = "\ +/*\n\ + * Initialization code.\n\ + */\n"; + +char exitreset[] = "\ +/*\n\ + * This routine is called when an error or an interrupt occurs in an\n\ + * interactive shell and control is returned to the main command loop\n\ + * but prior to exitshell. \n\ + */\n"; + +char forkreset[] = "\ +/*\n\ + * This routine is called when we enter a subshell.\n\ + */\n"; + +char reset[] = "\ +/*\n\ + * This routine is called when an error or an interrupt occurs in an\n\ + * interactive shell and control is returned to the main command loop.\n\ + */\n"; + + +struct event event[] = { + {"INIT", "init", init}, + {"EXITRESET", "exitreset", exitreset}, + {"FORKRESET", "forkreset", forkreset}, + {"RESET", "reset", reset}, + {NULL, NULL} +}; + + +char *curfile; /* current file */ +int linno; /* current line */ +char *header_files[200]; /* list of header files */ +struct text defines; /* #define statements */ +struct text decls; /* declarations */ +int amiddecls; /* for formatting */ + + +void readfile(char *); +int match(char *, char *); +int gooddefine(char *); +void doevent(struct event *, FILE *, char *); +void doinclude(char *); +void dodecl(char *, FILE *); +void output(void); +void addstr(char *, struct text *); +void addchar(int, struct text *); +void writetext(struct text *, FILE *); +FILE *ckfopen(char *, char *); +void *ckmalloc(int); +char *savestr(char *); +static void error(char *); +int main(int, char **); + +#define equal(s1, s2) (strcmp(s1, s2) == 0) + +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char **ap; + + header_files[0] = "\"shell.h\""; + header_files[1] = "\"mystring.h\""; + header_files[2] = "\"init.h\""; + for (ap = argv + 1 ; *ap ; ap++) + readfile(*ap); + output(); + rename(OUTTEMP, OUTFILE); + exit(0); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + +/* + * Parse an input file. + */ + +void +readfile(char *fname) +{ + FILE *fp; + char line[1024]; + struct event *ep; + + fp = ckfopen(fname, "r"); + curfile = fname; + linno = 0; + amiddecls = 0; + while (fgets(line, sizeof line, fp) != NULL) { + linno++; + for (ep = event ; ep->name ; ep++) { + if (line[0] == ep->name[0] && match(ep->name, line)) { + doevent(ep, fp, fname); + break; + } + } + if (line[0] == 'I' && match("INCLUDE", line)) + doinclude(line); + if (line[0] == 'M' && match("MKINIT", line)) + dodecl(line, fp); + if (line[0] == '#' && gooddefine(line)) { + char *cp; + char line2[1024]; + static const char undef[] = "#undef "; + + strcpy(line2, line); + memcpy(line2, undef, sizeof(undef) - 1); + cp = line2 + sizeof(undef) - 1; + while(*cp && (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t')) + cp++; + while(*cp && *cp != ' ' && *cp != '\t' && *cp != '\n') + cp++; + *cp++ = '\n'; *cp = '\0'; + addstr(line2, &defines); + addstr(line, &defines); + } + } + fclose(fp); +} + + +int +match(char *name, char *line) +{ + char *p, *q; + + p = name, q = line; + while (*p) { + if (*p++ != *q++) + return 0; + } + if (*q != '{' && *q != ' ' && *q != '\t' && *q != '\n') + return 0; + return 1; +} + + +int +gooddefine(char *line) +{ + char *p; + + if (! match("#define", line)) + return 0; /* not a define */ + p = line + 7; + while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') + p++; + while (*p != ' ' && *p != '\t') { + if (*p == '(') + return 0; /* macro definition */ + p++; + } + while (*p != '\n' && *p != '\0') + p++; + if (p[-1] == '\\') + return 0; /* multi-line definition */ + return 1; +} + + +void +doevent(struct event *ep, FILE *fp, char *fname) +{ + char line[1024]; + int indent; + char *p; + + sprintf(line, "\n /* from %s: */\n", fname); + addstr(line, &ep->code); + addstr(" {\n", &ep->code); + for (;;) { + linno++; + if (fgets(line, sizeof line, fp) == NULL) + error("Unexpected EOF"); + if (equal(line, "}\n")) + break; + indent = 6; + for (p = line ; *p == '\t' ; p++) + indent += 8; + for ( ; *p == ' ' ; p++) + indent++; + if (*p == '\n' || *p == '#') + indent = 0; + while (indent >= 8) { + addchar('\t', &ep->code); + indent -= 8; + } + while (indent > 0) { + addchar(' ', &ep->code); + indent--; + } + addstr(p, &ep->code); + } + addstr(" }\n", &ep->code); +} + + +void +doinclude(char *line) +{ + char *p; + char *name; + char **pp; + + for (p = line ; *p != '"' && *p != '<' && *p != '\0' ; p++); + if (*p == '\0') + error("Expecting '\"' or '<'"); + name = p; + while (*p != ' ' && *p != '\t' && *p != '\n') + p++; + if (p[-1] != '"' && p[-1] != '>') + error("Missing terminator"); + *p = '\0'; + + /* name now contains the name of the include file */ + for (pp = header_files ; *pp && ! equal(*pp, name) ; pp++); + if (*pp == NULL) + *pp = savestr(name); +} + + +void +dodecl(char *line1, FILE *fp) +{ + char line[1024]; + char *p, *q; + + if (strcmp(line1, "MKINIT\n") == 0) { /* start of struct/union decl */ + addchar('\n', &decls); + do { + linno++; + if (fgets(line, sizeof line, fp) == NULL) + error("Unterminated structure declaration"); + addstr(line, &decls); + } while (line[0] != '}'); + amiddecls = 0; + } else { + if (! amiddecls) + addchar('\n', &decls); + q = NULL; + for (p = line1 + 6 ; *p && strchr("=/\n", *p) == NULL; p++) + continue; + if (*p == '=') { /* eliminate initialization */ + for (q = p ; *q && *q != ';' ; q++); + if (*q == '\0') + q = NULL; + else { + while (p[-1] == ' ') + p--; + *p = '\0'; + } + } + addstr("extern", &decls); + addstr(line1 + 6, &decls); + if (q != NULL) + addstr(q, &decls); + amiddecls = 1; + } +} + + + +/* + * Write the output to the file OUTTEMP. + */ + +void +output(void) +{ + FILE *fp; + char **pp; + struct event *ep; + + fp = ckfopen(OUTTEMP, "w"); + fputs(writer, fp); + for (pp = header_files ; *pp ; pp++) + fprintf(fp, "#include %s\n", *pp); + fputs("\n\n\n", fp); + writetext(&defines, fp); + fputs("\n\n", fp); + writetext(&decls, fp); + for (ep = event ; ep->name ; ep++) { + fputs("\n\n\n", fp); + fputs(ep->comment, fp); + fprintf(fp, "\nvoid\n%s() {\n", ep->routine); + writetext(&ep->code, fp); + fprintf(fp, "}\n"); + } + fclose(fp); +} + + +/* + * A text structure is simply a block of text that is kept in memory. + * Addstr appends a string to the text struct, and addchar appends a single + * character. + */ + +void +addstr(char *s, struct text *text) +{ + while (*s) { + if (--text->nleft < 0) + addchar(*s++, text); + else + *text->nextc++ = *s++; + } +} + + +void +addchar(int c, struct text *text) +{ + struct block *bp; + + if (--text->nleft < 0) { + bp = ckmalloc(sizeof *bp); + if (text->start == NULL) + text->start = bp; + else + text->last->next = bp; + text->last = bp; + text->nextc = bp->text; + text->nleft = BLOCKSIZE - 1; + } + *text->nextc++ = c; +} + +/* + * Write the contents of a text structure to a file. + */ +void +writetext(struct text *text, FILE *fp) +{ + struct block *bp; + + if (text->start != NULL) { + for (bp = text->start ; bp != text->last ; bp = bp->next) { + if ((fwrite(bp->text, sizeof (char), BLOCKSIZE, fp)) != BLOCKSIZE) + error("Can't write data\n"); + } + if ((fwrite(bp->text, sizeof (char), BLOCKSIZE - text->nleft, fp)) != (BLOCKSIZE - text->nleft)) + error("Can't write data\n"); + } +} + +FILE * +ckfopen(char *file, char *mode) +{ + FILE *fp; + + if ((fp = fopen(file, mode)) == NULL) { + fprintf(stderr, "Can't open %s\n", file); + exit(2); + } + return fp; +} + +void * +ckmalloc(int nbytes) +{ + char *p; + + if ((p = malloc(nbytes)) == NULL) + error("Out of space"); + return p; +} + +char * +savestr(char *s) +{ + char *p; + + p = ckmalloc(strlen(s) + 1); + strcpy(p, s); + return p; +} + +static void +error(char *msg) +{ + if (curfile != NULL) + fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: ", curfile, linno); + fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", msg); + exit(2); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} diff --git a/src/mknodes.c b/src/mknodes.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1903a605 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mknodes.c @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* + * This program reads the nodetypes file and nodes.c.pat file. It generates + * the files nodes.h and nodes.c. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define MAXTYPES 50 /* max number of node types */ +#define MAXFIELDS 20 /* max fields in a structure */ +#define BUFLEN 100 /* size of character buffers */ + +/* field types */ +#define T_NODE 1 /* union node *field */ +#define T_NODELIST 2 /* struct nodelist *field */ +#define T_STRING 3 +#define T_INT 4 /* int field */ +#define T_OTHER 5 /* other */ +#define T_TEMP 6 /* don't copy this field */ + + +struct field { /* a structure field */ + char *name; /* name of field */ + int type; /* type of field */ + char *decl; /* declaration of field */ +}; + + +struct str { /* struct representing a node structure */ + char *tag; /* structure tag */ + int nfields; /* number of fields in the structure */ + struct field field[MAXFIELDS]; /* the fields of the structure */ + int done; /* set if fully parsed */ +}; + + +static int ntypes; /* number of node types */ +static char *nodename[MAXTYPES]; /* names of the nodes */ +static struct str *nodestr[MAXTYPES]; /* type of structure used by the node */ +static int nstr; /* number of structures */ +static struct str str[MAXTYPES]; /* the structures */ +static struct str *curstr; /* current structure */ +static FILE *infp; +static char line[1024]; +static int linno; +static char *linep; + +static void parsenode(void); +static void parsefield(void); +static void output(char *); +static void outsizes(FILE *); +static void outfunc(FILE *, int); +static void indent(int, FILE *); +static int nextfield(char *); +static void skipbl(void); +static int readline(void); +static void error(const char *, ...); +static char *savestr(const char *); +int main(int, char **); + + +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + + /* + * some versions of linux complain: initializer element is not + * constant if this is done at compile time. + */ + infp = stdin; + + if (argc != 3) + error("usage: mknodes file"); + if ((infp = fopen(argv[1], "r")) == NULL) + error("Can't open %s", argv[1]); + while (readline()) { + if (line[0] == ' ' || line[0] == '\t') + parsefield(); + else if (line[0] != '\0') + parsenode(); + } + output(argv[2]); + exit(0); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + + +static void +parsenode(void) +{ + char name[BUFLEN]; + char tag[BUFLEN]; + struct str *sp; + + if (curstr && curstr->nfields > 0) + curstr->done = 1; + nextfield(name); + if (! nextfield(tag)) + error("Tag expected"); + if (*linep != '\0') + error("Garbage at end of line"); + nodename[ntypes] = savestr(name); + for (sp = str ; sp < str + nstr ; sp++) { + if (strcmp(sp->tag, tag) == 0) + break; + } + if (sp >= str + nstr) { + sp->tag = savestr(tag); + sp->nfields = 0; + curstr = sp; + nstr++; + } + nodestr[ntypes] = sp; + ntypes++; +} + + +static void +parsefield(void) +{ + char name[BUFLEN]; + char type[BUFLEN]; + char decl[2 * BUFLEN]; + struct field *fp; + + if (curstr == NULL || curstr->done) + error("No current structure to add field to"); + if (! nextfield(name)) + error("No field name"); + if (! nextfield(type)) + error("No field type"); + fp = &curstr->field[curstr->nfields]; + fp->name = savestr(name); + if (strcmp(type, "nodeptr") == 0) { + fp->type = T_NODE; + sprintf(decl, "union node *%s", name); + } else if (strcmp(type, "nodelist") == 0) { + fp->type = T_NODELIST; + sprintf(decl, "struct nodelist *%s", name); + } else if (strcmp(type, "string") == 0) { + fp->type = T_STRING; + sprintf(decl, "char *%s", name); + } else if (strcmp(type, "int") == 0) { + fp->type = T_INT; + sprintf(decl, "int %s", name); + } else if (strcmp(type, "other") == 0) { + fp->type = T_OTHER; + } else if (strcmp(type, "temp") == 0) { + fp->type = T_TEMP; + } else { + error("Unknown type %s", type); + } + if (fp->type == T_OTHER || fp->type == T_TEMP) { + skipbl(); + fp->decl = savestr(linep); + } else { + if (*linep) + error("Garbage at end of line"); + fp->decl = savestr(decl); + } + curstr->nfields++; +} + + +char writer[] = "\ +/*\n\ + * This file was generated by the mknodes program.\n\ + */\n\ +\n"; + +static void +output(char *file) +{ + FILE *hfile; + FILE *cfile; + FILE *patfile; + int i; + struct str *sp; + struct field *fp; + char *p; + + if ((patfile = fopen(file, "r")) == NULL) + error("Can't open %s", file); + if ((hfile = fopen("nodes.h", "w")) == NULL) + error("Can't create nodes.h"); + if ((cfile = fopen("nodes.c", "w")) == NULL) + error("Can't create nodes.c"); + fputs(writer, hfile); + for (i = 0 ; i < ntypes ; i++) + fprintf(hfile, "#define %s %d\n", nodename[i], i); + fputs("\n\n\n", hfile); + for (sp = str ; sp < &str[nstr] ; sp++) { + fprintf(hfile, "struct %s {\n", sp->tag); + for (i = sp->nfields, fp = sp->field ; --i >= 0 ; fp++) { + fprintf(hfile, " %s;\n", fp->decl); + } + fputs("};\n\n\n", hfile); + } + fputs("union node {\n", hfile); + fprintf(hfile, " int type;\n"); + for (sp = str ; sp < &str[nstr] ; sp++) { + fprintf(hfile, " struct %s %s;\n", sp->tag, sp->tag); + } + fputs("};\n\n\n", hfile); + fputs("struct nodelist {\n", hfile); + fputs("\tstruct nodelist *next;\n", hfile); + fputs("\tunion node *n;\n", hfile); + fputs("};\n\n\n", hfile); + fputs("struct funcnode {\n", hfile); + fputs("\tint count;\n", hfile); + fputs("\tunion node n;\n", hfile); + fputs("};\n\n\n", hfile); + fputs("struct funcnode *copyfunc(union node *);\n", hfile); + fputs("void freefunc(struct funcnode *);\n", hfile); + + fputs(writer, cfile); + while (fgets(line, sizeof line, patfile) != NULL) { + for (p = line ; *p == ' ' || *p == '\t' ; p++); + if (strcmp(p, "%SIZES\n") == 0) + outsizes(cfile); + else if (strcmp(p, "%CALCSIZE\n") == 0) + outfunc(cfile, 1); + else if (strcmp(p, "%COPY\n") == 0) + outfunc(cfile, 0); + else + fputs(line, cfile); + } +} + + + +static void +outsizes(FILE *cfile) +{ + int i; + + fprintf(cfile, "static const short nodesize[%d] = {\n", ntypes); + for (i = 0 ; i < ntypes ; i++) { + fprintf(cfile, " SHELL_ALIGN(sizeof (struct %s)),\n", + nodestr[i]->tag); + } + fprintf(cfile, "};\n"); +} + + +static void +outfunc(FILE *cfile, int calcsize) +{ + struct str *sp; + struct field *fp; + int i; + + fputs(" if (n == NULL)\n", cfile); + if (calcsize) + fputs(" return;\n", cfile); + else + fputs(" return NULL;\n", cfile); + if (calcsize) + fputs(" funcblocksize += nodesize[n->type];\n", cfile); + else { + fputs(" new = funcblock;\n", cfile); + fputs(" funcblock = (char *) funcblock + nodesize[n->type];\n", cfile); + } + fputs(" switch (n->type) {\n", cfile); + for (sp = str ; sp < &str[nstr] ; sp++) { + for (i = 0 ; i < ntypes ; i++) { + if (nodestr[i] == sp) + fprintf(cfile, " case %s:\n", nodename[i]); + } + for (i = sp->nfields ; --i >= 1 ; ) { + fp = &sp->field[i]; + switch (fp->type) { + case T_NODE: + if (calcsize) { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "calcsize(n->%s.%s);\n", + sp->tag, fp->name); + } else { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "new->%s.%s = copynode(n->%s.%s);\n", + sp->tag, fp->name, sp->tag, fp->name); + } + break; + case T_NODELIST: + if (calcsize) { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "sizenodelist(n->%s.%s);\n", + sp->tag, fp->name); + } else { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "new->%s.%s = copynodelist(n->%s.%s);\n", + sp->tag, fp->name, sp->tag, fp->name); + } + break; + case T_STRING: + if (calcsize) { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "funcstringsize += strlen(n->%s.%s) + 1;\n", + sp->tag, fp->name); + } else { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "new->%s.%s = nodesavestr(n->%s.%s);\n", + sp->tag, fp->name, sp->tag, fp->name); + } + break; + case T_INT: + case T_OTHER: + if (! calcsize) { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "new->%s.%s = n->%s.%s;\n", + sp->tag, fp->name, sp->tag, fp->name); + } + break; + } + } + indent(12, cfile); + fputs("break;\n", cfile); + } + fputs(" };\n", cfile); + if (! calcsize) + fputs(" new->type = n->type;\n", cfile); +} + + +static void +indent(int amount, FILE *fp) +{ + while (amount >= 8) { + putc('\t', fp); + amount -= 8; + } + while (--amount >= 0) { + putc(' ', fp); + } +} + + +static int +nextfield(char *buf) +{ + char *p, *q; + + p = linep; + while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') + p++; + q = buf; + while (*p != ' ' && *p != '\t' && *p != '\0') + *q++ = *p++; + *q = '\0'; + linep = p; + return (q > buf); +} + + +static void +skipbl(void) +{ + while (*linep == ' ' || *linep == '\t') + linep++; +} + + +static int +readline(void) +{ + char *p; + + if (fgets(line, 1024, infp) == NULL) + return 0; + for (p = line ; *p != '#' && *p != '\n' && *p != '\0' ; p++); + while (p > line && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t')) + p--; + *p = '\0'; + linep = line; + linno++; + if (p - line > BUFLEN) + error("Line too long"); + return 1; +} + + + +static void +error(const char *msg, ...) +{ + va_list va; + + va_start(va, msg); + + (void) fprintf(stderr, "line %d: ", linno); + (void) vfprintf(stderr, msg, va); + (void) fputc('\n', stderr); + + va_end(va); + + exit(2); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + + +static char * +savestr(const char *s) +{ + char *p; + + if ((p = malloc(strlen(s) + 1)) == NULL) + error("Out of space"); + (void) strcpy(p, s); + return p; +} diff --git a/src/mksignames.c b/src/mksignames.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a832eab9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mksignames.c @@ -0,0 +1,417 @@ +/* signames.c -- Create and write `signames.c', which contains an array of + signal names. */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + + Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free + Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later + version. + + Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License + for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if !defined (NSIG) +# define NSIG 64 +#endif + +/* + * Special traps: + * EXIT == 0 + */ +#define LASTSIG NSIG-1 + +char *signal_names[2 * NSIG + 3]; + +#define signal_names_size (sizeof(signal_names)/sizeof(signal_names[0])) + +char *progname; + +/* AIX 4.3 defines SIGRTMIN and SIGRTMAX as 888 and 999 respectively. + I don't want to allocate so much unused space for the intervening signal + numbers, so we just punt if SIGRTMAX is past the bounds of the + signal_names array (handled in configure). */ +#if defined (SIGRTMAX) && defined (UNUSABLE_RT_SIGNALS) +# undef SIGRTMAX +# undef SIGRTMIN +#endif + +#if defined (SIGRTMAX) || defined (SIGRTMIN) +# define RTLEN 14 +# define RTLIM 256 +#endif + +void +initialize_signames () +{ + register int i; +#if defined (SIGRTMAX) || defined (SIGRTMIN) + int rtmin, rtmax, rtcnt; +#endif + + for (i = 1; i < signal_names_size; i++) + signal_names[i] = (char *)NULL; + + /* `signal' 0 is what we do on exit. */ + signal_names[0] = "EXIT"; + + /* Place signal names which can be aliases for more common signal + names first. This allows (for example) SIGABRT to overwrite SIGLOST. */ + + /* POSIX 1003.1b-1993 real time signals, but take care of incomplete + implementations. Acoording to the standard, both, SIGRTMIN and + SIGRTMAX must be defined, SIGRTMIN must be stricly less than + SIGRTMAX, and the difference must be at least 7, that is, there + must be at least eight distinct real time signals. */ + + /* The generated signal names are SIGRTMIN, SIGRTMIN+1, ..., + SIGRTMIN+x, SIGRTMAX-x, ..., SIGRTMAX-1, SIGRTMAX. If the number + of RT signals is odd, there is an extra SIGRTMIN+(x+1). + These names are the ones used by ksh and /usr/xpg4/bin/sh on SunOS5. */ + +#if defined (SIGRTMIN) + rtmin = SIGRTMIN; + signal_names[rtmin] = "RTMIN"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGRTMAX) + rtmax = SIGRTMAX; + signal_names[rtmax] = "RTMAX"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGRTMAX) && defined (SIGRTMIN) + if (rtmax > rtmin) + { + rtcnt = (rtmax - rtmin - 1) / 2; + /* croak if there are too many RT signals */ + if (rtcnt >= RTLIM/2) + { + rtcnt = RTLIM/2-1; + fprintf(stderr, "%s: error: more than %i real time signals, fix `%s'\n", + progname, RTLIM, progname); + } + + for (i = 1; i <= rtcnt; i++) + { + signal_names[rtmin+i] = (char *)malloc(RTLEN); + if (signal_names[rtmin+i]) + sprintf (signal_names[rtmin+i], "RTMIN+%d", i); + signal_names[rtmax-i] = (char *)malloc(RTLEN); + if (signal_names[rtmax-i]) + sprintf (signal_names[rtmax-i], "RTMAX-%d", i); + } + + if (rtcnt < RTLIM/2-1 && rtcnt != (rtmax-rtmin)/2) + { + /* Need an extra RTMIN signal */ + signal_names[rtmin+rtcnt+1] = (char *)malloc(RTLEN); + if (signal_names[rtmin+rtcnt+1]) + sprintf (signal_names[rtmin+rtcnt+1], "RTMIN+%d", rtcnt+1); + } + } +#endif /* SIGRTMIN && SIGRTMAX */ + +/* AIX */ +#if defined (SIGLOST) /* resource lost (eg, record-lock lost) */ + signal_names[SIGLOST] = "LOST"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGMSG) /* HFT input data pending */ + signal_names[SIGMSG] = "MSG"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGDANGER) /* system crash imminent */ + signal_names[SIGDANGER] = "DANGER"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGMIGRATE) /* migrate process to another CPU */ + signal_names[SIGMIGRATE] = "MIGRATE"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGPRE) /* programming error */ + signal_names[SIGPRE] = "PRE"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGVIRT) /* AIX virtual time alarm */ + signal_names[SIGVIRT] = "VIRT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGALRM1) /* m:n condition variables */ + signal_names[SIGALRM1] = "ALRM1"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGWAITING) /* m:n scheduling */ + signal_names[SIGWAITING] = "WAITING"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGGRANT) /* HFT monitor mode granted */ + signal_names[SIGGRANT] = "GRANT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGKAP) /* keep alive poll from native keyboard */ + signal_names[SIGKAP] = "KAP"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGRETRACT) /* HFT monitor mode retracted */ + signal_names[SIGRETRACT] = "RETRACT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGSOUND) /* HFT sound sequence has completed */ + signal_names[SIGSOUND] = "SOUND"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGSAK) /* Secure Attention Key */ + signal_names[SIGSAK] = "SAK"; +#endif + +/* SunOS5 */ +#if defined (SIGLWP) /* special signal used by thread library */ + signal_names[SIGLWP] = "LWP"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGFREEZE) /* special signal used by CPR */ + signal_names[SIGFREEZE] = "FREEZE"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGTHAW) /* special signal used by CPR */ + signal_names[SIGTHAW] = "THAW"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGCANCEL) /* thread cancellation signal used by libthread */ + signal_names[SIGCANCEL] = "CANCEL"; +#endif + +/* HP-UX */ +#if defined (SIGDIL) /* DIL signal (?) */ + signal_names[SIGDIL] = "DIL"; +#endif + +/* System V */ +#if defined (SIGCLD) /* Like SIGCHLD. */ + signal_names[SIGCLD] = "CLD"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGPWR) /* power state indication */ + signal_names[SIGPWR] = "PWR"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGPOLL) /* Pollable event (for streams) */ + signal_names[SIGPOLL] = "POLL"; +#endif + +/* Unknown */ +#if defined (SIGWINDOW) + signal_names[SIGWINDOW] = "WINDOW"; +#endif + +/* Common */ +#if defined (SIGHUP) /* hangup */ + signal_names[SIGHUP] = "HUP"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGINT) /* interrupt */ + signal_names[SIGINT] = "INT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGQUIT) /* quit */ + signal_names[SIGQUIT] = "QUIT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGILL) /* illegal instruction (not reset when caught) */ + signal_names[SIGILL] = "ILL"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGTRAP) /* trace trap (not reset when caught) */ + signal_names[SIGTRAP] = "TRAP"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGIOT) /* IOT instruction */ + signal_names[SIGIOT] = "IOT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGABRT) /* Cause current process to dump core. */ + signal_names[SIGABRT] = "ABRT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGEMT) /* EMT instruction */ + signal_names[SIGEMT] = "EMT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGFPE) /* floating point exception */ + signal_names[SIGFPE] = "FPE"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGKILL) /* kill (cannot be caught or ignored) */ + signal_names[SIGKILL] = "KILL"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGBUS) /* bus error */ + signal_names[SIGBUS] = "BUS"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGSEGV) /* segmentation violation */ + signal_names[SIGSEGV] = "SEGV"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGSYS) /* bad argument to system call */ + signal_names[SIGSYS] = "SYS"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGPIPE) /* write on a pipe with no one to read it */ + signal_names[SIGPIPE] = "PIPE"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGALRM) /* alarm clock */ + signal_names[SIGALRM] = "ALRM"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGTERM) /* software termination signal from kill */ + signal_names[SIGTERM] = "TERM"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGURG) /* urgent condition on IO channel */ + signal_names[SIGURG] = "URG"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGSTOP) /* sendable stop signal not from tty */ + signal_names[SIGSTOP] = "STOP"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGTSTP) /* stop signal from tty */ + signal_names[SIGTSTP] = "TSTP"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGCONT) /* continue a stopped process */ + signal_names[SIGCONT] = "CONT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGCHLD) /* to parent on child stop or exit */ + signal_names[SIGCHLD] = "CHLD"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGTTIN) /* to readers pgrp upon background tty read */ + signal_names[SIGTTIN] = "TTIN"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGTTOU) /* like TTIN for output if (tp->t_local<OSTOP) */ + signal_names[SIGTTOU] = "TTOU"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGIO) /* input/output possible signal */ + signal_names[SIGIO] = "IO"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGXCPU) /* exceeded CPU time limit */ + signal_names[SIGXCPU] = "XCPU"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGXFSZ) /* exceeded file size limit */ + signal_names[SIGXFSZ] = "XFSZ"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGVTALRM) /* virtual time alarm */ + signal_names[SIGVTALRM] = "VTALRM"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGPROF) /* profiling time alarm */ + signal_names[SIGPROF] = "PROF"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGWINCH) /* window changed */ + signal_names[SIGWINCH] = "WINCH"; +#endif + +/* 4.4 BSD */ +#if defined (SIGINFO) && !defined (_SEQUENT_) /* information request */ + signal_names[SIGINFO] = "INFO"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGUSR1) /* user defined signal 1 */ + signal_names[SIGUSR1] = "USR1"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGUSR2) /* user defined signal 2 */ + signal_names[SIGUSR2] = "USR2"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGKILLTHR) /* BeOS: Kill Thread */ + signal_names[SIGKILLTHR] = "KILLTHR"; +#endif + + for (i = 0; i < NSIG; i++) + if (signal_names[i] == (char *)NULL) + { + signal_names[i] = (char *)malloc (18); + if (signal_names[i]) + sprintf (signal_names[i], "%d", i); + } +} + +void +write_signames (stream) + FILE *stream; +{ + register int i; + + fprintf (stream, "/* This file was automatically created by %s.\n", + progname); + fprintf (stream, " Do not edit. Edit support/mksignames.c instead. */\n\n"); + fprintf (stream, "#include \n\n"); + fprintf (stream, + "/* A translation list so we can be polite to our users. */\n"); + fprintf (stream, "const char *const signal_names[NSIG + 1] = {\n"); + + for (i = 0; i <= LASTSIG; i++) + fprintf (stream, " \"%s\",\n", signal_names[i]); + + fprintf (stream, " (char *)0x0\n"); + fprintf (stream, "};\n"); +} + +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char *stream_name; + FILE *stream; + + progname = argv[0]; + + if (argc == 1) + { + stream_name = "signames.c"; + } + else if (argc == 2) + { + stream_name = argv[1]; + } + else + { + fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [output-file]\n", progname); + exit (1); + } + + stream = fopen (stream_name, "w"); + if (!stream) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: cannot open for writing\n", + progname, stream_name); + exit (2); + } + + initialize_signames (); + write_signames (stream); + exit (0); +} diff --git a/src/mksyntax.c b/src/mksyntax.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a23c18ca --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mksyntax.c @@ -0,0 +1,315 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* + * This program creates syntax.h and syntax.c. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "parser.h" + + +struct synclass { + char *name; + char *comment; +}; + +/* Syntax classes */ +struct synclass synclass[] = { + { "CWORD", "character is nothing special" }, + { "CNL", "newline character" }, + { "CBACK", "a backslash character" }, + { "CSQUOTE", "single quote" }, + { "CDQUOTE", "double quote" }, + { "CENDQUOTE", "a terminating quote" }, + { "CBQUOTE", "backwards single quote" }, + { "CVAR", "a dollar sign" }, + { "CENDVAR", "a '}' character" }, + { "CLP", "a left paren in arithmetic" }, + { "CRP", "a right paren in arithmetic" }, + { "CEOF", "end of file" }, + { "CCTL", "like CWORD, except it must be escaped" }, + { "CSPCL", "these terminate a word" }, + { "CIGN", "character should be ignored" }, + { NULL, NULL } +}; + + +/* + * Syntax classes for is_ functions. Warning: if you add new classes + * you may have to change the definition of the is_in_name macro. + */ +struct synclass is_entry[] = { + { "ISDIGIT", "a digit" }, + { "ISUPPER", "an upper case letter" }, + { "ISLOWER", "a lower case letter" }, + { "ISUNDER", "an underscore" }, + { "ISSPECL", "the name of a special parameter" }, + { NULL, NULL } +}; + +static char writer[] = "\ +/*\n\ + * This file was generated by the mksyntax program.\n\ + */\n\ +\n"; + + +static FILE *cfile; +static FILE *hfile; +static char *syntax[513]; + +static void filltable(char *); +static void init(void); +static void add(char *, char *); +static void print(char *); +static void output_type_macros(void); +int main(int, char **); + +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int i; + char buf[80]; + int pos; + + /* Create output files */ + if ((cfile = fopen("syntax.c", "w")) == NULL) { + perror("syntax.c"); + exit(2); + } + if ((hfile = fopen("syntax.h", "w")) == NULL) { + perror("syntax.h"); + exit(2); + } + fputs(writer, hfile); + fputs(writer, cfile); + + fputs("#include \n", hfile); + fputs("\n", hfile); + fputs("#ifdef CEOF\n", hfile); + fputs("#undef CEOF\n", hfile); + fputs("#endif\n", hfile); + fputs("\n", hfile); + + /* Generate the #define statements in the header file */ + fputs("/* Syntax classes */\n", hfile); + for (i = 0 ; synclass[i].name ; i++) { + sprintf(buf, "#define %s %d", synclass[i].name, i); + fputs(buf, hfile); + for (pos = strlen(buf) ; pos < 32 ; pos = (pos + 8) & ~07) + putc('\t', hfile); + fprintf(hfile, "/* %s */\n", synclass[i].comment); + } + putc('\n', hfile); + fputs("/* Syntax classes for is_ functions */\n", hfile); + for (i = 0 ; is_entry[i].name ; i++) { + sprintf(buf, "#define %s %#o", is_entry[i].name, 1 << i); + fputs(buf, hfile); + for (pos = strlen(buf) ; pos < 32 ; pos = (pos + 8) & ~07) + putc('\t', hfile); + fprintf(hfile, "/* %s */\n", is_entry[i].comment); + } + putc('\n', hfile); + fprintf(hfile, "#define SYNBASE %d\n", 130); + fprintf(hfile, "#define PEOF %d\n\n", -130); + fprintf(hfile, "#define PEOA %d\n\n", -129); + putc('\n', hfile); + fputs("#define BASESYNTAX (basesyntax + SYNBASE)\n", hfile); + fputs("#define DQSYNTAX (dqsyntax + SYNBASE)\n", hfile); + fputs("#define SQSYNTAX (sqsyntax + SYNBASE)\n", hfile); + fputs("#define ARISYNTAX (arisyntax + SYNBASE)\n", hfile); + putc('\n', hfile); + output_type_macros(); /* is_digit, etc. */ + putc('\n', hfile); + + /* Generate the syntax tables. */ + fputs("#include \"shell.h\"\n", cfile); + fputs("#include \"syntax.h\"\n\n", cfile); + init(); + fputs("/* syntax table used when not in quotes */\n", cfile); + add("\n", "CNL"); + add("\\", "CBACK"); + add("'", "CSQUOTE"); + add("\"", "CDQUOTE"); + add("`", "CBQUOTE"); + add("$", "CVAR"); + add("}", "CENDVAR"); + add("<>();&| \t", "CSPCL"); + syntax[1] = "CSPCL"; + print("basesyntax"); + init(); + fputs("\n/* syntax table used when in double quotes */\n", cfile); + add("\n", "CNL"); + add("\\", "CBACK"); + add("\"", "CENDQUOTE"); + add("`", "CBQUOTE"); + add("$", "CVAR"); + add("}", "CENDVAR"); + /* ':/' for tilde expansion, '-' for [a\-x] pattern ranges */ + add("!*?[=~:/-]", "CCTL"); + print("dqsyntax"); + init(); + fputs("\n/* syntax table used when in single quotes */\n", cfile); + add("\n", "CNL"); + add("'", "CENDQUOTE"); + /* ':/' for tilde expansion, '-' for [a\-x] pattern ranges */ + add("!*?[=~:/-]\\", "CCTL"); + print("sqsyntax"); + init(); + fputs("\n/* syntax table used when in arithmetic */\n", cfile); + add("\n", "CNL"); + add("\\", "CBACK"); + add("`", "CBQUOTE"); + add("$", "CVAR"); + add("}", "CENDVAR"); + add("(", "CLP"); + add(")", "CRP"); + print("arisyntax"); + filltable("0"); + fputs("\n/* character classification table */\n", cfile); + add("0123456789", "ISDIGIT"); + add("abcdefghijklmnopqrstucvwxyz", "ISLOWER"); + add("ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUCVWXYZ", "ISUPPER"); + add("_", "ISUNDER"); + add("#?$!-*@", "ISSPECL"); + print("is_type"); + exit(0); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + + +/* + * Clear the syntax table. + */ + +static void +filltable(char *dftval) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0 ; i < 258; i++) + syntax[i] = dftval; +} + + +/* + * Initialize the syntax table with default values. + */ + +static void +init(void) +{ + int ctl; + + filltable("CWORD"); + syntax[0] = "CEOF"; + syntax[1] = "CIGN"; + for (ctl = CTL_FIRST; ctl <= CTL_LAST; ctl++ ) + syntax[130 + ctl] = "CCTL"; +} + + +/* + * Add entries to the syntax table. + */ + +static void +add(char *p, char *type) +{ + while (*p) + syntax[(signed char)*p++ + 130] = type; +} + + + +/* + * Output the syntax table. + */ + +static void +print(char *name) +{ + int i; + int col; + + fprintf(hfile, "extern const char %s[];\n", name); + fprintf(cfile, "const char %s[] = {\n", name); + col = 0; + for (i = 0 ; i < 258; i++) { + if (i == 0) { + fputs(" ", cfile); + } else if ((i & 03) == 0) { + fputs(",\n ", cfile); + col = 0; + } else { + putc(',', cfile); + while (++col < 9 * (i & 03)) + putc(' ', cfile); + } + fputs(syntax[i], cfile); + col += strlen(syntax[i]); + } + fputs("\n};\n", cfile); +} + + + +/* + * Output character classification macros (e.g. is_digit). If digits are + * contiguous, we can test for them quickly. + */ + +static char *macro[] = { + "#define is_digit(c)\t((unsigned)((c) - '0') <= 9)\n", + "#define is_alpha(c)\tisalpha((unsigned char)(c))\n", + "#define is_name(c)\t((c) == '_' || isalpha((unsigned char)(c)))\n", + "#define is_in_name(c)\t((c) == '_' || isalnum((unsigned char)(c)))\n", + "#define is_special(c)\t((is_type+SYNBASE)[(signed char)(c)] & (ISSPECL|ISDIGIT))\n", + NULL +}; + +static void +output_type_macros(void) +{ + char **pp; + + for (pp = macro ; *pp ; pp++) + fputs(*pp, hfile); + fputs("#define digit_val(c)\t((c) - '0')\n", hfile); +} diff --git a/src/mktokens b/src/mktokens new file mode 100644 index 00000000..78055be8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mktokens @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +#!/bin/sh - +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +# Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)mktokens 8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93 + +# The following is a list of tokens. The second column is nonzero if the +# token marks the end of a list. The third column is the name to print in +# error messages. + +: "${TMPDIR:=/tmp}" + +cat > "${TMPDIR}"/ka$$ <<\! +TEOF 1 end of file +TNL 0 newline +TSEMI 0 ";" +TBACKGND 0 "&" +TAND 0 "&&" +TOR 0 "||" +TPIPE 0 "|" +TLP 0 "(" +TRP 1 ")" +TENDCASE 1 ";;" +TENDBQUOTE 1 "`" +TREDIR 0 redirection +TWORD 0 word +TNOT 0 "!" +TCASE 0 "case" +TDO 1 "do" +TDONE 1 "done" +TELIF 1 "elif" +TELSE 1 "else" +TESAC 1 "esac" +TFI 1 "fi" +TFOR 0 "for" +TIF 0 "if" +TIN 0 "in" +TTHEN 1 "then" +TUNTIL 0 "until" +TWHILE 0 "while" +TBEGIN 0 "{" +TEND 1 "}" +! +nl=`wc -l "${TMPDIR}"/ka$$` +exec > token.h +awk '{print "#define " $1 " " NR-1}' "${TMPDIR}"/ka$$ + +exec > token_vars.h + +echo ' +/* Array indicating which tokens mark the end of a list */ +static const char tokendlist[] = {' +awk '{print "\t" $2 ","}' "${TMPDIR}"/ka$$ +echo '}; + +static const char *const tokname[] = {' +sed -e 's/"/\\"/g' \ + -e 's/[^ ]*[ ][ ]*[^ ]*[ ][ ]*\(.*\)/ "\1",/' \ + "${TMPDIR}"/ka$$ +echo '}; +' +sed 's/"//g' "${TMPDIR}"/ka$$ | awk ' +/TNOT/{print "#define KWDOFFSET " NR-1; print ""; + print "static const char *const parsekwd[] = {"} +/TNOT/,/neverfound/{if (last) print " \"" last "\","; last = $3} +END{print " \"" last "\"\n};"}' + +rm "${TMPDIR}"/ka$$ diff --git a/src/myhistedit.h b/src/myhistedit.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..22e5c438 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/myhistedit.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)myhistedit.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include + +extern History *hist; +extern EditLine *el; +extern int displayhist; + +void histedit(void); +void sethistsize(const char *); +void setterm(const char *); +int histcmd(int, char **); +int not_fcnumber(char *); +int str_to_event(const char *, int); + diff --git a/src/mystring.c b/src/mystring.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de624b89 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mystring.c @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* + * String functions. + * + * equal(s1, s2) Return true if strings are equal. + * scopy(from, to) Copy a string. + * scopyn(from, to, n) Like scopy, but checks for overflow. + * number(s) Convert a string of digits to an integer. + * is_number(s) Return true if s is a string of digits. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "shell.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "system.h" + + +char nullstr[1]; /* zero length string */ +const char spcstr[] = " "; +const char snlfmt[] = "%s\n"; +const char dolatstr[] = { CTLQUOTEMARK, CTLVAR, VSNORMAL, '@', '=', + CTLQUOTEMARK, '\0' }; +const char qchars[] = { CTLESC, CTLQUOTEMARK, 0 }; +const char illnum[] = "Illegal number: %s"; +const char homestr[] = "HOME"; + +/* + * equal - #defined in mystring.h + */ + +/* + * scopy - #defined in mystring.h + */ + + +#if 0 +/* + * scopyn - copy a string from "from" to "to", truncating the string + * if necessary. "To" is always nul terminated, even if + * truncation is performed. "Size" is the size of "to". + */ + +void +scopyn(const char *from, char *to, int size) +{ + + while (--size > 0) { + if ((*to++ = *from++) == '\0') + return; + } + *to = '\0'; +} +#endif + + +/* + * prefix -- see if pfx is a prefix of string. + */ + +char * +prefix(const char *string, const char *pfx) +{ + while (*pfx) { + if (*pfx++ != *string++) + return 0; + } + return (char *) string; +} + +void badnum(const char *s) +{ + sh_error(illnum, s); +} + +/* + * Convert a string into an integer of type intmax_t. Alow trailing spaces. + */ +intmax_t atomax(const char *s, int base) +{ + char *p; + intmax_t r; + + errno = 0; + r = strtoimax(s, &p, base); + + if (errno == ERANGE) + badnum(s); + + /* + * Disallow completely blank strings in non-arithmetic (base != 0) + * contexts. + */ + if (p == s && base) + badnum(s); + + while (isspace((unsigned char)*p)) + p++; + + if (*p) + badnum(s); + + return r; +} + +intmax_t atomax10(const char *s) +{ + return atomax(s, 10); +} + +/* + * Convert a string of digits to an integer, printing an error message on + * failure. + */ + +int +number(const char *s) +{ + intmax_t n = atomax10(s); + + if (n < 0 || n > INT_MAX) + badnum(s); + + return n; +} + + + +/* + * Check for a valid number. This should be elsewhere. + */ + +int +is_number(const char *p) +{ + do { + if (! is_digit(*p)) + return 0; + } while (*++p != '\0'); + return 1; +} + + +/* + * Produce a possibly single quoted string suitable as input to the shell. + * The return string is allocated on the stack. + */ + +char * +single_quote(const char *s) { + char *p; + + STARTSTACKSTR(p); + + do { + char *q; + size_t len; + + len = strchrnul(s, '\'') - s; + + q = p = makestrspace(len + 3, p); + + *q++ = '\''; + q = mempcpy(q, s, len); + *q++ = '\''; + s += len; + + STADJUST(q - p, p); + + len = strspn(s, "'"); + if (!len) + break; + + q = p = makestrspace(len + 3, p); + + *q++ = '"'; + q = mempcpy(q, s, len); + *q++ = '"'; + s += len; + + STADJUST(q - p, p); + } while (*s); + + USTPUTC(0, p); + + return stackblock(); +} + +/* + * Like strdup but works with the ash stack. + */ + +char * +sstrdup(const char *p) +{ + size_t len = strlen(p) + 1; + return memcpy(stalloc(len), p, len); +} + +/* + * Wrapper around strcmp for qsort/bsearch/... + */ +int +pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + return strcmp(*(const char *const *) a, *(const char *const *) b); +} + +/* + * Find a string is in a sorted array. + */ +const char *const * +findstring(const char *s, const char *const *array, size_t nmemb) +{ + return bsearch(&s, array, nmemb, sizeof(const char *), pstrcmp); +} diff --git a/src/mystring.h b/src/mystring.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..083ea98c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mystring.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)mystring.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include +#include + +extern const char snlfmt[]; +extern const char spcstr[]; +extern const char dolatstr[]; +#define DOLATSTRLEN 6 +extern const char qchars[]; +extern const char illnum[]; +extern const char homestr[]; + +#if 0 +void scopyn(const char *, char *, int); +#endif +char *prefix(const char *, const char *); +void badnum(const char *s) __attribute__ ((noreturn)); +intmax_t atomax(const char *, int); +intmax_t atomax10(const char *); +int number(const char *); +int is_number(const char *); +char *single_quote(const char *); +char *sstrdup(const char *); +int pstrcmp(const void *, const void *); +const char *const *findstring(const char *, const char *const *, size_t); + +#define equal(s1, s2) (strcmp(s1, s2) == 0) +#define scopy(s1, s2) ((void)strcpy(s2, s1)) diff --git a/src/nodes.c.pat b/src/nodes.c.pat new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9125bc73 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/nodes.c.pat @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)nodes.c.pat 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include +/* + * Routine for dealing with parsed shell commands. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "machdep.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "system.h" + + +int funcblocksize; /* size of structures in function */ +int funcstringsize; /* size of strings in node */ +pointer funcblock; /* block to allocate function from */ +char *funcstring; /* block to allocate strings from */ + +%SIZES + + +STATIC void calcsize(union node *); +STATIC void sizenodelist(struct nodelist *); +STATIC union node *copynode(union node *); +STATIC struct nodelist *copynodelist(struct nodelist *); +STATIC char *nodesavestr(char *); + + + +/* + * Make a copy of a parse tree. + */ + +struct funcnode * +copyfunc(union node *n) +{ + struct funcnode *f; + size_t blocksize; + + funcblocksize = offsetof(struct funcnode, n); + funcstringsize = 0; + calcsize(n); + blocksize = funcblocksize; + f = ckmalloc(blocksize + funcstringsize); + funcblock = (char *) f + offsetof(struct funcnode, n); + funcstring = (char *) f + blocksize; + copynode(n); + f->count = 0; + return f; +} + + + +STATIC void +calcsize(n) + union node *n; +{ + %CALCSIZE +} + + + +STATIC void +sizenodelist(lp) + struct nodelist *lp; +{ + while (lp) { + funcblocksize += SHELL_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nodelist)); + calcsize(lp->n); + lp = lp->next; + } +} + + + +STATIC union node * +copynode(n) + union node *n; +{ + union node *new; + + %COPY + return new; +} + + +STATIC struct nodelist * +copynodelist(lp) + struct nodelist *lp; +{ + struct nodelist *start; + struct nodelist **lpp; + + lpp = &start; + while (lp) { + *lpp = funcblock; + funcblock = (char *) funcblock + + SHELL_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nodelist)); + (*lpp)->n = copynode(lp->n); + lp = lp->next; + lpp = &(*lpp)->next; + } + *lpp = NULL; + return start; +} + + + +STATIC char * +nodesavestr(s) + char *s; +{ + char *rtn = funcstring; + + funcstring = stpcpy(funcstring, s) + 1; + return rtn; +} + + + +/* + * Free a parse tree. + */ + +void +freefunc(struct funcnode *f) +{ + if (f && --f->count < 0) + ckfree(f); +} diff --git a/src/nodetypes b/src/nodetypes new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ceaf478c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/nodetypes @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# Copyright (c) 1997-2005 +# Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)nodetypes 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# This file describes the nodes used in parse trees. Unindented lines +# contain a node type followed by a structure tag. Subsequent indented +# lines specify the fields of the structure. Several node types can share +# the same structure, in which case the fields of the structure should be +# specified only once. +# +# A field of a structure is described by the name of the field followed +# by a type. The currently implemented types are: +# nodeptr - a pointer to a node +# nodelist - a pointer to a list of nodes +# string - a pointer to a nul terminated string +# int - an integer +# other - any type that can be copied by assignment +# temp - a field that doesn't have to be copied when the node is copied +# The last two types should be followed by the text of a C declaration for +# the field. + +NCMD ncmd # a simple command + type int + linno int + assign nodeptr # variable assignments + args nodeptr # the arguments + redirect nodeptr # list of file redirections + +NPIPE npipe # a pipeline + type int + backgnd int # set to run pipeline in background + cmdlist nodelist # the commands in the pipeline + +NREDIR nredir # redirection (of a complex command) + type int + linno int + n nodeptr # the command + redirect nodeptr # list of file redirections + +NBACKGND nredir # run command in background +NSUBSHELL nredir # run command in a subshell + +NAND nbinary # the && operator +NOR nbinary # the || operator + +NSEMI nbinary # two commands separated by a semicolon + type int + ch1 nodeptr # the first child + ch2 nodeptr # the second child + +NIF nif # the if statement. Elif clauses are handled + type int # using multiple if nodes. + test nodeptr # if test + ifpart nodeptr # then ifpart + elsepart nodeptr # else elsepart + +NWHILE nbinary # the while statement. First child is the test +NUNTIL nbinary # the until statement + +NFOR nfor # the for statement + type int + linno int + args nodeptr # for var in args + body nodeptr # do body; done + var string # the for variable + +NCASE ncase # a case statement + type int + linno int + expr nodeptr # the word to switch on + cases nodeptr # the list of cases (NCLIST nodes) + +NCLIST nclist # a case + type int + next nodeptr # the next case in list + pattern nodeptr # list of patterns for this case + body nodeptr # code to execute for this case + + +NDEFUN ndefun # a function + type int + linno int + text string + body nodeptr + +NARG narg # represents a word + type int + next nodeptr # next word in list + text string # the text of the word + backquote nodelist # list of commands in back quotes + +NTO nfile # fd> fname +NCLOBBER nfile # fd>| fname +NFROM nfile # fd< fname +NFROMTO nfile # fd<> fname +NAPPEND nfile # fd>> fname + type int + next nodeptr # next redirection in list + fd int # file descriptor being redirected + fname nodeptr # file name, in a NARG node + expfname temp char *expfname # actual file name + +NTOFD ndup # fd<&dupfd +NFROMFD ndup # fd>&dupfd + type int + next nodeptr # next redirection in list + fd int # file descriptor being redirected + dupfd int # file descriptor to duplicate + vname nodeptr # file name if fd>&$var + + +NHERE nhere # fd<<\! +NXHERE nhere # fd<. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "shell.h" +#define DEFINE_OPTIONS +#include "options.h" +#undef DEFINE_OPTIONS +#include "nodes.h" /* for other header files */ +#include "eval.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#ifndef SMALL +#include "myhistedit.h" +#endif +#include "show.h" + +char *arg0; /* value of $0 */ +struct shparam shellparam; /* current positional parameters */ +char **argptr; /* argument list for builtin commands */ +char *optionarg; /* set by nextopt (like getopt) */ +char *optptr; /* used by nextopt */ + +char *minusc; /* argument to -c option */ + +static const char *const optnames[NOPTS] = { + "errexit", + "noglob", + "ignoreeof", + "interactive", + "monitor", + "noexec", + "stdin", + "xtrace", + "verbose", + "vi", + "emacs", + "noclobber", + "allexport", + "notify", + "nounset", + "nolog", + "debug", +}; + +const char optletters[NOPTS] = { + 'e', + 'f', + 'I', + 'i', + 'm', + 'n', + 's', + 'x', + 'v', + 'V', + 'E', + 'C', + 'a', + 'b', + 'u', + 0, + 0, +}; + +char optlist[NOPTS]; + + +static int options(int); +STATIC void minus_o(char *, int); +STATIC void setoption(int, int); +STATIC int getopts(char *, char *, char **); + + +/* + * Process the shell command line arguments. + */ + +int +procargs(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int i; + const char *xminusc; + char **xargv; + int login; + + xargv = argv; + login = xargv[0] && xargv[0][0] == '-'; + arg0 = xargv[0]; + if (argc > 0) + xargv++; + for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) + optlist[i] = 2; + argptr = xargv; + login |= options(1); + xargv = argptr; + xminusc = minusc; + if (*xargv == NULL) { + if (xminusc) + sh_error("-c requires an argument"); + sflag = 1; + } + if (iflag == 2 && sflag == 1 && isatty(0) && isatty(1)) + iflag = 1; + if (mflag == 2) + mflag = iflag; + for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) + if (optlist[i] == 2) + optlist[i] = 0; +#if DEBUG == 2 + debug = 1; +#endif + /* POSIX 1003.2: first arg after -c cmd is $0, remainder $1... */ + if (xminusc) { + minusc = *xargv++; + if (*xargv) + goto setarg0; + } else if (!sflag) { + setinputfile(*xargv, 0); +setarg0: + arg0 = *xargv++; + } + + shellparam.p = xargv; + shellparam.optind = 1; + shellparam.optoff = -1; + /* assert(shellparam.malloc == 0 && shellparam.nparam == 0); */ + while (*xargv) { + shellparam.nparam++; + xargv++; + } + optschanged(); + + return login; +} + + +void +optschanged(void) +{ +#ifdef DEBUG + opentrace(); +#endif + setinteractive(iflag); +#ifndef SMALL + histedit(); +#endif + setjobctl(mflag); +} + +/* + * Process shell options. The global variable argptr contains a pointer + * to the argument list; we advance it past the options. + */ + +STATIC int +options(int cmdline) +{ + char *p; + int val; + int c; + int login = 0; + + if (cmdline) + minusc = NULL; + while ((p = *argptr) != NULL) { + argptr++; + if ((c = *p++) == '-') { + val = 1; + if (p[0] == '\0' || (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '\0')) { + if (!cmdline) { + /* "-" means turn off -x and -v */ + if (p[0] == '\0') + xflag = vflag = 0; + /* "--" means reset params */ + else if (*argptr == NULL) + setparam(argptr); + } + break; /* "-" or "--" terminates options */ + } + } else if (c == '+') { + val = 0; + } else { + argptr--; + break; + } + while ((c = *p++) != '\0') { + if (c == 'c' && cmdline) { + minusc = p; /* command is after shell args*/ + } else if (c == 'l' && cmdline) { + login = 1; + } else if (c == 'o') { + minus_o(*argptr, val); + if (*argptr) + argptr++; + } else { + setoption(c, val); + } + } + } + + return login; +} + +STATIC void +minus_o(char *name, int val) +{ + int i; + + if (name == NULL) { + if (val) { + out1str("Current option settings\n"); + for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) + out1fmt("%-16s%s\n", optnames[i], + optlist[i] ? "on" : "off"); + } else { + for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) + out1fmt("set %s %s\n", + optlist[i] ? "-o" : "+o", + optnames[i]); + + } + } else { + for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) + if (equal(name, optnames[i])) { + optlist[i] = val; + return; + } + sh_error("Illegal option -o %s", name); + } +} + + +STATIC void +setoption(int flag, int val) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) + if (optletters[i] == flag) { + optlist[i] = val; + if (val) { + /* #%$ hack for ksh semantics */ + if (flag == 'V') + Eflag = 0; + else if (flag == 'E') + Vflag = 0; + } + return; + } + sh_error("Illegal option -%c", flag); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + + +/* + * Set the shell parameters. + */ + +void +setparam(char **argv) +{ + char **newparam; + char **ap; + int nparam; + + for (nparam = 0 ; argv[nparam] ; nparam++); + ap = newparam = ckmalloc((nparam + 1) * sizeof *ap); + while (*argv) { + *ap++ = savestr(*argv++); + } + *ap = NULL; + freeparam(&shellparam); + shellparam.malloc = 1; + shellparam.nparam = nparam; + shellparam.p = newparam; + shellparam.optind = 1; + shellparam.optoff = -1; +} + + +/* + * Free the list of positional parameters. + */ + +void +freeparam(volatile struct shparam *param) +{ + char **ap; + + if (param->malloc) { + for (ap = param->p ; *ap ; ap++) + ckfree(*ap); + ckfree(param->p); + } +} + + + +/* + * The shift builtin command. + */ + +int +shiftcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int n; + char **ap1, **ap2; + + n = 1; + if (argc > 1) + n = number(argv[1]); + if (n > shellparam.nparam) + sh_error("can't shift that many"); + INTOFF; + shellparam.nparam -= n; + for (ap1 = shellparam.p ; --n >= 0 ; ap1++) { + if (shellparam.malloc) + ckfree(*ap1); + } + ap2 = shellparam.p; + while ((*ap2++ = *ap1++) != NULL); + shellparam.optind = 1; + shellparam.optoff = -1; + INTON; + return 0; +} + + + +/* + * The set command builtin. + */ + +int +setcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + if (argc == 1) + return showvars(nullstr, 0, VUNSET); + INTOFF; + options(0); + optschanged(); + if (*argptr != NULL) { + setparam(argptr); + } + INTON; + return 0; +} + + +void +getoptsreset(value) + const char *value; +{ + shellparam.optind = number(value) ?: 1; + shellparam.optoff = -1; +} + +/* + * The getopts builtin. Shellparam.optnext points to the next argument + * to be processed. Shellparam.optptr points to the next character to + * be processed in the current argument. If shellparam.optnext is NULL, + * then it's the first time getopts has been called. + */ + +int +getoptscmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char **optbase; + + if (argc < 3) + sh_error("Usage: getopts optstring var [arg]"); + else if (argc == 3) { + optbase = shellparam.p; + if ((unsigned)shellparam.optind > shellparam.nparam + 1) { + shellparam.optind = 1; + shellparam.optoff = -1; + } + } + else { + optbase = &argv[3]; + if ((unsigned)shellparam.optind > argc - 2) { + shellparam.optind = 1; + shellparam.optoff = -1; + } + } + + return getopts(argv[1], argv[2], optbase); +} + +STATIC int +getopts(char *optstr, char *optvar, char **optfirst) +{ + char *p, *q; + char c = '?'; + int done = 0; + char s[2]; + char **optnext; + int ind = shellparam.optind; + int off = shellparam.optoff; + + shellparam.optind = -1; + optnext = optfirst + ind - 1; + + if (ind <= 1 || off < 0 || strlen(optnext[-1]) < off) + p = NULL; + else + p = optnext[-1] + off; + if (p == NULL || *p == '\0') { + /* Current word is done, advance */ + p = *optnext; + if (p == NULL || *p != '-' || *++p == '\0') { +atend: + p = NULL; + done = 1; + goto out; + } + optnext++; + if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '\0') /* check for "--" */ + goto atend; + } + + c = *p++; + for (q = optstr; *q != c; ) { + if (*q == '\0') { + if (optstr[0] == ':') { + s[0] = c; + s[1] = '\0'; + setvar("OPTARG", s, 0); + } else { + outfmt(&errout, "Illegal option -%c\n", c); + (void) unsetvar("OPTARG"); + } + c = '?'; + goto out; + } + if (*++q == ':') + q++; + } + + if (*++q == ':') { + if (*p == '\0' && (p = *optnext) == NULL) { + if (optstr[0] == ':') { + s[0] = c; + s[1] = '\0'; + setvar("OPTARG", s, 0); + c = ':'; + } else { + outfmt(&errout, "No arg for -%c option\n", c); + (void) unsetvar("OPTARG"); + c = '?'; + } + goto out; + } + + if (p == *optnext) + optnext++; + setvar("OPTARG", p, 0); + p = NULL; + } else + setvar("OPTARG", nullstr, 0); + +out: + ind = optnext - optfirst + 1; + setvarint("OPTIND", ind, VNOFUNC); + s[0] = c; + s[1] = '\0'; + setvar(optvar, s, 0); + + shellparam.optoff = p ? p - *(optnext - 1) : -1; + shellparam.optind = ind; + + return done; +} + +/* + * XXX - should get rid of. have all builtins use getopt(3). the + * library getopt must have the BSD extension static variable "optreset" + * otherwise it can't be used within the shell safely. + * + * Standard option processing (a la getopt) for builtin routines. The + * only argument that is passed to nextopt is the option string; the + * other arguments are unnecessary. It return the character, or '\0' on + * end of input. + */ + +int +nextopt(const char *optstring) +{ + char *p; + const char *q; + char c; + + if ((p = optptr) == NULL || *p == '\0') { + p = *argptr; + if (p == NULL || *p != '-' || *++p == '\0') + return '\0'; + argptr++; + if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '\0') /* check for "--" */ + return '\0'; + } + c = *p++; + for (q = optstring ; *q != c ; ) { + if (*q == '\0') + sh_error("Illegal option -%c", c); + if (*++q == ':') + q++; + } + if (*++q == ':') { + if (*p == '\0' && (p = *argptr++) == NULL) + sh_error("No arg for -%c option", c); + optionarg = p; + p = NULL; + } + optptr = p; + return c; +} diff --git a/src/options.h b/src/options.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..975fe339 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/options.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)options.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +struct shparam { + int nparam; /* # of positional parameters (without $0) */ + unsigned char malloc; /* if parameter list dynamically allocated */ + char **p; /* parameter list */ + int optind; /* next parameter to be processed by getopts */ + int optoff; /* used by getopts */ +}; + + + +#define eflag optlist[0] +#define fflag optlist[1] +#define Iflag optlist[2] +#define iflag optlist[3] +#define mflag optlist[4] +#define nflag optlist[5] +#define sflag optlist[6] +#define xflag optlist[7] +#define vflag optlist[8] +#define Vflag optlist[9] +#define Eflag optlist[10] +#define Cflag optlist[11] +#define aflag optlist[12] +#define bflag optlist[13] +#define uflag optlist[14] +#define nolog optlist[15] +#define debug optlist[16] + +#define NOPTS 17 + +extern const char optletters[NOPTS]; +extern char optlist[NOPTS]; + + +extern char *minusc; /* argument to -c option */ +extern char *arg0; /* $0 */ +extern struct shparam shellparam; /* $@ */ +extern char **argptr; /* argument list for builtin commands */ +extern char *optionarg; /* set by nextopt */ +extern char *optptr; /* used by nextopt */ + +int procargs(int, char **); +void optschanged(void); +void setparam(char **); +void freeparam(volatile struct shparam *); +int shiftcmd(int, char **); +int setcmd(int, char **); +int getoptscmd(int, char **); +int nextopt(const char *); +void getoptsreset(const char *); diff --git a/src/output.c b/src/output.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9ee9b4d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/output.c @@ -0,0 +1,429 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* + * Shell output routines. We use our own output routines because: + * When a builtin command is interrupted we have to discard + * any pending output. + * When a builtin command appears in back quotes, we want to + * save the output of the command in a region obtained + * via malloc, rather than doing a fork and reading the + * output of the command via a pipe. + * Our output routines may be smaller than the stdio routines. + */ + +#include /* quad_t */ +#include /* BSD4_4 */ +#include + +#include /* defines BUFSIZ */ +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +#include +#endif +#include + +#include "shell.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "system.h" + + +#define OUTBUFSIZ BUFSIZ +#define MEM_OUT -3 /* output to dynamically allocated memory */ + + +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +struct output output = { + .stream = 0, .nextc = 0, .end = 0, .buf = 0, .bufsize = 0, .fd = 1, .flags = 0 +}; +struct output errout = { + .stream = 0, .nextc = 0, .end = 0, .buf = 0, .bufsize = 0, .fd = 2, .flags = 0 +} +#ifdef notyet +struct output memout = { + .stream = 0, .nextc = 0, .end = 0, .buf = 0, .bufsize = 0, .fd = MEM_OUT, .flags = 0 +}; +#endif +#else +struct output output = { + .nextc = 0, .end = 0, .buf = 0, .bufsize = OUTBUFSIZ, .fd = 1, .flags = 0 +}; +struct output errout = { + .nextc = 0, .end = 0, .buf = 0, .bufsize = 0, .fd = 2, .flags = 0 +}; +struct output preverrout; +#ifdef notyet +struct output memout = { + .nextc = 0, .end = 0, .buf = 0, .bufsize = 0, .fd = MEM_OUT, .flags = 0 +}; +#endif +#endif +struct output *out1 = &output; +struct output *out2 = &errout; + + +static int xvsnprintf(char *, size_t, const char *, va_list); + + +#ifdef mkinit + +INCLUDE "output.h" +INCLUDE "memalloc.h" + +INIT { +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + initstreams(); +#endif +} + +RESET { +#ifdef notyet + out1 = &output; + out2 = &errout; +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + if (memout.stream != NULL) + __closememout(); +#endif + if (memout.buf != NULL) { + ckfree(memout.buf); + memout.buf = NULL; + } +#endif +} + +#endif + + +void +outmem(const char *p, size_t len, struct output *dest) +{ +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + INTOFF; + fwrite(p, 1, len, dest->stream); + INTON; +#else + size_t bufsize; + size_t offset; + size_t nleft; + + nleft = dest->end - dest->nextc; + if (likely(nleft >= len)) { +buffered: + dest->nextc = mempcpy(dest->nextc, p, len); + return; + } + + bufsize = dest->bufsize; + if (!bufsize) { + ; + } else if (dest->buf == NULL) { +#ifdef notyet + if (dest->fd == MEM_OUT && len > bufsize) { + bufsize = len; + } +#endif + offset = 0; +#ifdef notyet + goto alloc; + } else if (dest->fd == MEM_OUT) { + offset = bufsize; + if (bufsize >= len) { + bufsize <<= 1; + } else { + bufsize += len; + } + if (bufsize < offset) + goto err; +alloc: +#endif + INTOFF; + dest->buf = ckrealloc(dest->buf, bufsize); + dest->bufsize = bufsize; + dest->end = dest->buf + bufsize; + dest->nextc = dest->buf + offset; + INTON; + } else { + flushout(dest); + } + + nleft = dest->end - dest->nextc; + if (nleft > len) + goto buffered; + + if ((xwrite(dest->fd, p, len))) { +#ifdef notyet +err: +#endif + dest->flags |= OUTPUT_ERR; + } +#endif +} + + +void +outstr(const char *p, struct output *file) +{ +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + INTOFF; + fputs(p, file->stream); + INTON; +#else + size_t len; + + len = strlen(p); + outmem(p, len, file); +#endif +} + + +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + + +void +outcslow(int c, struct output *dest) +{ + char buf = c; + outmem(&buf, 1, dest); +} +#endif + + +void +flushall(void) +{ + flushout(&output); +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushout(&errout); +#endif +} + + +void +flushout(struct output *dest) +{ +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + INTOFF; + fflush(dest->stream); + INTON; +#else + size_t len; + + len = dest->nextc - dest->buf; + if (!len || dest->fd < 0) + return; + dest->nextc = dest->buf; + if ((xwrite(dest->fd, dest->buf, len))) + dest->flags |= OUTPUT_ERR; +#endif +} + + +void +outfmt(struct output *file, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + doformat(file, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + + +void +out1fmt(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + doformat(out1, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + + +int +fmtstr(char *outbuf, size_t length, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + int ret; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + ret = xvsnprintf(outbuf, length, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + return ret > (int)length ? length : ret; +} + + +static int xvasprintf(char **sp, size_t size, const char *f, va_list ap) +{ + char *s; + int len; + va_list ap2; + + va_copy(ap2, ap); + len = xvsnprintf(*sp, size, f, ap2); + va_end(ap2); + if (len < 0) + sh_error("xvsnprintf failed"); + if (len < size) + return len; + + s = stalloc((len >= stackblocksize() ? len : stackblocksize()) + 1); + *sp = s; + len = xvsnprintf(s, len + 1, f, ap); + return len; +} + + +int xasprintf(char **sp, const char *f, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + int ret; + + va_start(ap, f); + ret = xvasprintf(sp, 0, f, ap); + va_end(ap); + return ret; +} + + +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +void +doformat(struct output *dest, const char *f, va_list ap) +{ + struct stackmark smark; + char *s; + int len; + int olen; + + setstackmark(&smark); + s = dest->nextc; + olen = dest->end - dest->nextc; + len = xvasprintf(&s, olen, f, ap); + if (likely(olen > len)) { + dest->nextc += len; + goto out; + } + outmem(s, len, dest); +out: + popstackmark(&smark); +} +#endif + + + +/* + * Version of write which resumes after a signal is caught. + */ + +int +xwrite(int fd, const void *p, size_t n) +{ + const char *buf = p; + + while (n) { + ssize_t i; + size_t m; + + m = n; + if (m > SSIZE_MAX) + m = SSIZE_MAX; + do { + i = write(fd, buf, m); + } while (i < 0 && errno == EINTR); + if (i < 0) + return -1; + buf += i; + n -= i; + } + return 0; +} + + +#ifdef notyet +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +void initstreams() { + output.stream = stdout; + errout.stream = stderr; +} + + +void +openmemout(void) { + INTOFF; + memout.stream = open_memstream(&memout.buf, &memout.bufsize); + INTON; +} + + +int +__closememout(void) { + int error; + error = fclose(memout.stream); + memout.stream = NULL; + return error; +} +#endif +#endif + + +static int +xvsnprintf(char *outbuf, size_t length, const char *fmt, va_list ap) +{ + int ret; + +#ifdef __sun + /* + * vsnprintf() on older versions of Solaris returns -1 when + * passed a length of 0. To avoid this, use a dummy + * 1-character buffer instead. + */ + char dummy[1]; + + if (length == 0) { + outbuf = dummy; + length = sizeof(dummy); + } +#endif + + INTOFF; + ret = vsnprintf(outbuf, length, fmt, ap); + INTON; + return ret; +} diff --git a/src/output.h b/src/output.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c43d4937 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/output.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)output.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#ifndef OUTPUT_INCL + +#include +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +#include +#endif +#include + +struct output { +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + FILE *stream; +#endif + char *nextc; + char *end; + char *buf; + size_t bufsize; + int fd; + int flags; +}; + +extern struct output output; +extern struct output errout; +extern struct output preverrout; +#ifdef notyet +extern struct output memout; +#endif +extern struct output *out1; +extern struct output *out2; + +void outmem(const char *, size_t, struct output *); +void outstr(const char *, struct output *); +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +void outcslow(int, struct output *); +#endif +void flushall(void); +void flushout(struct output *); +void outfmt(struct output *, const char *, ...) + __attribute__((__format__(__printf__,2,3))); +void out1fmt(const char *, ...) + __attribute__((__format__(__printf__,1,2))); +int fmtstr(char *, size_t, const char *, ...) + __attribute__((__format__(__printf__,3,4))); +int xasprintf(char **, const char *, ...); +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +void doformat(struct output *, const char *, va_list); +#endif +int xwrite(int, const void *, size_t); +#ifdef notyet +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +void initstreams(void); +void openmemout(void); +int __closememout(void); +#endif +#endif + +static inline void +freestdout() +{ + output.nextc = output.buf; + output.flags = 0; +} + +#define OUTPUT_ERR 01 /* error occurred on output */ + +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +static inline void outc(int ch, struct output *file) +{ + putc(ch, file->stream); +} +#define doformat(d, f, a) vfprintf((d)->stream, (f), (a)) +#else +static inline void outc(int ch, struct output *file) +{ + if (file->nextc == file->end) + outcslow(ch, file); + else { + *file->nextc = ch; + file->nextc++; + } +} +#endif +#define out1c(c) outc((c), out1) +#define out2c(c) outcslow((c), out2) +#define out1mem(s, l) outmem((s), (l), out1) +#define out1str(s) outstr((s), out1) +#define out2str(s) outstr((s), out2) +#define outerr(f) (f)->flags + +#define OUTPUT_INCL +#endif diff --git a/src/parser.c b/src/parser.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a47022e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/parser.c @@ -0,0 +1,1647 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#if HAVE_ALLOCA_H +#include +#endif + +#include + +#include "shell.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "expand.h" /* defines rmescapes() */ +#include "exec.h" /* defines find_builtin() */ +#include "syntax.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "alias.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "builtins.h" +#include "system.h" +#ifndef SMALL +#include "myhistedit.h" +#endif + +/* + * Shell command parser. + */ + +/* values returned by readtoken */ +#include "token_vars.h" + + + +/* Used by expandstr to get here-doc like behaviour. */ +#define FAKEEOFMARK (char *)1 + + + +struct heredoc { + struct heredoc *next; /* next here document in list */ + union node *here; /* redirection node */ + char *eofmark; /* string indicating end of input */ + int striptabs; /* if set, strip leading tabs */ +}; + +struct synstack { + const char *syntax; + struct synstack *prev; + struct synstack *next; + int innerdq; + int varpushed; + int dblquote; + int varnest; /* levels of variables expansion */ + int parenlevel; /* levels of parens in arithmetic */ + int dqvarnest; /* levels of variables expansion within double quotes */ +}; + + + +struct heredoc *heredoclist; /* list of here documents to read */ +int doprompt; /* if set, prompt the user */ +int needprompt; /* true if interactive and at start of line */ +int lasttoken; /* last token read */ +int tokpushback; /* last token pushed back */ +char *wordtext; /* text of last word returned by readtoken */ +int checkkwd; +struct nodelist *backquotelist; +union node *redirnode; +struct heredoc *heredoc; +int quoteflag; /* set if (part of) last token was quoted */ + + +STATIC union node *list(int); +STATIC union node *andor(void); +STATIC union node *pipeline(void); +STATIC union node *command(void); +STATIC union node *simplecmd(void); +STATIC union node *makename(void); +STATIC void parsefname(void); +STATIC void parseheredoc(void); +STATIC int readtoken(void); +STATIC int xxreadtoken(void); +STATIC int pgetc_eatbnl(); +STATIC int readtoken1(int, char const *, char *, int); +STATIC void synexpect(int) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +STATIC void synerror(const char *) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +STATIC void setprompt(int); + + +int isassignment(const char *p) +{ + const char *q = endofname(p); + if (p == q) + return 0; + return *q == '='; +} + +static inline int realeofmark(const char *eofmark) +{ + return eofmark && eofmark != FAKEEOFMARK; +} + + +/* + * Read and parse a command. Returns NEOF on end of file. (NULL is a + * valid parse tree indicating a blank line.) + */ + +union node * +parsecmd(int interact) +{ + tokpushback = 0; + checkkwd = 0; + heredoclist = 0; + doprompt = interact; + if (doprompt) + setprompt(doprompt); + needprompt = 0; + return list(1); +} + + +STATIC union node * +list(int nlflag) +{ + int chknl = nlflag & 1 ? 0 : CHKNL; + union node *n1, *n2, *n3; + int tok; + + n1 = NULL; + for (;;) { + checkkwd = chknl | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + tok = readtoken(); + switch (tok) { + case TNL: + parseheredoc(); + return n1; + + case TEOF: + if (!n1 && !chknl) + n1 = NEOF; +out_eof: + parseheredoc(); + tokpushback++; + lasttoken = TEOF; + return n1; + } + + tokpushback++; + if (nlflag == 2 && tokendlist[tok]) + return n1; + nlflag |= 2; + + n2 = andor(); + tok = readtoken(); + if (tok == TBACKGND) { + if (n2->type == NPIPE) { + n2->npipe.backgnd = 1; + } else { + if (n2->type != NREDIR) { + n3 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nredir)); + n3->nredir.n = n2; + n3->nredir.redirect = NULL; + n2 = n3; + } + n2->type = NBACKGND; + } + } + if (n1 == NULL) { + n1 = n2; + } + else { + n3 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nbinary)); + n3->type = NSEMI; + n3->nbinary.ch1 = n1; + n3->nbinary.ch2 = n2; + n1 = n3; + } + switch (tok) { + case TEOF: + goto out_eof; + case TNL: + tokpushback++; + /* fall through */ + case TBACKGND: + case TSEMI: + break; + default: + if (!chknl) + synexpect(-1); + tokpushback++; + return n1; + } + } +} + + + +STATIC union node * +andor(void) +{ + union node *n1, *n2, *n3; + int t; + + n1 = pipeline(); + for (;;) { + if ((t = readtoken()) == TAND) { + t = NAND; + } else if (t == TOR) { + t = NOR; + } else { + tokpushback++; + return n1; + } + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + n2 = pipeline(); + n3 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nbinary)); + n3->type = t; + n3->nbinary.ch1 = n1; + n3->nbinary.ch2 = n2; + n1 = n3; + } +} + + + +STATIC union node * +pipeline(void) +{ + union node *n1, *n2, *pipenode; + struct nodelist *lp, *prev; + int negate; + + negate = 0; + TRACE(("pipeline: entered\n")); + if (readtoken() == TNOT) { + negate = !negate; + checkkwd = CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + } else + tokpushback++; + n1 = command(); + if (readtoken() == TPIPE) { + pipenode = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct npipe)); + pipenode->type = NPIPE; + pipenode->npipe.backgnd = 0; + lp = (struct nodelist *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nodelist)); + pipenode->npipe.cmdlist = lp; + lp->n = n1; + do { + prev = lp; + lp = (struct nodelist *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nodelist)); + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + lp->n = command(); + prev->next = lp; + } while (readtoken() == TPIPE); + lp->next = NULL; + n1 = pipenode; + } + tokpushback++; + if (negate) { + n2 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nnot)); + n2->type = NNOT; + n2->nnot.com = n1; + return n2; + } else + return n1; +} + + + +STATIC union node * +command(void) +{ + union node *n1, *n2; + union node *ap, **app; + union node *cp, **cpp; + union node *redir, **rpp; + union node **rpp2; + int t; + int savelinno; + + redir = NULL; + rpp2 = &redir; + + savelinno = plinno; + + switch (readtoken()) { + default: + synexpect(-1); + /* NOTREACHED */ + case TIF: + n1 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nif)); + n1->type = NIF; + n1->nif.test = list(0); + if (readtoken() != TTHEN) + synexpect(TTHEN); + n1->nif.ifpart = list(0); + n2 = n1; + while (readtoken() == TELIF) { + n2->nif.elsepart = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nif)); + n2 = n2->nif.elsepart; + n2->type = NIF; + n2->nif.test = list(0); + if (readtoken() != TTHEN) + synexpect(TTHEN); + n2->nif.ifpart = list(0); + } + if (lasttoken == TELSE) + n2->nif.elsepart = list(0); + else { + n2->nif.elsepart = NULL; + tokpushback++; + } + t = TFI; + break; + case TWHILE: + case TUNTIL: { + int got; + n1 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nbinary)); + n1->type = (lasttoken == TWHILE)? NWHILE : NUNTIL; + n1->nbinary.ch1 = list(0); + if ((got=readtoken()) != TDO) { +TRACE(("expecting DO got %s %s\n", tokname[got], got == TWORD ? wordtext : "")); + synexpect(TDO); + } + n1->nbinary.ch2 = list(0); + t = TDONE; + break; + } + case TFOR: + if (readtoken() != TWORD || quoteflag || ! goodname(wordtext)) + synerror("Bad for loop variable"); + n1 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nfor)); + n1->type = NFOR; + n1->nfor.linno = savelinno; + n1->nfor.var = wordtext; + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + if (readtoken() == TIN) { + app = ≈ + while (readtoken() == TWORD) { + n2 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + n2->type = NARG; + n2->narg.text = wordtext; + n2->narg.backquote = backquotelist; + *app = n2; + app = &n2->narg.next; + } + *app = NULL; + n1->nfor.args = ap; + if (lasttoken != TNL && lasttoken != TSEMI) + synexpect(-1); + } else { + n2 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + n2->type = NARG; + n2->narg.text = (char *)dolatstr; + n2->narg.backquote = NULL; + n2->narg.next = NULL; + n1->nfor.args = n2; + /* + * Newline or semicolon here is optional (but note + * that the original Bourne shell only allowed NL). + */ + if (lasttoken != TSEMI) + tokpushback++; + } + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + if (readtoken() != TDO) + synexpect(TDO); + n1->nfor.body = list(0); + t = TDONE; + break; + case TCASE: + n1 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct ncase)); + n1->type = NCASE; + n1->ncase.linno = savelinno; + if (readtoken() != TWORD) + synexpect(TWORD); + n1->ncase.expr = n2 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + n2->type = NARG; + n2->narg.text = wordtext; + n2->narg.backquote = backquotelist; + n2->narg.next = NULL; + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + if (readtoken() != TIN) + synexpect(TIN); + cpp = &n1->ncase.cases; +next_case: + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD; + t = readtoken(); + while(t != TESAC) { + if (lasttoken == TLP) + readtoken(); + *cpp = cp = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nclist)); + cp->type = NCLIST; + app = &cp->nclist.pattern; + for (;;) { + *app = ap = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + ap->type = NARG; + ap->narg.text = wordtext; + ap->narg.backquote = backquotelist; + if (readtoken() != TPIPE) + break; + app = &ap->narg.next; + readtoken(); + } + ap->narg.next = NULL; + if (lasttoken != TRP) + synexpect(TRP); + cp->nclist.body = list(2); + + cpp = &cp->nclist.next; + + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD; + if ((t = readtoken()) != TESAC) { + if (t != TENDCASE) + synexpect(TENDCASE); + else + goto next_case; + } + } + *cpp = NULL; + goto redir; + case TLP: + n1 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nredir)); + n1->type = NSUBSHELL; + n1->nredir.linno = savelinno; + n1->nredir.n = list(0); + n1->nredir.redirect = NULL; + t = TRP; + break; + case TBEGIN: + n1 = list(0); + t = TEND; + break; + case TWORD: + case TREDIR: + tokpushback++; + return simplecmd(); + } + + if (readtoken() != t) + synexpect(t); + +redir: + /* Now check for redirection which may follow command */ + checkkwd = CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + rpp = rpp2; + while (readtoken() == TREDIR) { + *rpp = n2 = redirnode; + rpp = &n2->nfile.next; + parsefname(); + } + tokpushback++; + *rpp = NULL; + if (redir) { + if (n1->type != NSUBSHELL) { + n2 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nredir)); + n2->type = NREDIR; + n2->nredir.linno = savelinno; + n2->nredir.n = n1; + n1 = n2; + } + n1->nredir.redirect = redir; + } + + return n1; +} + + +STATIC union node * +simplecmd(void) { + union node *args, **app; + union node *n = NULL; + union node *vars, **vpp; + union node **rpp, *redir; + int savecheckkwd; + int savelinno; + + args = NULL; + app = &args; + vars = NULL; + vpp = &vars; + redir = NULL; + rpp = &redir; + + savecheckkwd = CHKALIAS; + savelinno = plinno; + for (;;) { + checkkwd = savecheckkwd; + switch (readtoken()) { + case TWORD: + n = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + n->type = NARG; + n->narg.text = wordtext; + n->narg.backquote = backquotelist; + if (savecheckkwd && isassignment(wordtext)) { + *vpp = n; + vpp = &n->narg.next; + } else { + *app = n; + app = &n->narg.next; + savecheckkwd = 0; + } + break; + case TREDIR: + *rpp = n = redirnode; + rpp = &n->nfile.next; + parsefname(); /* read name of redirection file */ + break; + case TLP: + if ( + args && app == &args->narg.next && + !vars && !redir + ) { + struct builtincmd *bcmd; + const char *name; + + /* We have a function */ + if (readtoken() != TRP) + synexpect(TRP); + name = n->narg.text; + if ( + !goodname(name) || ( + (bcmd = find_builtin(name)) && + bcmd->flags & BUILTIN_SPECIAL + ) + ) + synerror("Bad function name"); + n->type = NDEFUN; + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + n->ndefun.text = n->narg.text; + n->ndefun.linno = plinno; + n->ndefun.body = command(); + return n; + } + /* fall through */ + default: + tokpushback++; + goto out; + } + } +out: + *app = NULL; + *vpp = NULL; + *rpp = NULL; + n = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct ncmd)); + n->type = NCMD; + n->ncmd.linno = savelinno; + n->ncmd.args = args; + n->ncmd.assign = vars; + n->ncmd.redirect = redir; + return n; +} + +STATIC union node * +makename(void) +{ + union node *n; + + n = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + n->type = NARG; + n->narg.next = NULL; + n->narg.text = wordtext; + n->narg.backquote = backquotelist; + return n; +} + +void fixredir(union node *n, const char *text, int err) + { + TRACE(("Fix redir %s %d\n", text, err)); + if (!err) + n->ndup.vname = NULL; + + if (is_digit(text[0]) && text[1] == '\0') + n->ndup.dupfd = digit_val(text[0]); + else if (text[0] == '-' && text[1] == '\0') + n->ndup.dupfd = -1; + else { + + if (err) + synerror("Bad fd number"); + else + n->ndup.vname = makename(); + } +} + + +STATIC void +parsefname(void) +{ + union node *n = redirnode; + + if (n->type == NHERE) + checkkwd = CHKEOFMARK; + if (readtoken() != TWORD) + synexpect(-1); + if (n->type == NHERE) { + struct heredoc *here = heredoc; + struct heredoc *p; + + if (quoteflag == 0) + n->type = NXHERE; + TRACE(("Here document %d\n", n->type)); + rmescapes(wordtext); + here->eofmark = wordtext; + here->next = NULL; + if (heredoclist == NULL) + heredoclist = here; + else { + for (p = heredoclist ; p->next ; p = p->next); + p->next = here; + } + } else if (n->type == NTOFD || n->type == NFROMFD) { + fixredir(n, wordtext, 0); + } else { + n->nfile.fname = makename(); + } +} + + +/* + * Input any here documents. + */ + +STATIC void +parseheredoc(void) +{ + struct heredoc *here; + union node *n; + + here = heredoclist; + heredoclist = 0; + + while (here) { + if (needprompt) { + setprompt(2); + } + if (here->here->type == NHERE) + readtoken1(pgetc(), SQSYNTAX, here->eofmark, here->striptabs); + else + readtoken1(pgetc_eatbnl(), DQSYNTAX, here->eofmark, here->striptabs); + n = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + n->narg.type = NARG; + n->narg.next = NULL; + n->narg.text = wordtext; + n->narg.backquote = backquotelist; + here->here->nhere.doc = n; + here = here->next; + } +} + +STATIC int +readtoken(void) +{ + int t; + int kwd = checkkwd; +#ifdef DEBUG + int alreadyseen = tokpushback; +#endif + +top: + t = xxreadtoken(); + + /* + * eat newlines + */ + if (kwd & CHKNL) { + while (t == TNL) { + parseheredoc(); + checkkwd = 0; + t = xxreadtoken(); + } + } + + kwd |= checkkwd; + checkkwd = 0; + + if (t != TWORD || quoteflag) { + goto out; + } + + /* + * check for keywords + */ + if (kwd & CHKKWD) { + const char *const *pp; + + if ((pp = findkwd(wordtext))) { + lasttoken = t = pp - parsekwd + KWDOFFSET; + TRACE(("keyword %s recognized\n", tokname[t])); + goto out; + } + } + + if (kwd & CHKALIAS) { + struct alias *ap; + if ((ap = lookupalias(wordtext, 1)) != NULL) { + if (*ap->val) { + pushstring(ap->val, ap); + } + goto top; + } + } +out: +#ifdef DEBUG + if (!alreadyseen) + TRACE(("token %s %s\n", tokname[t], t == TWORD ? wordtext : "")); + else + TRACE(("reread token %s %s\n", tokname[t], t == TWORD ? wordtext : "")); +#endif + return (t); +} + +static void nlprompt(void) +{ + plinno++; + if (doprompt) + setprompt(2); +} + +static void nlnoprompt(void) +{ + plinno++; + needprompt = doprompt; +} + + +/* + * Read the next input token. + * If the token is a word, we set backquotelist to the list of cmds in + * backquotes. We set quoteflag to true if any part of the word was + * quoted. + * If the token is TREDIR, then we set redirnode to a structure containing + * the redirection. + * + * [Change comment: here documents and internal procedures] + * [Readtoken shouldn't have any arguments. Perhaps we should make the + * word parsing code into a separate routine. In this case, readtoken + * doesn't need to have any internal procedures, but parseword does. + * We could also make parseoperator in essence the main routine, and + * have parseword (readtoken1?) handle both words and redirection.] + */ + +#define RETURN(token) return lasttoken = token + +STATIC int +xxreadtoken(void) +{ + int c; + + if (tokpushback) { + tokpushback = 0; + return lasttoken; + } + if (needprompt) { + setprompt(2); + } + for (;;) { /* until token or start of word found */ + c = pgetc_eatbnl(); + switch (c) { + case ' ': case '\t': + case PEOA: + continue; + case '#': + while ((c = pgetc()) != '\n' && c != PEOF); + pungetc(); + continue; + case '\n': + nlnoprompt(); + RETURN(TNL); + case PEOF: + RETURN(TEOF); + case '&': + if (pgetc_eatbnl() == '&') + RETURN(TAND); + pungetc(); + RETURN(TBACKGND); + case '|': + if (pgetc_eatbnl() == '|') + RETURN(TOR); + pungetc(); + RETURN(TPIPE); + case ';': + if (pgetc_eatbnl() == ';') + RETURN(TENDCASE); + pungetc(); + RETURN(TSEMI); + case '(': + RETURN(TLP); + case ')': + RETURN(TRP); + } + break; + } + return readtoken1(c, BASESYNTAX, (char *)NULL, 0); +#undef RETURN +} + +static int pgetc_eatbnl(void) +{ + int c; + + while ((c = pgetc()) == '\\') { + if (pgetc2() != '\n') { + pungetc(); + break; + } + + nlprompt(); + } + + return c; +} + +static int pgetc_top(struct synstack *stack) +{ + return stack->syntax == SQSYNTAX ? pgetc() : pgetc_eatbnl(); +} + +static void synstack_push(struct synstack **stack, struct synstack *next, + const char *syntax) +{ + memset(next, 0, sizeof(*next)); + next->syntax = syntax; + next->next = *stack; + (*stack)->prev = next; + *stack = next; +} + +static void synstack_pop(struct synstack **stack) +{ + *stack = (*stack)->next; +} + + + +/* + * If eofmark is NULL, read a word or a redirection symbol. If eofmark + * is not NULL, read a here document. In the latter case, eofmark is the + * word which marks the end of the document and striptabs is true if + * leading tabs should be stripped from the document. The argument firstc + * is the first character of the input token or document. + * + * Because C does not have internal subroutines, I have simulated them + * using goto's to implement the subroutine linkage. The following macros + * will run code that appears at the end of readtoken1. + */ + +#define CHECKEND() {goto checkend; checkend_return:;} +#define PARSEREDIR() {goto parseredir; parseredir_return:;} +#define PARSESUB() {goto parsesub; parsesub_return:;} +#define PARSEBACKQOLD() {oldstyle = 1; goto parsebackq; parsebackq_oldreturn:;} +#define PARSEBACKQNEW() {oldstyle = 0; goto parsebackq; parsebackq_newreturn:;} +#define PARSEARITH() {goto parsearith; parsearith_return:;} + +STATIC int +readtoken1(int firstc, char const *syntax, char *eofmark, int striptabs) +{ + int c = firstc; + char *out; + size_t len; + struct nodelist *bqlist; + int quotef; + int oldstyle; + /* syntax stack */ + struct synstack synbase = { .syntax = syntax }; + struct synstack *synstack = &synbase; + + if (syntax == DQSYNTAX) + synstack->dblquote = 1; + quotef = 0; + bqlist = NULL; + + STARTSTACKSTR(out); + loop: { /* for each line, until end of word */ +#if ATTY + if (c == '\034' && doprompt + && attyset() && ! equal(termval(), "emacs")) { + attyline(); + if (synstack->syntax == BASESYNTAX) + return readtoken(); + c = pgetc_top(synstack); + goto loop; + } +#endif + CHECKEND(); /* set c to PEOF if at end of here document */ + for (;;) { /* until end of line or end of word */ + CHECKSTRSPACE(4, out); /* permit 4 calls to USTPUTC */ + switch(synstack->syntax[c]) { + case CNL: /* '\n' */ + if (synstack->syntax == BASESYNTAX && + !synstack->varnest) + goto endword; /* exit outer loop */ + USTPUTC(c, out); + nlprompt(); + c = pgetc_top(synstack); + goto loop; /* continue outer loop */ + case CWORD: + USTPUTC(c, out); + break; + case CCTL: + if ((!eofmark) | synstack->dblquote | + synstack->varnest) + USTPUTC(CTLESC, out); + USTPUTC(c, out); + break; + /* backslash */ + case CBACK: + c = pgetc2(); + if (c == PEOF) { + USTPUTC(CTLESC, out); + USTPUTC('\\', out); + pungetc(); + } else { + if ( + synstack->dblquote && + c != '\\' && c != '`' && + c != '$' && ( + c != '"' || + (eofmark != NULL && + !synstack->varnest) + ) && ( + c != '}' || + !synstack->varnest + ) + ) { + USTPUTC(CTLESC, out); + USTPUTC('\\', out); + } + USTPUTC(CTLESC, out); + USTPUTC(c, out); + quotef++; + } + break; + case CSQUOTE: + synstack->syntax = SQSYNTAX; +quotemark: + if (eofmark == NULL) { + USTPUTC(CTLQUOTEMARK, out); + } + break; + case CDQUOTE: + synstack->syntax = DQSYNTAX; + synstack->dblquote = 1; +toggledq: + if (synstack->varnest) + synstack->innerdq ^= 1; + goto quotemark; + case CENDQUOTE: + if (eofmark && !synstack->varnest) { + USTPUTC(c, out); + break; + } + + if (synstack->dqvarnest == 0) { + synstack->syntax = BASESYNTAX; + synstack->dblquote = 0; + } + + quotef++; + + if (c == '"') + goto toggledq; + + goto quotemark; + case CVAR: /* '$' */ + PARSESUB(); /* parse substitution */ + break; + case CENDVAR: /* '}' */ + if (!synstack->innerdq && + synstack->varnest > 0) { + if (!--synstack->varnest && + synstack->varpushed) + synstack_pop(&synstack); + else if (synstack->dqvarnest > 0) + synstack->dqvarnest--; + USTPUTC(CTLENDVAR, out); + } else { + USTPUTC(c, out); + } + break; + case CLP: /* '(' in arithmetic */ + synstack->parenlevel++; + USTPUTC(c, out); + break; + case CRP: /* ')' in arithmetic */ + if (synstack->parenlevel > 0) { + USTPUTC(c, out); + --synstack->parenlevel; + } else { + if (pgetc_eatbnl() == ')') { + USTPUTC(CTLENDARI, out); + synstack_pop(&synstack); + } else { + /* + * unbalanced parens + * (don't 2nd guess - no error) + */ + pungetc(); + USTPUTC(')', out); + } + } + break; + case CBQUOTE: /* '`' */ + if (checkkwd & CHKEOFMARK) { + USTPUTC('`', out); + break; + } + + PARSEBACKQOLD(); + break; + case CEOF: + goto endword; /* exit outer loop */ + case CIGN: + break; + default: + if (synstack->varnest == 0) + goto endword; /* exit outer loop */ + if (c != PEOA) { + USTPUTC(c, out); + } + } + c = pgetc_top(synstack); + } + } +endword: + if (synstack->syntax == ARISYNTAX) + synerror("Missing '))'"); + if (synstack->syntax != BASESYNTAX && eofmark == NULL) + synerror("Unterminated quoted string"); + if (synstack->varnest != 0) { + /* { */ + synerror("Missing '}'"); + } + USTPUTC('\0', out); + len = out - (char *)stackblock(); + out = stackblock(); + if (eofmark == NULL) { + if ((c == '>' || c == '<') + && quotef == 0 + && len <= 2 + && (*out == '\0' || is_digit(*out))) { + PARSEREDIR(); + return lasttoken = TREDIR; + } else { + pungetc(); + } + } + quoteflag = quotef; + backquotelist = bqlist; + grabstackblock(len); + wordtext = out; + return lasttoken = TWORD; +/* end of readtoken routine */ + + + +/* + * Check to see whether we are at the end of the here document. When this + * is called, c is set to the first character of the next input line. If + * we are at the end of the here document, this routine sets the c to PEOF. + */ + +checkend: { + if (realeofmark(eofmark)) { + int markloc; + char *p; + + if (c == PEOA) { + c = pgetc2(); + } + if (striptabs) { + while (c == '\t') { + c = pgetc2(); + } + } + + markloc = out - (char *)stackblock(); + for (p = eofmark; STPUTC(c, out), *p; p++) { + if (c != *p) + goto more_heredoc; + + c = pgetc2(); + } + + if (c == '\n' || c == PEOF) { + c = PEOF; + nlnoprompt(); + } else { + int len; + +more_heredoc: + p = (char *)stackblock() + markloc + 1; + len = out - p; + + if (len) { + len -= c < 0; + c = p[-1]; + + if (len) { + char *str; + + str = alloca(len + 1); + *(char *)mempcpy(str, p, len) = 0; + + pushstring(str, NULL); + } + } + } + + STADJUST((char *)stackblock() + markloc - out, out); + } + goto checkend_return; +} + + +/* + * Parse a redirection operator. The variable "out" points to a string + * specifying the fd to be redirected. The variable "c" contains the + * first character of the redirection operator. + */ + +parseredir: { + char fd = *out; + union node *np; + + np = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nfile)); + if (c == '>') { + np->nfile.fd = 1; + c = pgetc_eatbnl(); + if (c == '>') + np->type = NAPPEND; + else if (c == '|') + np->type = NCLOBBER; + else if (c == '&') + np->type = NTOFD; + else { + np->type = NTO; + pungetc(); + } + } else { /* c == '<' */ + np->nfile.fd = 0; + switch (c = pgetc_eatbnl()) { + case '<': + if (sizeof (struct nfile) != sizeof (struct nhere)) { + np = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nhere)); + np->nfile.fd = 0; + } + np->type = NHERE; + heredoc = (struct heredoc *)stalloc(sizeof (struct heredoc)); + heredoc->here = np; + if ((c = pgetc_eatbnl()) == '-') { + heredoc->striptabs = 1; + } else { + heredoc->striptabs = 0; + pungetc(); + } + break; + + case '&': + np->type = NFROMFD; + break; + + case '>': + np->type = NFROMTO; + break; + + default: + np->type = NFROM; + pungetc(); + break; + } + } + if (fd != '\0') + np->nfile.fd = digit_val(fd); + redirnode = np; + goto parseredir_return; +} + + +/* + * Parse a substitution. At this point, we have read the dollar sign + * and nothing else. + */ + +parsesub: { + int subtype; + int typeloc; + char *p; + static const char types[] = "}-+?="; + + c = pgetc_eatbnl(); + if ( + (checkkwd & CHKEOFMARK) || + c <= PEOA || + (c != '(' && c != '{' && !is_name(c) && !is_special(c)) + ) { + USTPUTC('$', out); + pungetc(); + } else if (c == '(') { /* $(command) or $((arith)) */ + if (pgetc_eatbnl() == '(') { + PARSEARITH(); + } else { + pungetc(); + PARSEBACKQNEW(); + } + } else { + const char *newsyn = synstack->syntax; + + USTPUTC(CTLVAR, out); + typeloc = out - (char *)stackblock(); + STADJUST(1, out); + subtype = VSNORMAL; + if (likely(c == '{')) { + c = pgetc_eatbnl(); + subtype = 0; + } +varname: + if (is_name(c)) { + do { + STPUTC(c, out); + c = pgetc_eatbnl(); + } while (is_in_name(c)); + } else if (is_digit(c)) { + do { + STPUTC(c, out); + c = pgetc_eatbnl(); + } while (!subtype && is_digit(c)); + } else if (c != '}') { + int cc = c; + + c = pgetc_eatbnl(); + + if (!subtype && cc == '#') { + subtype = VSLENGTH; + + if (c == '_' || isalnum(c)) + goto varname; + + cc = c; + c = pgetc_eatbnl(); + if (cc == '}' || c != '}') { + pungetc(); + subtype = 0; + c = cc; + cc = '#'; + } + } + + if (!is_special(cc)) { + if (subtype == VSLENGTH) + subtype = 0; + goto badsub; + } + + USTPUTC(cc, out); + } else + goto badsub; + + if (subtype == 0) { + int cc = c; + + switch (c) { + case ':': + subtype = VSNUL; + c = pgetc_eatbnl(); + /*FALLTHROUGH*/ + default: + p = strchr(types, c); + if (p == NULL) + break; + subtype |= p - types + VSNORMAL; + break; + case '%': + case '#': + subtype = c == '#' ? VSTRIMLEFT : + VSTRIMRIGHT; + c = pgetc_eatbnl(); + if (c == cc) + subtype++; + else + pungetc(); + + newsyn = BASESYNTAX; + break; + } + } else { +badsub: + pungetc(); + } + + if (newsyn == ARISYNTAX) + newsyn = DQSYNTAX; + + if ((newsyn != synstack->syntax || synstack->innerdq) && + subtype != VSNORMAL) { + synstack_push(&synstack, + synstack->prev ?: + alloca(sizeof(*synstack)), + newsyn); + + synstack->varpushed++; + synstack->dblquote = newsyn != BASESYNTAX; + } + + *((char *)stackblock() + typeloc) = subtype; + if (subtype != VSNORMAL) { + synstack->varnest++; + if (synstack->dblquote) + synstack->dqvarnest++; + } + STPUTC('=', out); + } + goto parsesub_return; +} + + +/* + * Called to parse command substitutions. Newstyle is set if the command + * is enclosed inside $(...); nlpp is a pointer to the head of the linked + * list of commands (passed by reference), and savelen is the number of + * characters on the top of the stack which must be preserved. + */ + +parsebackq: { + struct nodelist **nlpp; + union node *n; + char *str; + size_t savelen; + struct heredoc *saveheredoclist; + int uninitialized_var(saveprompt); + + str = NULL; + savelen = out - (char *)stackblock(); + if (savelen > 0) { + str = alloca(savelen); + memcpy(str, stackblock(), savelen); + } + if (oldstyle) { + /* We must read until the closing backquote, giving special + treatment to some slashes, and then push the string and + reread it as input, interpreting it normally. */ + char *pout; + int pc; + size_t psavelen; + char *pstr; + + + STARTSTACKSTR(pout); + for (;;) { + if (needprompt) { + setprompt(2); + } + switch (pc = pgetc_eatbnl()) { + case '`': + goto done; + + case '\\': + pc = pgetc(); + if (pc != '\\' && pc != '`' && pc != '$' + && (!synstack->dblquote || pc != '"')) + STPUTC('\\', pout); + if (pc > PEOA) { + break; + } + /* fall through */ + + case PEOF: + case PEOA: + synerror("EOF in backquote substitution"); + + case '\n': + nlnoprompt(); + break; + + default: + break; + } + STPUTC(pc, pout); + } +done: + STPUTC('\0', pout); + psavelen = pout - (char *)stackblock(); + if (psavelen > 0) { + pstr = grabstackstr(pout); + setinputstring(pstr); + } + } + nlpp = &bqlist; + while (*nlpp) + nlpp = &(*nlpp)->next; + *nlpp = (struct nodelist *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nodelist)); + (*nlpp)->next = NULL; + + saveheredoclist = heredoclist; + heredoclist = NULL; + + if (oldstyle) { + saveprompt = doprompt; + doprompt = 0; + } + + n = list(2); + + if (oldstyle) + doprompt = saveprompt; + else { + if (readtoken() != TRP) + synexpect(TRP); + setinputstring(nullstr); + } + + parseheredoc(); + heredoclist = saveheredoclist; + + (*nlpp)->n = n; + /* Start reading from old file again. */ + popfile(); + /* Ignore any pushed back tokens left from the backquote parsing. */ + if (oldstyle) + tokpushback = 0; + out = growstackto(savelen + 1); + if (str) { + memcpy(out, str, savelen); + STADJUST(savelen, out); + } + USTPUTC(CTLBACKQ, out); + if (oldstyle) + goto parsebackq_oldreturn; + else + goto parsebackq_newreturn; +} + +/* + * Parse an arithmetic expansion (indicate start of one and set state) + */ +parsearith: { + + synstack_push(&synstack, + synstack->prev ?: alloca(sizeof(*synstack)), + ARISYNTAX); + synstack->dblquote = 1; + USTPUTC(CTLARI, out); + goto parsearith_return; +} + +} /* end of readtoken */ + + + +#ifdef mkinit +INCLUDE "parser.h" +#endif + + +/* + * Return of a legal variable name (a letter or underscore followed by zero or + * more letters, underscores, and digits). + */ + +char * +endofname(const char *name) + { + char *p; + + p = (char *) name; + if (! is_name(*p)) + return p; + while (*++p) { + if (! is_in_name(*p)) + break; + } + return p; +} + + +/* + * Called when an unexpected token is read during the parse. The argument + * is the token that is expected, or -1 if more than one type of token can + * occur at this point. + */ + +STATIC void +synexpect(int token) +{ + char msg[64]; + + if (token >= 0) { + fmtstr(msg, 64, "%s unexpected (expecting %s)", + tokname[lasttoken], tokname[token]); + } else { + fmtstr(msg, 64, "%s unexpected", tokname[lasttoken]); + } + synerror(msg); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + +STATIC void +synerror(const char *msg) +{ + errlinno = plinno; + sh_error("Syntax error: %s", msg); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +STATIC void +setprompt(int which) +{ + struct stackmark smark; + int show; + + needprompt = 0; + whichprompt = which; + +#ifdef SMALL + show = 1; +#else + show = !el; +#endif + if (show) { + pushstackmark(&smark, stackblocksize()); + out2str(getprompt(NULL)); + popstackmark(&smark); + } +} + +const char * +expandstr(const char *ps) +{ + struct parsefile *file_stop; + struct jmploc *volatile savehandler; + struct heredoc *saveheredoclist; + const char *result; + int saveprompt; + struct jmploc jmploc; + union node n; + int err; + + file_stop = parsefile; + + /* XXX Fix (char *) cast. */ + setinputstring((char *)ps); + + saveheredoclist = heredoclist; + heredoclist = NULL; + saveprompt = doprompt; + doprompt = 0; + result = ps; + savehandler = handler; + if (unlikely(err = setjmp(jmploc.loc))) + goto out; + handler = &jmploc; + + readtoken1(pgetc_eatbnl(), DQSYNTAX, FAKEEOFMARK, 0); + + n.narg.type = NARG; + n.narg.next = NULL; + n.narg.text = wordtext; + n.narg.backquote = backquotelist; + + expandarg(&n, NULL, EXP_QUOTED); + result = stackblock(); + +out: + handler = savehandler; + if (err && exception != EXERROR) + longjmp(handler->loc, 1); + + doprompt = saveprompt; + unwindfiles(file_stop); + heredoclist = saveheredoclist; + + return result; +} + +/* + * called by editline -- any expansions to the prompt + * should be added here. + */ +const char * +getprompt(void *unused) +{ + const char *prompt; + + switch (whichprompt) { + default: +#ifdef DEBUG + return ""; +#endif + case 0: + return nullstr; + case 1: + prompt = ps1val(); + break; + case 2: + prompt = ps2val(); + break; + } + + return expandstr(prompt); +} + +const char *const * +findkwd(const char *s) +{ + return findstring( + s, parsekwd, sizeof(parsekwd) / sizeof(const char *) + ); +} diff --git a/src/parser.h b/src/parser.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..524ac1c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)parser.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include "token.h" + +/* control characters in argument strings */ +#define CTL_FIRST -127 /* first 'special' character */ +#define CTLESC -127 /* escape next character */ +#define CTLVAR -126 /* variable defn */ +#define CTLENDVAR -125 +#define CTLBACKQ -124 +#define CTLARI -122 /* arithmetic expression */ +#define CTLENDARI -121 +#define CTLQUOTEMARK -120 +#define CTL_LAST -120 /* last 'special' character */ + +/* variable substitution byte (follows CTLVAR) */ +#define VSTYPE 0x0f /* type of variable substitution */ +#define VSNUL 0x10 /* colon--treat the empty string as unset */ + +/* values of VSTYPE field */ +#define VSNORMAL 0x1 /* normal variable: $var or ${var} */ +#define VSMINUS 0x2 /* ${var-text} */ +#define VSPLUS 0x3 /* ${var+text} */ +#define VSQUESTION 0x4 /* ${var?message} */ +#define VSASSIGN 0x5 /* ${var=text} */ +#define VSTRIMRIGHT 0x6 /* ${var%pattern} */ +#define VSTRIMRIGHTMAX 0x7 /* ${var%%pattern} */ +#define VSTRIMLEFT 0x8 /* ${var#pattern} */ +#define VSTRIMLEFTMAX 0x9 /* ${var##pattern} */ +#define VSLENGTH 0xa /* ${#var} */ + +/* values of checkkwd variable */ +#define CHKALIAS 0x1 +#define CHKKWD 0x2 +#define CHKNL 0x4 +#define CHKEOFMARK 0x8 + + +/* + * NEOF is returned by parsecmd when it encounters an end of file. It + * must be distinct from NULL, so we use the address of a variable that + * happens to be handy. + */ +extern int lasttoken; +extern int tokpushback; +#define NEOF ((union node *)&tokpushback) +extern int whichprompt; /* 1 == PS1, 2 == PS2 */ +extern int checkkwd; + + +int isassignment(const char *p); +union node *parsecmd(int); +void fixredir(union node *, const char *, int); +const char *getprompt(void *); +const char *const *findkwd(const char *); +char *endofname(const char *); +const char *expandstr(const char *); + +static inline int +goodname(const char *p) +{ + return !*endofname(p); +} + +static inline int parser_eof(void) +{ + return tokpushback && lasttoken == TEOF; +} diff --git a/src/redir.c b/src/redir.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..895140c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/redir.c @@ -0,0 +1,483 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include /* PIPE_BUF */ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* + * Code for dealing with input/output redirection. + */ + +#include "main.h" +#include "shell.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "redir.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" + + +#define EMPTY -2 /* marks an unused slot in redirtab */ +#define CLOSED -1 /* fd opened for redir needs to be closed */ + +#ifndef PIPE_BUF +# define PIPESIZE 4096 /* amount of buffering in a pipe */ +#else +# define PIPESIZE PIPE_BUF +#endif + + +MKINIT +struct redirtab { + struct redirtab *next; + int renamed[10]; +}; + + +MKINIT struct redirtab *redirlist; + +/* Bit map of currently closed file descriptors. */ +static unsigned closed_redirs; + +STATIC int openredirect(union node *); +#ifdef notyet +STATIC void dupredirect(union node *, int, char[10]); +#else +STATIC void dupredirect(union node *, int); +#endif +STATIC int openhere(union node *); + + +static unsigned update_closed_redirs(int fd, int nfd) +{ + unsigned val = closed_redirs; + unsigned bit = 1 << fd; + + if (nfd >= 0) + closed_redirs &= ~bit; + else + closed_redirs |= bit; + + return val & bit; +} + + +/* + * Process a list of redirection commands. If the REDIR_PUSH flag is set, + * old file descriptors are stashed away so that the redirection can be + * undone by calling popredir. If the REDIR_BACKQ flag is set, then the + * standard output, and the standard error if it becomes a duplicate of + * stdout, is saved in memory. + */ + +void +redirect(union node *redir, int flags) +{ + union node *n; + struct redirtab *sv; + int i; + int fd; + int newfd; + int *p; +#if notyet + char memory[10]; /* file descriptors to write to memory */ + + for (i = 10 ; --i >= 0 ; ) + memory[i] = 0; + memory[1] = flags & REDIR_BACKQ; +#endif + if (!redir) + return; + sv = NULL; + INTOFF; + if (likely(flags & REDIR_PUSH)) + sv = redirlist; + n = redir; + do { + newfd = openredirect(n); + if (newfd < -1) + continue; + + fd = n->nfile.fd; + + if (sv) { + int closed; + + p = &sv->renamed[fd]; + i = *p; + + closed = update_closed_redirs(fd, newfd); + + if (likely(i == EMPTY)) { + i = CLOSED; + if (fd != newfd && !closed) { + i = savefd(fd, fd); + fd = -1; + } + } + + *p = i; + } + + if (fd == newfd) + continue; + +#ifdef notyet + dupredirect(n, newfd, memory); +#else + dupredirect(n, newfd); +#endif + } while ((n = n->nfile.next)); + INTON; +#ifdef notyet + if (memory[1]) + out1 = &memout; + if (memory[2]) + out2 = &memout; +#endif + if (flags & REDIR_SAVEFD2 && sv->renamed[2] >= 0) + preverrout.fd = sv->renamed[2]; +} + + +STATIC int +openredirect(union node *redir) +{ + struct stat64 sb; + char *fname; + int f; + + switch (redir->nfile.type) { + case NFROM: + fname = redir->nfile.expfname; + if ((f = open64(fname, O_RDONLY)) < 0) + goto eopen; + break; + case NFROMTO: + fname = redir->nfile.expfname; + if ((f = open64(fname, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0666)) < 0) + goto ecreate; + break; + case NTO: + /* Take care of noclobber mode. */ + if (Cflag) { + fname = redir->nfile.expfname; + if (stat64(fname, &sb) < 0) { + if ((f = open64(fname, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0666)) < 0) + goto ecreate; + } else if (!S_ISREG(sb.st_mode)) { + if ((f = open64(fname, O_WRONLY, 0666)) < 0) + goto ecreate; + if (!fstat64(f, &sb) && S_ISREG(sb.st_mode)) { + close(f); + errno = EEXIST; + goto ecreate; + } + } else { + errno = EEXIST; + goto ecreate; + } + break; + } + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case NCLOBBER: + fname = redir->nfile.expfname; + if ((f = open64(fname, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC, 0666)) < 0) + goto ecreate; + break; + case NAPPEND: + fname = redir->nfile.expfname; + if ((f = open64(fname, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_APPEND, 0666)) < 0) + goto ecreate; + break; + case NTOFD: + case NFROMFD: + f = redir->ndup.dupfd; + if (f == redir->nfile.fd) + f = -2; + break; + default: +#ifdef DEBUG + abort(); +#endif + /* Fall through to eliminate warning. */ + case NHERE: + case NXHERE: + f = openhere(redir); + break; + } + + return f; +ecreate: + sh_error("cannot create %s: %s", fname, errmsg(errno, E_CREAT)); +eopen: + sh_error("cannot open %s: %s", fname, errmsg(errno, E_OPEN)); +} + + +STATIC void +#ifdef notyet +dupredirect(redir, f, memory) +#else +dupredirect(redir, f) +#endif + union node *redir; + int f; +#ifdef notyet + char memory[10]; +#endif + { + int fd = redir->nfile.fd; + int err = 0; + +#ifdef notyet + memory[fd] = 0; +#endif + if (redir->nfile.type == NTOFD || redir->nfile.type == NFROMFD) { + /* if not ">&-" */ + if (f >= 0) { +#ifdef notyet + if (memory[f]) + memory[fd] = 1; + else +#endif + if (dup2(f, fd) < 0) { + err = errno; + goto err; + } + return; + } + f = fd; + } else if (dup2(f, fd) < 0) + err = errno; + + close(f); + if (err < 0) + goto err; + + return; + +err: + sh_error("%d: %s", f, strerror(err)); +} + + +/* + * Handle here documents. Normally we fork off a process to write the + * data to a pipe. If the document is short, we can stuff the data in + * the pipe without forking. + */ + +STATIC int +openhere(union node *redir) +{ + char *p; + int pip[2]; + size_t len = 0; + + if (pipe(pip) < 0) + sh_error("Pipe call failed"); + + p = redir->nhere.doc->narg.text; + if (redir->type == NXHERE) { + expandarg(redir->nhere.doc, NULL, EXP_QUOTED); + p = stackblock(); + } + + len = strlen(p); + if (len <= PIPESIZE) { + xwrite(pip[1], p, len); + goto out; + } + + if (forkshell((struct job *)NULL, (union node *)NULL, FORK_NOJOB) == 0) { + close(pip[0]); + signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN); + signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN); + signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); +#ifdef SIGTSTP + signal(SIGTSTP, SIG_IGN); +#endif + signal(SIGPIPE, SIG_DFL); + xwrite(pip[1], p, len); + _exit(0); + } +out: + close(pip[1]); + return pip[0]; +} + + + +/* + * Undo the effects of the last redirection. + */ + +void +popredir(int drop) +{ + struct redirtab *rp; + int i; + + INTOFF; + rp = redirlist; + for (i = 0 ; i < 10 ; i++) { + int closed; + + if (rp->renamed[i] == EMPTY) + continue; + + closed = drop ? 1 : update_closed_redirs(i, rp->renamed[i]); + + switch (rp->renamed[i]) { + case CLOSED: + if (!closed) + close(i); + break; + default: + if (!drop) + dup2(rp->renamed[i], i); + close(rp->renamed[i]); + break; + } + } + redirlist = rp->next; + ckfree(rp); + INTON; +} + +/* + * Undo all redirections. Called on error or interrupt. + */ + +#ifdef mkinit + +INCLUDE "redir.h" + +EXITRESET { + /* + * Discard all saved file descriptors. + */ + unwindredir(0); +} + +FORKRESET { + redirlist = NULL; +} + +#endif + + + +/* + * Move a file descriptor to > 10. Invokes sh_error on error unless + * the original file dscriptor is not open. + */ + +int +savefd(int from, int ofd) +{ + int newfd; + int err; + + newfd = fcntl(from, F_DUPFD, 10); + err = newfd < 0 ? errno : 0; + if (err != EBADF) { + close(ofd); + if (err) + sh_error("%d: %s", from, strerror(err)); + else + fcntl(newfd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + } + + return newfd; +} + + +int +redirectsafe(union node *redir, int flags) +{ + int err; + volatile int saveint; + struct jmploc *volatile savehandler = handler; + struct jmploc jmploc; + + SAVEINT(saveint); + if (!(err = setjmp(jmploc.loc) * 2)) { + handler = &jmploc; + redirect(redir, flags); + } + handler = savehandler; + if (err && exception != EXERROR) + longjmp(handler->loc, 1); + RESTOREINT(saveint); + return err; +} + + +void unwindredir(struct redirtab *stop) +{ + while (redirlist != stop) + popredir(0); +} + + +struct redirtab *pushredir(union node *redir) +{ + struct redirtab *sv; + struct redirtab *q; + int i; + + q = redirlist; + if (!redir) + goto out; + + sv = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct redirtab)); + sv->next = q; + redirlist = sv; + for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) + sv->renamed[i] = EMPTY; + +out: + return q; +} diff --git a/src/redir.h b/src/redir.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1cf27616 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/redir.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)redir.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +/* flags passed to redirect */ +#define REDIR_PUSH 01 /* save previous values of file descriptors */ +#ifdef notyet +#define REDIR_BACKQ 02 /* save the command output in memory */ +#endif +#define REDIR_SAVEFD2 03 /* set preverrout */ + +struct redirtab; +union node; +void redirect(union node *, int); +void popredir(int); +int savefd(int, int); +int redirectsafe(union node *, int); +void unwindredir(struct redirtab *stop); +struct redirtab *pushredir(union node *redir); + diff --git a/src/shell.h b/src/shell.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..98edc8be --- /dev/null +++ b/src/shell.h @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)shell.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +/* + * The follow should be set to reflect the type of system you have: + * JOBS -> 1 if you have Berkeley job control, 0 otherwise. + * SHORTNAMES -> 1 if your linker cannot handle long names. + * define BSD if you are running 4.2 BSD or later. + * define SYSV if you are running under System V. + * define DEBUG=1 to compile in debugging ('set -o debug' to turn on) + * define DEBUG=2 to compile in and turn on debugging. + * define DO_SHAREDVFORK to indicate that vfork(2) shares its address + * with its parent. + * + * When debugging is on, debugging info will be written to ./trace and + * a quit signal will generate a core dump. + */ + +#include + +#ifndef JOBS +#define JOBS 1 +#endif +#ifndef BSD +#define BSD 1 +#endif + +#ifndef DO_SHAREDVFORK +#if __NetBSD_Version__ >= 104000000 +#define DO_SHAREDVFORK +#endif +#endif + +typedef void *pointer; +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL (void *)0 +#endif +#define STATIC static +#define MKINIT /* empty */ + +extern char nullstr[1]; /* null string */ + + +#ifdef DEBUG +#define TRACE(param) trace param +#define TRACEV(param) tracev param +#else +#define TRACE(param) +#define TRACEV(param) +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ < 3 +#define va_copy __va_copy +#endif + +#if !defined(__GNUC__) || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 96) +#define __builtin_expect(x, expected_value) (x) +#endif + +#define likely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x),1) +#define unlikely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x),0) + +/* + * Hack to calculate maximum length. + * (length * 8 - 1) * log10(2) + 1 + 1 + 12 + * The second 1 is for the minus sign and the 12 is a safety margin. + */ +static inline int max_int_length(int bytes) +{ + return (bytes * 8 - 1) * 0.30102999566398119521 + 14; +} diff --git a/src/show.c b/src/show.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a049e93 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/show.c @@ -0,0 +1,406 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include + +#include "shell.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "options.h" + + +#ifdef DEBUG +static void shtree(union node *, int, char *, FILE*); +static void shcmd(union node *, FILE *); +static void sharg(union node *, FILE *); +static void indent(int, char *, FILE *); +static void trstring(char *); + + +void +showtree(union node *n) +{ + trputs("showtree called\n"); + shtree(n, 1, NULL, stdout); +} + + +static void +shtree(union node *n, int ind, char *pfx, FILE *fp) +{ + struct nodelist *lp; + const char *s; + + if (n == NULL) + return; + + indent(ind, pfx, fp); + switch(n->type) { + case NSEMI: + s = "; "; + goto binop; + case NAND: + s = " && "; + goto binop; + case NOR: + s = " || "; +binop: + shtree(n->nbinary.ch1, ind, NULL, fp); + /* if (ind < 0) */ + fputs(s, fp); + shtree(n->nbinary.ch2, ind, NULL, fp); + break; + case NCMD: + shcmd(n, fp); + if (ind >= 0) + putc('\n', fp); + break; + case NPIPE: + for (lp = n->npipe.cmdlist ; lp ; lp = lp->next) { + shcmd(lp->n, fp); + if (lp->next) + fputs(" | ", fp); + } + if (n->npipe.backgnd) + fputs(" &", fp); + if (ind >= 0) + putc('\n', fp); + break; + default: + fprintf(fp, "", n->type); + if (ind >= 0) + putc('\n', fp); + break; + } +} + + + +static void +shcmd(union node *cmd, FILE *fp) +{ + union node *np; + int first; + const char *s; + int dftfd; + + first = 1; + for (np = cmd->ncmd.args ; np ; np = np->narg.next) { + if (! first) + putchar(' '); + sharg(np, fp); + first = 0; + } + for (np = cmd->ncmd.redirect ; np ; np = np->nfile.next) { + if (! first) + putchar(' '); + switch (np->nfile.type) { + case NTO: s = ">"; dftfd = 1; break; + case NCLOBBER: s = ">|"; dftfd = 1; break; + case NAPPEND: s = ">>"; dftfd = 1; break; + case NTOFD: s = ">&"; dftfd = 1; break; + case NFROM: s = "<"; dftfd = 0; break; + case NFROMFD: s = "<&"; dftfd = 0; break; + case NFROMTO: s = "<>"; dftfd = 0; break; + default: s = "*error*"; dftfd = 0; break; + } + if (np->nfile.fd != dftfd) + fprintf(fp, "%d", np->nfile.fd); + fputs(s, fp); + if (np->nfile.type == NTOFD || np->nfile.type == NFROMFD) { + fprintf(fp, "%d", np->ndup.dupfd); + } else { + sharg(np->nfile.fname, fp); + } + first = 0; + } +} + + + +static void +sharg(union node *arg, FILE *fp) +{ + char *p; + struct nodelist *bqlist; + int subtype; + + if (arg->type != NARG) { + printf("\n", arg->type); + abort(); + } + bqlist = arg->narg.backquote; + for (p = arg->narg.text ; *p ; p++) { + switch ((signed char)*p) { + case CTLESC: + putc(*++p, fp); + break; + case CTLVAR: + putc('$', fp); + putc('{', fp); + subtype = *++p; + if (subtype == VSLENGTH) + putc('#', fp); + + while (*p != '=') + putc(*p++, fp); + + if (subtype & VSNUL) + putc(':', fp); + + switch (subtype & VSTYPE) { + case VSNORMAL: + putc('}', fp); + break; + case VSMINUS: + putc('-', fp); + break; + case VSPLUS: + putc('+', fp); + break; + case VSQUESTION: + putc('?', fp); + break; + case VSASSIGN: + putc('=', fp); + break; + case VSTRIMLEFT: + putc('#', fp); + break; + case VSTRIMLEFTMAX: + putc('#', fp); + putc('#', fp); + break; + case VSTRIMRIGHT: + putc('%', fp); + break; + case VSTRIMRIGHTMAX: + putc('%', fp); + putc('%', fp); + break; + case VSLENGTH: + break; + default: + printf("", subtype); + } + break; + case CTLENDVAR: + putc('}', fp); + break; + case CTLBACKQ: + putc('$', fp); + putc('(', fp); + shtree(bqlist->n, -1, NULL, fp); + putc(')', fp); + break; + default: + putc(*p, fp); + break; + } + } +} + + +static void +indent(int amount, char *pfx, FILE *fp) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0 ; i < amount ; i++) { + if (pfx && i == amount - 1) + fputs(pfx, fp); + putc('\t', fp); + } +} + + + +/* + * Debugging stuff. + */ + + +FILE *tracefile; + + +void +trputc(int c) +{ + if (debug != 1) + return; + putc(c, tracefile); +} + +void +trace(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list va; + + if (debug != 1) + return; + va_start(va, fmt); + (void) vfprintf(tracefile, fmt, va); + va_end(va); +} + +void +tracev(const char *fmt, va_list va) +{ + if (debug != 1) + return; + (void) vfprintf(tracefile, fmt, va); +} + + +void +trputs(const char *s) +{ + if (debug != 1) + return; + fputs(s, tracefile); +} + + +static void +trstring(char *s) +{ + char *p; + char c; + + if (debug != 1) + return; + putc('"', tracefile); + for (p = s ; *p ; p++) { + switch ((signed char)*p) { + case '\n': c = 'n'; goto backslash; + case '\t': c = 't'; goto backslash; + case '\r': c = 'r'; goto backslash; + case '"': c = '"'; goto backslash; + case '\\': c = '\\'; goto backslash; + case CTLESC: c = 'e'; goto backslash; + case CTLVAR: c = 'v'; goto backslash; + case CTLBACKQ: c = 'q'; goto backslash; +backslash: putc('\\', tracefile); + putc(c, tracefile); + break; + default: + if (*p >= ' ' && *p <= '~') + putc(*p, tracefile); + else { + putc('\\', tracefile); + putc(*p >> 6 & 03, tracefile); + putc(*p >> 3 & 07, tracefile); + putc(*p & 07, tracefile); + } + break; + } + } + putc('"', tracefile); +} + + +void +trargs(char **ap) +{ + if (debug != 1) + return; + while (*ap) { + trstring(*ap++); + if (*ap) + putc(' ', tracefile); + else + putc('\n', tracefile); + } +} + + +void +opentrace(void) +{ + char s[100]; +#ifdef O_APPEND + int flags; +#endif + + if (debug != 1) { + if (tracefile) + fflush(tracefile); + /* leave open because libedit might be using it */ + return; + } +#ifdef not_this_way + { + char *p; + if ((p = getenv(homestr)) == NULL) { + if (geteuid() == 0) + p = "/"; + else + p = "/tmp"; + } + scopy(p, s); + strcat(s, "/trace"); + } +#else + scopy("./trace", s); +#endif /* not_this_way */ + if (tracefile) { +#ifndef __KLIBC__ + if (!freopen(s, "a", tracefile)) { +#else + if (!(!fclose(tracefile) && (tracefile = fopen(s, "a")))) { +#endif /* __KLIBC__ */ + fprintf(stderr, "Can't re-open %s\n", s); + debug = 0; + return; + } + } else { + if ((tracefile = fopen(s, "a")) == NULL) { + fprintf(stderr, "Can't open %s\n", s); + debug = 0; + return; + } + } +#ifdef O_APPEND + if ((flags = fcntl(fileno(tracefile), F_GETFL, 0)) >= 0) + fcntl(fileno(tracefile), F_SETFL, flags | O_APPEND); +#endif +#ifndef __KLIBC__ + setlinebuf(tracefile); +#endif /* __KLIBC__ */ + fputs("\nTracing started.\n", tracefile); +} +#endif /* DEBUG */ diff --git a/src/show.h b/src/show.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0ccac79 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/show.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1995 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)show.h 1.1 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include + +#ifdef DEBUG +union node; +void showtree(union node *); +void trace(const char *, ...); +void tracev(const char *, va_list); +void trargs(char **); +void trputc(int); +void trputs(const char *); +void opentrace(void); +#endif diff --git a/src/system.c b/src/system.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..844a6410 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/system.c @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2004 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#ifndef HAVE_ISALPHA +#define isalnum _isalnum +#define iscntrl _iscntrl +#define islower _islower +#define isspace _isspace +#define isalpha _isalpha +#define isdigit _isdigit +#define isprint _isprint +#define isupper _isupper +#define isblank _isblank +#define isgraph _isgraph +#define ispunct _ispunct +#define isxdigit _isxdigit +#include +#undef isalnum +#undef iscntrl +#undef islower +#undef isspace +#undef isalpha +#undef isdigit +#undef isprint +#undef isupper +#undef isblank +#undef isgraph +#undef ispunct +#undef isxdigit +#endif + +#include +#include + +#include "error.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "system.h" + +#ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY +void *mempcpy(void *dest, const void *src, size_t n) +{ + return memcpy(dest, src, n) + n; +} +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +char *stpcpy(char *dest, const char *src) +{ + size_t len = strlen(src); + dest[len] = 0; + return mempcpy(dest, src, len); +} +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STRCHRNUL +char *strchrnul(const char *s, int c) +{ + char *p = strchr(s, c); + if (!p) + p = (char *)s + strlen(s); + return p; +} +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STRSIGNAL +char *strsignal(int sig) +{ + static char buf[19]; + + if ((unsigned)sig < NSIG && sys_siglist[sig]) + return (char *)sys_siglist[sig]; + fmtstr(buf, sizeof(buf), "Signal %d", sig); + return buf; +} +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_BSEARCH +void *bsearch(const void *key, const void *base, size_t nmemb, + size_t size, int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *)) +{ + while (nmemb) { + size_t mididx = nmemb / 2; + const void *midobj = base + mididx * size; + int diff = cmp(key, midobj); + + if (diff == 0) + return (void *)midobj; + + if (diff > 0) { + base = midobj + size; + nmemb -= mididx + 1; + } else + nmemb = mididx; + } + + return 0; +} +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_SYSCONF +long sysconf(int name) +{ + sh_error("no sysconf for: %d", name); +} +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_ISALPHA +int isalnum(int c) { + return _isalnum(c); +} + + +int iscntrl(int c) { + return _iscntrl(c); +} + + +int islower(int c) { + return _islower(c); +} + + +int isspace(int c) { + return _isspace(c); +} + + +int isalpha(int c) { + return _isalpha(c); +} + + +int isdigit(int c) { + return _isdigit(c); +} + + +int isprint(int c) { + return _isprint(c); +} + + +int isupper(int c) { + return _isupper(c); +} + + +#if HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK +int isblank(int c) { + return _isblank(c); +} +#endif + + +int isgraph(int c) { + return _isgraph(c); +} + + +int ispunct(int c) { + return _ispunct(c); +} + + +int isxdigit(int c) { + return _isxdigit(c); +} +#endif + +#if !HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK +int isblank(int c) { + return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; +} +#endif diff --git a/src/system.h b/src/system.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..007952c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/system.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2004 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef SSIZE_MAX +#define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t)((size_t)-1 >> 1)) +#endif + +static inline void sigclearmask(void) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_SIGSETMASK) && \ + (!defined(__GLIBC__) || \ + (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__) >= 4006)) +#ifdef __GLIBC__ +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" +#endif + sigsetmask(0); +#ifdef __GLIBC__ +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop +#endif +#else + sigset_t set; + sigemptyset(&set); + sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &set, 0); +#endif +} + +#ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY +void *mempcpy(void *, const void *, size_t); +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +char *stpcpy(char *, const char *); +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STRCHRNUL +char *strchrnul(const char *, int); +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STRSIGNAL +char *strsignal(int); +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STRTOD +static inline double strtod(const char *nptr, char **endptr) +{ + *endptr = (char *)nptr; + return 0; +} +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STRTOIMAX +#define strtoimax strtoll +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STRTOUMAX +#define strtoumax strtoull +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_BSEARCH +void *bsearch(const void *, const void *, size_t, size_t, + int (*)(const void *, const void *)); +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_KILLPG +static inline int killpg(pid_t pid, int signal) +{ +#ifdef DEBUG + if (pid < 0) + abort(); +#endif + return kill(-pid, signal); +} +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_SYSCONF +#define _SC_CLK_TCK 2 +long sysconf(int) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +#endif + +#if !HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK +int isblank(int c); +#endif + +/* + * A trick to suppress uninitialized variable warning without generating any + * code + */ +#define uninitialized_var(x) x = x diff --git a/src/trap.c b/src/trap.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd84814f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/trap.c @@ -0,0 +1,446 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "shell.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "nodes.h" /* for other headers */ +#include "eval.h" +#include "init.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include "mystring.h" + +/* + * Sigmode records the current value of the signal handlers for the various + * modes. A value of zero means that the current handler is not known. + * S_HARD_IGN indicates that the signal was ignored on entry to the shell, + */ + +#define S_DFL 1 /* default signal handling (SIG_DFL) */ +#define S_CATCH 2 /* signal is caught */ +#define S_IGN 3 /* signal is ignored (SIG_IGN) */ +#define S_HARD_IGN 4 /* signal is ignored permenantly */ +#define S_RESET 5 /* temporary - to reset a hard ignored sig */ + + +/* trap handler commands */ +MKINIT char *trap[NSIG]; +/* number of non-null traps */ +int trapcnt; +/* current value of signal */ +char sigmode[NSIG - 1]; +/* indicates specified signal received */ +static char gotsig[NSIG - 1]; +/* last pending signal */ +volatile sig_atomic_t pending_sig; +/* received SIGCHLD */ +volatile sig_atomic_t gotsigchld; + +extern char *signal_names[]; + +static int decode_signum(const char *); + +#ifdef mkinit +INCLUDE "memalloc.h" +INCLUDE "trap.h" + +INIT { + sigmode[SIGCHLD - 1] = S_DFL; + setsignal(SIGCHLD); +} + +FORKRESET { + char **tp; + + INTOFF; + for (tp = trap ; tp < &trap[NSIG] ; tp++) { + if (*tp && **tp) { /* trap not NULL or SIG_IGN */ + ckfree(*tp); + *tp = NULL; + if (tp != &trap[0]) + setsignal(tp - trap); + } + } + trapcnt = 0; + INTON; +} +#endif + +/* + * The trap builtin. + */ + +int +trapcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char *action; + char **ap; + int signo; + + nextopt(nullstr); + ap = argptr; + if (!*ap) { + for (signo = 0 ; signo < NSIG ; signo++) { + if (trap[signo] != NULL) { + out1fmt( + "trap -- %s %s\n", + single_quote(trap[signo]), + signal_names[signo] + ); + } + } + return 0; + } + if (!ap[1] || decode_signum(*ap) >= 0) + action = NULL; + else + action = *ap++; + while (*ap) { + if ((signo = decode_signal(*ap, 0)) < 0) { + outfmt(out2, "trap: %s: bad trap\n", *ap); + return 1; + } + INTOFF; + if (action) { + if (action[0] == '-' && action[1] == '\0') + action = NULL; + else { + if (*action) + trapcnt++; + action = savestr(action); + } + } + if (trap[signo]) { + if (*trap[signo]) + trapcnt--; + ckfree(trap[signo]); + } + trap[signo] = action; + if (signo != 0) + setsignal(signo); + INTON; + ap++; + } + return 0; +} + + + +/* + * Set the signal handler for the specified signal. The routine figures + * out what it should be set to. + */ + +void +setsignal(int signo) +{ + int action; + int lvforked; + char *t, tsig; + struct sigaction act; + + lvforked = vforked; + + if ((t = trap[signo]) == NULL) + action = S_DFL; + else if (*t != '\0') + action = S_CATCH; + else + action = S_IGN; + if (rootshell && action == S_DFL && !lvforked) { + switch (signo) { + case SIGINT: + if (iflag || minusc || sflag == 0) + action = S_CATCH; + break; + case SIGQUIT: +#ifdef DEBUG + if (debug) + break; +#endif + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case SIGTERM: + if (iflag) + action = S_IGN; + break; +#if JOBS + case SIGTSTP: + case SIGTTOU: + if (mflag) + action = S_IGN; + break; +#endif + } + } + + if (signo == SIGCHLD) + action = S_CATCH; + + t = &sigmode[signo - 1]; + tsig = *t; + if (tsig == 0) { + /* + * current setting unknown + */ + if (sigaction(signo, 0, &act) == -1) { + /* + * Pretend it worked; maybe we should give a warning + * here, but other shells don't. We don't alter + * sigmode, so that we retry every time. + */ + return; + } + if (act.sa_handler == SIG_IGN) { + if (mflag && (signo == SIGTSTP || + signo == SIGTTIN || signo == SIGTTOU)) { + tsig = S_IGN; /* don't hard ignore these */ + } else + tsig = S_HARD_IGN; + } else { + tsig = S_RESET; /* force to be set */ + } + } + if (tsig == S_HARD_IGN || tsig == action) + return; + switch (action) { + case S_CATCH: + act.sa_handler = onsig; + break; + case S_IGN: + act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN; + break; + default: + act.sa_handler = SIG_DFL; + } + if (!lvforked) + *t = action; + act.sa_flags = 0; + sigfillset(&act.sa_mask); + sigaction(signo, &act, 0); +} + +/* + * Ignore a signal. + */ + +void +ignoresig(int signo) +{ + if (sigmode[signo - 1] != S_IGN && sigmode[signo - 1] != S_HARD_IGN) { + signal(signo, SIG_IGN); + } + if (!vforked) + sigmode[signo - 1] = S_HARD_IGN; +} + + + +/* + * Signal handler. + */ + +void +onsig(int signo) +{ + if (vforked) + return; + + if (signo == SIGCHLD) { + gotsigchld = 1; + if (!trap[SIGCHLD]) + return; + } + + gotsig[signo - 1] = 1; + pending_sig = signo; + + if (signo == SIGINT && !trap[SIGINT]) { + if (!suppressint) + onint(); + intpending = 1; + } +} + + + +/* + * Called to execute a trap. Perhaps we should avoid entering new trap + * handlers while we are executing a trap handler. + */ + +void dotrap(void) +{ + char *p; + char *q; + int i; + int status, last_status; + + if (!pending_sig) + return; + + status = savestatus; + last_status = status; + if (likely(status < 0)) { + status = exitstatus; + savestatus = status; + } + pending_sig = 0; + barrier(); + + for (i = 0, q = gotsig; i < NSIG - 1; i++, q++) { + if (!*q) + continue; + + if (evalskip) { + pending_sig = i + 1; + break; + } + + *q = 0; + + p = trap[i + 1]; + if (!p) + continue; + evalstring(p, 0); + if (evalskip != SKIPFUNC) + exitstatus = status; + } + + savestatus = last_status; +} + + + +/* + * Controls whether the shell is interactive or not. + */ + + +void +setinteractive(int on) +{ + static int is_interactive; + + if (++on == is_interactive) + return; + is_interactive = on; + setsignal(SIGINT); + setsignal(SIGQUIT); + setsignal(SIGTERM); +} + + + +/* + * Called to exit the shell. + */ + +void +exitshell(void) +{ + struct jmploc loc; + char *p; + + savestatus = exitstatus; + TRACE(("pid %d, exitshell(%d)\n", getpid(), savestatus)); + if (setjmp(loc.loc)) + goto out; + handler = &loc; + if ((p = trap[0])) { + trap[0] = NULL; + evalskip = 0; + evalstring(p, 0); + evalskip = SKIPFUNCDEF; + } +out: + exitreset(); + /* + * Disable job control so that whoever had the foreground before we + * started can get it back. + */ + if (likely(!setjmp(loc.loc))) + setjobctl(0); + flushall(); + _exit(exitstatus); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +static int decode_signum(const char *string) +{ + int signo = -1; + + if (is_number(string)) { + signo = atoi(string); + if (signo >= NSIG) + signo = -1; + } + + return signo; +} + +int decode_signal(const char *string, int minsig) +{ + int signo; + + signo = decode_signum(string); + if (signo >= 0) + return signo; + + for (signo = minsig; signo < NSIG; signo++) { + if (!strcasecmp(string, signal_names[signo])) { + return signo; + } + } + + return -1; +} + +void sigblockall(sigset_t *oldmask) +{ + sigset_t mask; + + sigfillset(&mask); + sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &mask, oldmask); +} diff --git a/src/trap.h b/src/trap.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..beaf6605 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/trap.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)trap.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 6/5/95 + */ + +#include + +extern int trapcnt; +extern char sigmode[]; +extern volatile sig_atomic_t pending_sig; +extern volatile sig_atomic_t gotsigchld; + +int trapcmd(int, char **); +void setsignal(int); +void ignoresig(int); +void onsig(int); +void dotrap(void); +void setinteractive(int); +void exitshell(void) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +int decode_signal(const char *, int); +void sigblockall(sigset_t *oldmask); + +static inline int have_traps(void) +{ + return trapcnt; +} diff --git a/src/var.c b/src/var.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef9c2bde --- /dev/null +++ b/src/var.c @@ -0,0 +1,674 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef HAVE_PATHS_H +#include +#endif + +/* + * Shell variables. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "nodes.h" /* for other headers */ +#include "exec.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "mail.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "show.h" +#ifndef SMALL +#include "myhistedit.h" +#endif +#include "system.h" + + +#define VTABSIZE 39 + + +struct localvar_list { + struct localvar_list *next; + struct localvar *lv; +}; + +MKINIT struct localvar_list *localvar_stack; + +const char defpathvar[] = + "PATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin"; +char defifsvar[] = "IFS= \t\n"; +MKINIT char defoptindvar[] = "OPTIND=1"; + +int lineno; +char linenovar[sizeof("LINENO=")+sizeof(int)*CHAR_BIT/3+1] = "LINENO="; + +/* Some macros in var.h depend on the order, add new variables to the end. */ +struct var varinit[] = { +#if ATTY + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET, "ATTY\0", 0 }, +#endif + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED, defifsvar, 0 }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET, "MAIL\0", changemail }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET, "MAILPATH\0", changemail }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED, defpathvar, changepath }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED, "PS1=$ ", 0 }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED, "PS2=> ", 0 }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED, "PS4=+ ", 0 }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED, defoptindvar, getoptsreset }, +#ifdef WITH_LINENO + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED, linenovar, 0 }, +#endif +#ifndef SMALL + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET, "TERM\0", 0 }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET, "HISTSIZE\0", sethistsize }, +#endif +}; + +STATIC struct var *vartab[VTABSIZE]; + +STATIC struct var **hashvar(const char *); +STATIC int vpcmp(const void *, const void *); +STATIC struct var **findvar(struct var **, const char *); + +/* + * Initialize the varable symbol tables and import the environment + */ + +#ifdef mkinit +INCLUDE +INCLUDE +INCLUDE +INCLUDE "cd.h" +INCLUDE "output.h" +INCLUDE "var.h" +MKINIT char **environ; +INIT { + char **envp; + static char ppid[32] = "PPID="; + const char *p; + struct stat64 st1, st2; + + initvar(); + for (envp = environ ; *envp ; envp++) { + p = endofname(*envp); + if (p != *envp && *p == '=') { + setvareq(*envp, VEXPORT|VTEXTFIXED); + } + } + + setvareq(defifsvar, VTEXTFIXED); + setvareq(defoptindvar, VTEXTFIXED); + + fmtstr(ppid + 5, sizeof(ppid) - 5, "%ld", (long) getppid()); + setvareq(ppid, VTEXTFIXED); + + p = lookupvar("PWD"); + if (p) + if (*p != '/' || stat64(p, &st1) || stat64(".", &st2) || + st1.st_dev != st2.st_dev || st1.st_ino != st2.st_ino) + p = 0; + setpwd(p, 0); +} + +RESET { + unwindlocalvars(0); +} +#endif + + +/* + * This routine initializes the builtin variables. It is called when the + * shell is initialized. + */ + +void +initvar(void) +{ + struct var *vp; + struct var *end; + struct var **vpp; + + vp = varinit; + end = vp + sizeof(varinit) / sizeof(varinit[0]); + do { + vpp = hashvar(vp->text); + vp->next = *vpp; + *vpp = vp; + } while (++vp < end); + /* + * PS1 depends on uid + */ + if (!geteuid()) + vps1.text = "PS1=# "; +} + +/* + * Set the value of a variable. The flags argument is ored with the + * flags of the variable. If val is NULL, the variable is unset. + */ + +struct var *setvar(const char *name, const char *val, int flags) +{ + char *p, *q; + size_t namelen; + char *nameeq; + size_t vallen; + struct var *vp; + + q = endofname(name); + p = strchrnul(q, '='); + namelen = p - name; + if (!namelen || p != q) + sh_error("%.*s: bad variable name", namelen, name); + vallen = 0; + if (val == NULL) { + flags |= VUNSET; + } else { + vallen = strlen(val); + } + INTOFF; + p = mempcpy(nameeq = ckmalloc(namelen + vallen + 2), name, namelen); + if (val) { + *p++ = '='; + p = mempcpy(p, val, vallen); + } + *p = '\0'; + vp = setvareq(nameeq, flags | VNOSAVE); + INTON; + + return vp; +} + +/* + * Set the given integer as the value of a variable. The flags argument is + * ored with the flags of the variable. + */ + +intmax_t setvarint(const char *name, intmax_t val, int flags) +{ + int len = max_int_length(sizeof(val)); + char buf[len]; + + fmtstr(buf, len, "%" PRIdMAX, val); + setvar(name, buf, flags); + return val; +} + + + +/* + * Same as setvar except that the variable and value are passed in + * the first argument as name=value. Since the first argument will + * be actually stored in the table, it should not be a string that + * will go away. + * Called with interrupts off. + */ + +struct var *setvareq(char *s, int flags) +{ + struct var *vp, **vpp; + + vpp = hashvar(s); + flags |= (VEXPORT & (((unsigned) (1 - aflag)) - 1)); + vpp = findvar(vpp, s); + vp = *vpp; + if (vp) { + if (vp->flags & VREADONLY) { + const char *n; + + if (flags & VNOSAVE) + free(s); + n = vp->text; + sh_error("%.*s: is read only", strchrnul(n, '=') - n, + n); + } + + if (flags & VNOSET) + goto out; + + if (vp->func && (flags & VNOFUNC) == 0) + (*vp->func)(strchrnul(s, '=') + 1); + + if ((vp->flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK)) == 0) + ckfree(vp->text); + + if (((flags & (VEXPORT|VREADONLY|VSTRFIXED|VUNSET)) | + (vp->flags & VSTRFIXED)) == VUNSET) { + *vpp = vp->next; + ckfree(vp); +out_free: + if ((flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK|VNOSAVE)) == VNOSAVE) + ckfree(s); + goto out; + } + + flags |= vp->flags & ~(VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK|VNOSAVE|VUNSET); + } else { + if (flags & VNOSET) + goto out; + if ((flags & (VEXPORT|VREADONLY|VSTRFIXED|VUNSET)) == VUNSET) + goto out_free; + /* not found */ + vp = ckmalloc(sizeof (*vp)); + vp->next = *vpp; + vp->func = NULL; + *vpp = vp; + } + if (!(flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK|VNOSAVE))) + s = savestr(s); + vp->text = s; + vp->flags = flags; + +out: + return vp; +} + +/* + * Find the value of a variable. Returns NULL if not set. + */ + +char * +lookupvar(const char *name) +{ + struct var *v; + + if ((v = *findvar(hashvar(name), name)) && !(v->flags & VUNSET)) { +#ifdef WITH_LINENO + if (v == &vlineno && v->text == linenovar) { + fmtstr(linenovar+7, sizeof(linenovar)-7, "%d", lineno); + } +#endif + return strchrnul(v->text, '=') + 1; + } + return NULL; +} + +intmax_t lookupvarint(const char *name) +{ + return atomax(lookupvar(name) ?: nullstr, 0); +} + + + +/* + * Generate a list of variables satisfying the given conditions. + */ + +char ** +listvars(int on, int off, char ***end) +{ + struct var **vpp; + struct var *vp; + char **ep; + int mask; + + STARTSTACKSTR(ep); + vpp = vartab; + mask = on | off; + do { + for (vp = *vpp ; vp ; vp = vp->next) + if ((vp->flags & mask) == on) { + if (ep == stackstrend()) + ep = growstackstr(); + *ep++ = (char *) vp->text; + } + } while (++vpp < vartab + VTABSIZE); + if (ep == stackstrend()) + ep = growstackstr(); + if (end) + *end = ep; + *ep++ = NULL; + return grabstackstr(ep); +} + + + +/* + * POSIX requires that 'set' (but not export or readonly) output the + * variables in lexicographic order - by the locale's collating order (sigh). + * Maybe we could keep them in an ordered balanced binary tree + * instead of hashed lists. + * For now just roll 'em through qsort for printing... + */ + +int +showvars(const char *prefix, int on, int off) +{ + const char *sep; + char **ep, **epend; + + ep = listvars(on, off, &epend); + qsort(ep, epend - ep, sizeof(char *), vpcmp); + + sep = *prefix ? spcstr : prefix; + + for (; ep < epend; ep++) { + const char *p; + const char *q; + + p = strchrnul(*ep, '='); + q = nullstr; + if (*p) + q = single_quote(++p); + + out1fmt("%s%s%.*s%s\n", prefix, sep, (int)(p - *ep), *ep, q); + } + + return 0; +} + + + +/* + * The export and readonly commands. + */ + +int +exportcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct var *vp; + char *name; + const char *p; + char **aptr; + int flag = argv[0][0] == 'r'? VREADONLY : VEXPORT; + int notp; + + notp = nextopt("p") - 'p'; + if (notp && ((name = *(aptr = argptr)))) { + do { + if ((p = strchr(name, '=')) != NULL) { + p++; + } else { + if ((vp = *findvar(hashvar(name), name))) { + vp->flags |= flag; + continue; + } + } + setvar(name, p, flag); + } while ((name = *++aptr) != NULL); + } else { + showvars(argv[0], flag, 0); + } + return 0; +} + + +/* + * The "local" command. + */ + +int +localcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char *name; + + if (!localvar_stack) + sh_error("not in a function"); + + argv = argptr; + while ((name = *argv++) != NULL) { + mklocal(name, 0); + } + return 0; +} + + +/* + * Make a variable a local variable. When a variable is made local, it's + * value and flags are saved in a localvar structure. The saved values + * will be restored when the shell function returns. We handle the name + * "-" as a special case. + */ + +void mklocal(char *name, int flags) +{ + struct localvar *lvp; + struct var **vpp; + struct var *vp; + + INTOFF; + lvp = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct localvar)); + if (name[0] == '-' && name[1] == '\0') { + char *p; + p = ckmalloc(sizeof(optlist)); + lvp->text = memcpy(p, optlist, sizeof(optlist)); + vp = NULL; + } else { + char *eq; + + vpp = hashvar(name); + vp = *findvar(vpp, name); + eq = strchr(name, '='); + if (vp == NULL) { + if (eq) + vp = setvareq(name, VSTRFIXED | flags); + else + vp = setvar(name, NULL, VSTRFIXED | flags); + lvp->flags = VUNSET; + } else { + lvp->text = vp->text; + lvp->flags = vp->flags; + vp->flags |= VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED; + if (eq) + setvareq(name, flags); + } + } + lvp->vp = vp; + lvp->next = localvar_stack->lv; + localvar_stack->lv = lvp; + INTON; +} + + +/* + * Called after a function returns. + * Interrupts must be off. + */ + +static void +poplocalvars(void) +{ + struct localvar_list *ll; + struct localvar *lvp, *next; + struct var *vp; + + INTOFF; + ll = localvar_stack; + localvar_stack = ll->next; + + next = ll->lv; + ckfree(ll); + + while ((lvp = next) != NULL) { + next = lvp->next; + vp = lvp->vp; + TRACE(("poplocalvar %s\n", vp ? vp->text : "-")); + if (vp == NULL) { /* $- saved */ + memcpy(optlist, lvp->text, sizeof(optlist)); + ckfree(lvp->text); + optschanged(); + } else if (lvp->flags == VUNSET) { + vp->flags &= ~(VSTRFIXED|VREADONLY); + unsetvar(vp->text); + } else { + if (vp->func) + (*vp->func)(strchrnul(lvp->text, '=') + 1); + if ((vp->flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK)) == 0) + ckfree(vp->text); + vp->flags = lvp->flags; + vp->text = lvp->text; + } + ckfree(lvp); + } + INTON; +} + + +/* + * Create a new localvar environment. + */ +struct localvar_list *pushlocalvars(int push) +{ + struct localvar_list *ll; + struct localvar_list *top; + + top = localvar_stack; + if (!push) + goto out; + + INTOFF; + ll = ckmalloc(sizeof(*ll)); + ll->lv = NULL; + ll->next = top; + localvar_stack = ll; + INTON; + +out: + return top; +} + + +void unwindlocalvars(struct localvar_list *stop) +{ + while (localvar_stack != stop) + poplocalvars(); +} + + +/* + * The unset builtin command. We unset the function before we unset the + * variable to allow a function to be unset when there is a readonly variable + * with the same name. + */ + +int +unsetcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char **ap; + int i; + int flag = 0; + + while ((i = nextopt("vf")) != '\0') { + flag = i; + } + + for (ap = argptr; *ap ; ap++) { + if (flag != 'f') { + unsetvar(*ap); + continue; + } + if (flag != 'v') + unsetfunc(*ap); + } + return 0; +} + + +/* + * Unset the specified variable. + */ + +void unsetvar(const char *s) +{ + setvar(s, 0, 0); +} + + + +/* + * Find the appropriate entry in the hash table from the name. + */ + +STATIC struct var ** +hashvar(const char *p) +{ + unsigned int hashval; + + hashval = ((unsigned char) *p) << 4; + while (*p && *p != '=') + hashval += (unsigned char) *p++; + return &vartab[hashval % VTABSIZE]; +} + + + +/* + * Compares two strings up to the first = or '\0'. The first + * string must be terminated by '='; the second may be terminated by + * either '=' or '\0'. + */ + +int +varcmp(const char *p, const char *q) +{ + int c, d; + + while ((c = *p) == (d = *q)) { + if (!c || c == '=') + goto out; + p++; + q++; + } + if (c == '=') + c = 0; + if (d == '=') + d = 0; +out: + return c - d; +} + +STATIC int +vpcmp(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + return varcmp(*(const char **)a, *(const char **)b); +} + +STATIC struct var ** +findvar(struct var **vpp, const char *name) +{ + for (; *vpp; vpp = &(*vpp)->next) { + if (varequal((*vpp)->text, name)) { + break; + } + } + return vpp; +} diff --git a/src/var.h b/src/var.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa7575a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/var.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 1997-2005 + * Herbert Xu . All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)var.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include + +/* + * Shell variables. + */ + +/* flags */ +#define VEXPORT 0x01 /* variable is exported */ +#define VREADONLY 0x02 /* variable cannot be modified */ +#define VSTRFIXED 0x04 /* variable struct is statically allocated */ +#define VTEXTFIXED 0x08 /* text is statically allocated */ +#define VSTACK 0x10 /* text is allocated on the stack */ +#define VUNSET 0x20 /* the variable is not set */ +#define VNOFUNC 0x40 /* don't call the callback function */ +#define VNOSET 0x80 /* do not set variable - just readonly test */ +#define VNOSAVE 0x100 /* when text is on the heap before setvareq */ + + +struct var { + struct var *next; /* next entry in hash list */ + int flags; /* flags are defined above */ + const char *text; /* name=value */ + void (*func)(const char *); + /* function to be called when */ + /* the variable gets set/unset */ +}; + + +struct localvar { + struct localvar *next; /* next local variable in list */ + struct var *vp; /* the variable that was made local */ + int flags; /* saved flags */ + const char *text; /* saved text */ +}; + +struct localvar_list; + + +extern struct localvar *localvars; +extern struct var varinit[]; + +#if ATTY +#define vatty varinit[0] +#define vifs varinit[1] +#else +#define vifs varinit[0] +#endif +#define vmail (&vifs)[1] +#define vmpath (&vmail)[1] +#define vpath (&vmpath)[1] +#define vps1 (&vpath)[1] +#define vps2 (&vps1)[1] +#define vps4 (&vps2)[1] +#define voptind (&vps4)[1] +#ifdef WITH_LINENO +#define vlineno (&voptind)[1] +#endif +#ifndef SMALL +#ifdef WITH_LINENO +#define vterm (&vlineno)[1] +#else +#define vterm (&voptind)[1] +#endif +#define vhistsize (&vterm)[1] +#endif + +extern char defifsvar[]; +#define defifs (defifsvar + 4) +extern const char defpathvar[]; +#define defpath (defpathvar + 36) + +extern int lineno; +extern char linenovar[]; + +/* + * The following macros access the values of the above variables. + * They have to skip over the name. They return the null string + * for unset variables. + */ + +#define ifsval() (vifs.text + 4) +#define ifsset() ((vifs.flags & VUNSET) == 0) +#define mailval() (vmail.text + 5) +#define mpathval() (vmpath.text + 9) +#define pathval() (vpath.text + 5) +#define ps1val() (vps1.text + 4) +#define ps2val() (vps2.text + 4) +#define ps4val() (vps4.text + 4) +#define optindval() (voptind.text + 7) +#define linenoval() (vlineno.text + 7) +#ifndef SMALL +#define histsizeval() (vhistsize.text + 9) +#define termval() (vterm.text + 5) +#endif + +#if ATTY +#define attyset() ((vatty.flags & VUNSET) == 0) +#endif +#define mpathset() ((vmpath.flags & VUNSET) == 0) + +void initvar(void); +struct var *setvar(const char *name, const char *val, int flags); +intmax_t setvarint(const char *, intmax_t, int); +struct var *setvareq(char *s, int flags); +struct strlist; +char *lookupvar(const char *); +intmax_t lookupvarint(const char *); +char **listvars(int, int, char ***); +#define environment() listvars(VEXPORT, VUNSET, 0) +int showvars(const char *, int, int); +int exportcmd(int, char **); +int localcmd(int, char **); +void mklocal(char *name, int flags); +struct localvar_list *pushlocalvars(int push); +void unwindlocalvars(struct localvar_list *stop); +int unsetcmd(int, char **); +void unsetvar(const char *); +int varcmp(const char *, const char *); + +static inline int varequal(const char *a, const char *b) { + return !varcmp(a, b); +} + +/* + * Search the environment of a builtin command. + */ + +static inline char *bltinlookup(const char *name) +{ + return lookupvar(name); +} + + -- cgit 1.4.1